Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
UNIT 1
PRE-ASSESSMENT
TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS
Domains
Competencies
Note details in selections listened to:
Identify
-characters
-setting
-plot
LC
Test Placement
Test I. 1, 5-7
No. of Items
4
Sequence a series of
events from stories
listened to
Test I. 2, 4
Test I. 3
DEPED COPY
Test III. 4-6
Test. II. 10
Test II. 18
Test II. 1
OL
1
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
English Grade 4
Teachers Guide
First Edition 2015
Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.
Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand names,
trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective copyright holders.
DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society (FILCOLS), Inc. in
seeking permission to use these materials from their respective copyright owners.
All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these materials. The
publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.
Only institution and companies which have entered an agreement with
FILCOLS and only within the agreed framework may copy from this Teachers Guide.
Those who have not entered the agreement with FILCOLS must, if they wish to copy,
contact the publishers and authors directly.
Authors and publishers may email or contact FILCOLS at filcols@gmail.com or
(02) 439-2204, respectively.
DEPED COPY
Published by the Department of Education
Secretary: Br. Armin A. Luistro FSC
Undersecretary: Dina S. Ocampo, PhD
Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar
Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap
ii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
RC
Analyze a narrative in
terms of its character,
setting and plot
Test II. 36
Sequence events in
literary texts
Test II. 2
Test II. 20
Test II. 19
Test II. 3
Test II. 21
Test II. 4
DEPED COPY
F
Test II. 22
Test II. 5
2
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
SS
Test II. 6, 23
Test II. 11 - 13
Test II. 7, 24
Test II. 8
G
Use possessive nouns Test II. 9
Compose clear and
Test II. 25
coherent sentences
using appropriate
grammatical structures:
-present tense of
verbs
1
1
DEPED COPY
WC
TOTAL
43
3
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
QUARTER 1
PRE-ASSESSMENT
Test I. Listening
Listen as the teacher reads a story. Then, answer the questions that follow.
The First Spider
A long time ago, a young woman named Gamba was very good pinning
threads to turn them into cloth, weaving it to create dresses. She would finish
the dress in no time, always being of the best quality and take more orders right
away.
Gamba never stopped working and weaving. She was so absorbed with
her weaving tools, that she even put more importance of them than her mother.
Her mother was worried about her.
One day, Gamba went to town to get new threads. Meanwhile, her
mother noticed the torn curtain she asked Gamba to sew was not done yet. She
thought that Gamba neglected her errand. So she took a needle and a thread
from her daughters sewing tools to fix it herself.
When Gamba came back and noticed that her mother used her sewing
tools, she got mad and confronted her. It offended her mother and to her anger
she said, If you care nothing but weaving, even more than I your mother, may
you be weaving all throughout your life.
Seconds after her mother said this, Gamba turned into a weaving insect.
With much regret, her mother called the weaving insect Gagamba.
DEPED COPY
Choose the letter of the correct answer.
1. What does Gamba love to do most?
a. painting b. weaving
c. dancing
d. gardening
2. What happened first before Gamba turned into a spider
a. She weaved threads into cloth.
b. She sewed dresses for other people.
c. She got angry at her mother.
d. She went to buy some threads.
3. Gamba never stopped working and weaving. This statement would give us an
idea about Gamba. Which of this words best describes her?
a. diligent
b. lazy
c. thrifty
d. respectful
4. Which event could have happened if mother had not sewn the torn curtain?
a. Gamba would have sewn it herself.
b. Gamba could have changed the curtains into a new set of curtains.
c. Gamba could have bought a new curtain.
d. Gamba could have done the sewing better than her mother.
1-7.
Draw the part of the story where Gamba turned into a spider.
4
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Choose the letter of the correct answer.
1. The girl is a trainee. She is learning how to become a good weaver.
Which word is similar to the word trainee?
a. skillful
b. learner
c. expert
d. practiced
2. Which event happened before the girl thought of making the leather as
her dress?
a. The girl sewed the leather into a dress.
b. The goddess asked the girl to make a dress.
c. The leather stuck to the girls skin.
d. The girl turned into a monkey.
3. All, except one, has a long e vowel sound. Which is the word?
a. beat
b. weave
c. find
d. trainee
4. Which compound word can be formed out of the words line and clothes?
a. lineclothes b. lines of clothes
c. clotheline d. clothesline
5. Read the sentence and choose the word read with silent letter.
The young girl had no idea how to make a dress out of cotton.
a. young
b. girl
c. make
d. idea
6. In this series of words, which word should come after cotton: car, cotton,
clean, cut, cry?
a. cry
b. clean
c. cut
d. car
5
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
c. monkeys
d. monkeyses
d. a bottle of
c. woods
d. barrio
DEPED COPY
14-17. ( One point for each column if all the words listed are correct)
Fill in the table below with the correct words:
boy, late, cow, shell, rite, chair, calm, weak, look, cute, kneel
Words with
Long vowel
sounds
Words with
diphthongs
Words with
digraphs
Words with
silent letters
d. fast
6
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
19. Which could be the reason why the goddess of Weavers wanted the girl to
sew a dress?
a. She wanted the girl to learn how to sew a dress.
b. She wanted the girl to sell the dress.
c. She wanted the girl to make a dress for her.
d. She wanted the girl to do things for her.
20. You were asked to do something but you do not know how to do it. What
should you do?
a. Ask the help of someone to do it for you.
b. Ask the help of someone to show you how to do it, then, try it yourself.
c. Ask the help of someone to show you how to do it then wait for others
help.
d. Ask someone to work it out with you.
21. Read the sentences below. Which sentence has a word with a long vowel a?
a. The Goddess of Weaver asked the girl to make a dress.
b. The Goddess of Weaver said the girl has to clean, beat, spin, cut the
cotton then sew the dress.
c. The Goddess of weaver thought the cotton dress is fine.
d. The Goddess of weaver got furious when the girl disobeyed her.
DEPED COPY
22. Which word does not belong to the group?
a. church
b. choir
c. chair
d. champ
23. if you have to arrange the words in alphabetical order, which could be the
correct order: monkey, men, make, mud, mitten
a.
b.
c.
d.
7
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Test III.
Nos. 1-3
In 3 or more sentences, write a short paragraph that tell something about any
of the character in the story you read ( the girl or the goddess). Be ready to share
this to the class.
A. Rubrics For the paragraph writing
3 points 3 or more sentences were used to write a paragraph; ideas were
presented with coherence that describes the character in the story
2 points less than 3 sentences were used to write a paragraph; presentation
of ideas lack coherence
1 point less than 3 sentences were used to write a paragraph; presentation
of ideas has no coherence
Nos. 4-6
B. Rubrics for the oral presentation of paragraph
3 points Speaks in a clear, loud voice using appropriate pronunciation
and intonation
2 points Speaks in a clear and loud voice but some inappropriate
pronunciations and intonation were observed.
1 point Voice is inaudible and lacks confidence presenting the paragraph
DEPED COPY
Nos. 7-10
Using the words first, next, then and lastly, use the following sentences to
write a paragraph on how to make a cloth out of cotton.
Clean the cotton.
Beat and spin it.
Weave it into cloth and cut it.
Sew it.
8
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Quarter 1
Theme: Me and My World
Week 1
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize that the world is made up of people of different races and colors
2. Appreciate and respect the differences of people in the world
3. Feel proud of being a Filipino as a member of the brown race
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Note details in a selection listened to
Oral Language
Speak clearly using appropriate pronunciation and intonation
Vocabulary Development
Use context clues (synonyms) to determine the meaning of unfamiliar
words
DEPED COPY
Reading Comprehension
Analyze a narrative in terms of its characters
Writing/Composition
Write two to three sentences about the characters in a literary text
listened to or read
Attitude towards literacy, literature, and language
Show willingness and enthusiasm in reading/listening to a literary text
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
1. Literature
Black, White, Brown by Nemah N. Hermosa, Me & My World 1
A Cake for Kate by Gretel Laura M. Cadiong
2. Context clues
9
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DEPED COPY
II. Developmental Activities
A. Oral Language Activity
Ask the class to say what they like most about themselves.
The following sentence frames may be given:
I am ______________________________________________.
Others say I am _____________________________________.
Actually, I am ______________________________________.
B. Pre-Listening
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
a. clay
Show the class a real clay.
Say: This is a clay. We can use clay to form objects such as pots.
Clay is a kind of soil.
Ask the class to touch and press the clay. Is the clay hard or soft?
Why is clay soft?
b. Kabunian
Show a picture of Kabunian.
Say: This is Kabunian. Some Filipinos a long, long time ago
called their god Kabunian.
10
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Black, White, Brown
by Nemah N. Hermosa
(Adapted from a Philippine folktale)
Once upon a time, there were no people. There was only the
earth and the god Kabunian. He said, The earth is a beautiful place.
But who will take care of it? I will make people.
In the afternoon, Kabunian got some clay. He worked for a long
time. When he finished making a man, it was night. The color of the
night became the color of the man. He is too dark, Kabunian said.
The next morning, Kabunian woke up before sunrise. He got
some clay. He made a man. When the sun came up, Kabunian saw
the man. He is too white, Kabunian said.
So Kabunian got more clay. He made another man. It was
noon. The hot sun made the man brown. I like this brown man, said
Kabunian.
Kabunian sent the men to different parts of the Earth. That is
why there are black people and white people. That is why Filipinos are
brown.
Suggested questions:
After the first paragraph:
Ask: How do you think Kabunian will make people?
After the second paragraph:
Ask: Do you think Kabunian liked the black man he made? What do you
think will he do next?
11
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Group 4
Rap these lines from the story. Present it to the class.
Kabunian, Kabunian (yes, yes, yo!)
Made a brown man, a brown man (yo!)
A brown man I am, I am. ( yes, yes, yo)
A true Filipino I am. ( yo!)
Have the class rehearse their tasks for their presentation for the
following day.
Day 2
I.
Objectives
1. Realize that the world is made up of people of different races and with
different colors
2. Appreciate and respect the differences of people in the world
3. Feel proud of being a Filipino, a member of the brown race
4. Speak clearly using appropriate expression and intonation
5. Read words, phrases, poems, and stories with the long a sound
12
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Group 3: Making men out of clay and saying something about each man
Discussion:
1. In what ways were the men created?
2. How could people be one even if they differ in many ways?
Group 4: Rapping a line from the story
Discussion:
1. How did Kabunian form the last man?
2. Why do you think Kabunian liked the brown man?
3. How do you feel being a Filipino?
4. Why must you be proud that you are a Filipino?
B. Skills Development
1. Review (short a)
Let the pupils read the paragraph and look for the words with a short a
sound.
Pat was taking a nap on a mat. A big rat ran to the mat. Pat
was mad at the rat. She threw a cap to the rat. The rat ran away.
Ask: What words in the story have the short vowel a?
How is it pronounced?
Let us write these words on the board.
13
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
2. Introduction/Presentation
Say: I will add an e at the end of each word. Listen to how I will read
the words.
mat + e = mate
hat + e = hate
rat + e = rate
man + e = mane
pan + e = pane
cap + e = cape
nap + e = nape
tap + e = tape
Ask: Is the sound of a the same in the first and second group of words
Which set of words have the long a sound?
Refer to find out and Learn on LM page. 2
Let the pupils read the following words correctly.
date
gate
late
mate
game
lame
name
same
bake
cake
lake
make
cane
lane
pane
vane
age
cage
page
wage
ape
cape
nape
tape
male
pale
sale
tale
C. Vocabulary Development
1. Show the class pictures or objects of the words above. Let the pupils
match the pictures/objects with these words:
DEPED COPY
gate
lake
cane
lame
rake
lane
same
cape
pane
bake
tape
cage
cake
male
ape
2. Ask the pupils to use in sentences or through action words that cannot be
shown in a picture.
Examples:
The class has started when I arrived. I was late.
We sit on the same desk. You are my seatmate.
Basketball, badminton, and hide-and-seek are my favorite games.
Tina was so afraid that her face turned white. She was pale.
D. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
Let the pupils read the following phrases.
tape the pages
the cake sale
take the rake
the same man came
a pale male
a lame man with a cane
a cane on the lane
a cape on the pane
E. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Let the pupils read poem with correct intonation and expression and
pronounce correctly the words with long a.
14
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Enrichment Activity:
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
c
2
l a n e
3
p
k
4
l a m e
5
n
n
6
l a k e
m
7
a p e
1
Across:
2. People cross the road through me. I am called the
pedestrian ___________.
4. I cannot walk easily as others. I need my cane wherever I
go.
6. I am neither an ocean or a sea. I am a small body of
water surrounded by land, though a river I could never be.
7. It looks like a monkey for it belongs to the same family.
What could it be?
DEPED COPY
Down:
Day 3
I.
1. You put a candle on me. You slice and eat me. I am a sweet
treat on your birthday.
3. I rhyme with lane, and I am part of a window _________.
5. Know me: call me, for this is how I am.
Objectives
1. Analyze a narrative in terms of its characters
2. Read aloud grade level texts with accuracy and proper expression
3. Use context clues synonyms to find the meaning of unfamiliar words
4. Write two to three sentences about the characters in a story read
B. Pre-reading
1. Unlocking of difficulties
Ask the pupils to use the following words in context or picture clues:
a. rice cakes
Show a picture of a rice cake or bibingka.
Say: Mother makes rice cakes. They are our favorite
delicacy made of ground rice and coconut milk. Are
rice cakes Filipino food? Where can we buy rice cakes?
b. benches
Show a picture of benches.
Say: In the park there are many benches. People sit on
them. Some benches are long. Others are enough for
two persons. Where else can we find benches What
materials can be used to make benches?
c. wristwatch
Show a real wristwatch.
Say: This is a wristwatch. I wear it around my wrist so that
I can easily check the time. How does a wristwatch help
you?
DEPED COPY
d. surprise
Say: Nena did not expect that her father would come home
today from Dubai. She was surprised when she saw him.
What does one feel when surprised?
2. Motive Questions
Ask: What do you usually have when you celebrate your birthday?
Do you also have a cake?
Who gives you the cake?
C. During Reading
Do the first reading of the story. Afterwards, ask individual pupils to read the
story by parts. After the whole story has been read, ask the class to read
the story together with proper intonation and expression.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
Comprehension Check: Refer to LM,Talk about It.
D. Post Reading
1. Cooperative/Differentiated Activities
Group the class into three. Explain clearly to the group the activity that
they will do. Let the groups choose their leader. Set standards for the
group activity to avoid waste of time and to promote cooperation and
efficiency.
16
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Group 1
Draw Kates cake. Show it to the class and say something
about your drawing.
Group 2
Write a short message to Kate. Be ready to read it before the
class.
Group 3
Prepare a song that you will sing for Kate on her birthday.
Be ready to sing it to the class.
Let the group present their outputs.
2. Composition
Refer to LM, Write about It.
Day 4
I.
Objective
Use the plural form of regular nouns.
DEPED COPY
II. Developmental Activities
A. Oral Language Activity
B. Grammar
1. Review
Ask: Going back to the words on the board, what can you say about
these words? What are nouns?
2. Introduction/Presentation
Let the class recall the story A Cake for Kate.
Ask: Can you remember the things that Kate saw in the big box? Name
them.
3. Teaching/Modeling
Draw two columns on the board. Then, ask the class to study the
pictures. Ask volunteers to write the names of the pictures on the
board. Guide them in writing the words in appropriate column.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn.
17
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
A
spoons
forks
combs
B
glasses
dresses
watches
DEPED COPY
Nouns ending in -ss, -sh, -ch, -x, and -z form their plural by adding -es.
Examples:
class classes
church churches
wish wishes
box boxes
Some nouns ending in -o form their plural by adding -es.
Examples:
tomato tomatoes
potato potatoes
However, most nouns that end in -o form their plural by adding -s only.
Examples:
radio radios
piano pianos
C. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
D. Independent Practice
Think-Pair-Share
Let the pupils find their partner. The pair prepares a dialog about the given
situations. Help the pupils come up with a four-line dialog by explaining to
them the situation. The pair will present the dialog before the class.
18
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Say: Prepare a dialog. One will act as a buyer while the other one will be the
vendor. Each one will have at least three sentences to say. Use the
plural form of the following nouns in your statements.
eggplant
basket
potato
radish
onion
tomato
mango
egg
Assignment:
Look around your home and its surroundings. List in your notebook as
many regular nouns as you can see and write their plural forms.
Day 5
I. Objective
Locate information using print and nonprint sources.
II.
Developmental Activities
A. Oral Language Practice
DEPED COPY
News for the day
Ask volunteers to share the things they saw as they were on their way to
school. Ask them to use plural nouns in their sharing.
B. Skills Development
1. Introduction/Presentation
Refer to LM, Think and Tell.
2. Teaching/Modeling
Ask: What is a poster? (Posters are materials with information which
intend to advertise or publicize something.)
Ask the class to look closely at a UNICEF poster about the rights of
children.
Note: The following
poster is a sample.
The teacher should
provide a bigger,
clearer poster.
Source: (https://
www.google.com.
ph/search?q=unice
f+posters+rights+of
+the+child)
19
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Show a movie poster.
Say: What information is given by this poster? Write at least two (2) sentences
about what you read. Be ready to share it with the class.
The poster is about ____________________.
It tells that ___________________________.
From the poster I learned that ____________.
Assignment:
Look for a poster about asking for help or seeking donations. (Example:
Bantay Bata, UNICEF, Kapuso Foundation, etc.)
Bring it to the class. Ask the help of your parents or guardians about the
information given in the poster. Write down all these information in your
notebook. Be ready to share the information to the class.
Use the following guide statements in discussing your poster you got
20
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Week 2
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize that kindness begets kindness
2. Realize that not all information in advertisements can be taken as true
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Note details in a selection listened to, to identify setting
Oral Language
Speak clearly using appropriate pronunciation and intonation
Vocabulary Development
Use context clues (synonyms) to determine the meaning of
unfamiliar words
Reading Comprehension
Analyze a narrative in terms of its setting
DEPED COPY
Oral Reading Fluency
Read words, phrases, poems or stories with long vowel sound
(long e)
Study Strategy
Locate information using print and non-print sources
Grammar
Writing/Composition
Write 2-3 sentences about the setting in a literary text listened
to or read
Attitude towards literacy, literature, and language
Show willingness and enthusiasm in reading/listening to
literary text
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
1. Literature
a. Androcles (adapted from Aesops Fable)
b. Big Feet, Bigger Heart by Jack Canfield and Mark ansen
(adapted from Chicken Soup for the Soul) from New Dynamic Series
in English 4, pp. 26-27
21
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. Materials
Word pictures,
print advertisements
puzzle
short stories
print advertisements
C. References
K to 12 Curriculum Guide English Grade 4
III. Procedure
Day 1
I.
Objectives
1. Show willingness and enthusiasm in reading / listening to literary text
2. Realize that kindness begets kindness
DEPED COPY
II. Developmental Activities
A. Oral Language Activity
B. Pre-Listening Activity
1. Unlocking of difficulties
a. imprisoned, escape
Show a picture of a man behind prison bars.
Say: This man was imprisoned because he stole someones money.
But he was able to make his way out of the jail house secretly.
He was able to escape.
Ask: What words give us an idea of the word escape?
Why is a person imprisoned?
b. moaning; groaning
Write on the board:
Grandmother has been sick for several days. Often she cries
in a low, soft sound as if in pain. It is hard to listen to her
moaning and groaning.
Ask: What does it mean when one moans and groans?
Have pupils act out as they say the words.
22
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
c. chase, lick
Say: My cat Lit-lit loves to chase her kittens. They would run
around the house. Then, Lit-lit would lick her kittens as if to clean
them up. How do you chase someone? Call two pupils to do
the action. Why do cats lick their kittens? How do you lick?
Pretend you are licking an ice cream.
d. swollen, bleeding, paw, bound up
Show a picture of a dog treated by a veterinarian. Show on the
picture the swollen and bleeding paw and the doctor about to bind
up the wound.
Say: This is Spot. He got a swollen, bleeding paw. The doctor treated her wound and bound it up.
(Note: Point to the words describing the picture.)
e. thorn
Show a cactus or a rose.
Say: This plant has thorns. Can you point where the thorns are?
Can thorns hurt us? How?
2. Motivation
Ask: Have you ever helped someone?
What did you feel as you did so?
Who helped you when you were hurt?
How did you feel about the person?
DEPED COPY
3. Motive question
Our Guesses
C. During Listening
Read the story to the pupils slowly and clearly. Pause once in a while to
ask questions.
23
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Androcles
(Adapted from an Aesops Fable)
by Gretel Laura M. Cadiong
DEPED COPY
Suggested Questions:
Group 2
Draw the part when Androcles was to be fed to the lion and the
lion recognized him.
Group 3
If you were given the chance to talk to Androcles, what would
you tell him? Write him a message on a cartolina. Share it with
the class.
Be ready to present to the class on the next day.
Day 2
I.
Objective
1. To realize that kindness begets kindness
2. Read words, phrases, poems or stories with the long vowel e
3. Speak clearly using appropriate pronunciation and intonation
DEPED COPY
1. Share-a-News
Ask volunteers to tell any news about helping others. Discuss the
news that they shared. Connect it to the story Androcles discussed on
the previous day.
2. Presentation of the group outputs and deeper discussion of the story.
Group 1: Dramatization of the story part where Androcles helped the
lion and how they became friends
Discussion:
1. If Androcles had not been brave, would he be able to
help the lion? Why?
2. What happened after Androcles helped the lion?
3. How did the king punish Androcles?
4. What did the lion do when he saw Androcles?
Group 2: Presentation of a drawing about the story part when Androcles
was to be fed to the lion and the lion recognized him
Discussion:
1. How did the lion repay Androcles kindness?
2. What did the king learn from that event?
3. Is Androcles worth imitating? Why? Why not?
Group 3: Message to Androcles
Discussion:
1. Why do you admire Androcles?
2. Why must we be kind to others?
25
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
B. Skills Development
1. Review (long vowel a)
Ask the pupils to read the following paragraph with correct
pronounciation, intonation, and expression.
Mother gave Kate some grapes. But Kate did not like the
grapes. So Mother gave Kate a cup cake. Kate liked the cup cake.
2. Presentation
Refer to LM, Find out and Learn.
3. Teaching and Modeling
Ask: What are the underlined words in the sentence?
Let the pupils write the words in the appropriate column.
Words with -ee
Words with -ea
feed
meat
freed
near
bleeding
leaves
DEPED COPY
Ask: What is the common vowel sound in the words?
Ask the class to underline the letters sounded as long e in the words.
How is it sounded? (Have the class produce the long e repeatedly)
What letter/letters is sounded with long e?
Read the words correctly.
eagle
east
ear
seal
neat
meat
leaf
bead
feed
seed
reed
weed
peel
feel
heel
deer
deer
feet
seat
heat
C. Vocabulary Development
The teacher displays pictures on the board and real objects on the table.
Ask volunteers to match the picture/object with the words on the board.
(eagle, meat, ear, leaf, bead, seal, seat, feed, seed, weed, heel, peel, deer)
Read the following sentences. Then, answer the questions that follow.
1. The beat of the drum is loud. Its pounding can be heard even at
a distance. What word in the sentence has the same meaning as
beat?
2. Our school has a seal. This stamp is placed on important school
documents. What word in the sentence is similar to the meaning of
seal?
3. Our house is at the east of our school. Can you point where east is?
26
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
D. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
Word Search Puzzle
Answers: bead, beef, deer, green, beak, see, seat, meat
E. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Enrichment Activity:
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
Whats the Word? Answers:
seed
leaf
peas
eagle
seal
Day 3
I. Objectives
1. Realize that being helpful brings happiness to others and to one self
2. Use context clues (synonyms) to find the meaning of unfamiliar words
3. Analyze a narrative in terms of its setting
DEPED COPY
II. Developmental Activities
A. Oral Language Activity
Tongue Twister
Write the tongue twister on the board.
Say: Listen as I say this: I scream you scream we all scream for ice
cream... (Repeat saying the tongue twister several times. Then,
slowly let the pupils say the tongue twister, increasing the speed as
they repeat several times)
Ask: Why do we scream for ice cream? Are you happy when someone
brings ice cream at home?
B. Pre-Reading
1. Unlocking of difficulties
a. relief
Act the word by pretending you feel very warm. Wipe your
perspiration and fan yourself, then get a glass of icy water. Drink it.
Say: What a relief!
Ask: What did I feel? What helped cool me down? What was the
cold water for me? What other word can mean relief?
27
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
b. tightly
Demonstrate the action by holding a pupils hands tightly.
Say: I will hold Monas hand tightly.
Then ask Mona to hold one of her classmates hands tightly. Let
those who will be held do the same to others until everyone felt how
to be held tightly.
c. put on
Demonstrate the action by taking off your shoes.
Say: Watch me as I put on my shoes again. Everybody take off your
shoes. Now put on your shoes.
Ask: What else can we put on?
d. belly
Show a picture of a man who has a big belly.
Say: This is Mang Pilo. He is fat. He has a big belly. Ask a pupil to
point to Mang Pilos tummy. Do you have a big belly too? Hold
it.
2. Motivation
Let the pupils recall the story Androcles. How did Androcles help the
lion?
3. Motive Question
Ask: In the story that we will read, find out how a big man helped a
little girl.
DEPED COPY
C. During Reading
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
(Let the pupils read the story aloud with the teachers guidance. Make
sure the pupils read with proper phrasing and intonation.)
Comprehension Check: Refer to LM, Talk about It
D. Post Reading
1. Engagement Activity
Put on the board a drawing of a man with a very big belly and long,
big feet and has a big heart-figure on his chest. (Explain clearly to the
pupils the task that they will do.)
Give the following tasks. Write or draw on the half-sheet colored paper
about your own experience of helping others.
Then do the following:
a. Paste your work on the mans heart if you helped someone you do
not know.
b. Paste your work on the mans belly if you helped a family member.
(parents, brothers, sisters, relatives)
c. Paste your work on the mans big feet if you helped a friend or a
classmate.
28
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
After all the pupils have posted and shared their stories ask:
Ask: How many of you have helped someone whom you did not
know?
How many of you have helped members of the family?
How many of you have helped a friend or a classmate?
How are the big man and Androcles the same?
How would others feel if we helped them? What do you get
when helping others?
DEPED COPY
2. Composition
Refer to LM, Write about It.
Day 4
I.
Objective
29
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
forks
mangoes
knives
glasses
loaves of bread
table napkins
B
Plural Noun
knives
loaves
Singular Noun
candy
strawberry
Plural Noun
candies
strawberries
DEPED COPY
Teaching Chart
Some nouns ending in -f or -fe form their plural by changing
f/fe to v before adding -es.
Example:
leaf leaves
elf elves
hoof hooves
Except:
handkerchief handkerchiefs
roof roofs
Some nouns that end in -y form their plural by changing y to i
before adding -es.
Example:
candy candies
sky skies
berry berries
However when a vowel letter is before y, just add s.
Example:
boy boys
key keys
tray trays
30
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
B. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Exercises 1 and 2.
C. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Assignment:
Cut out from magazines or newspapers pictures of your favorite drink.
Post it on a cardboard. Write something about it. Use as many plural
nouns as possible. Be ready to tell the class something about it.
Day 5
I.
Objectives
1. To locate information using print sources (advertisements)
2. To realize that not all information in advertisements should be taken
as true.
II.
Developmental Activities
A. Oral Language Practice
DEPED COPY
Let the pupils present to the class their favorite drink.
My favorite beverage is __________________.
I like this very much because ______________.
B. Skill Development
1. Introduction/Presentation
Show the class an advertisement of a bath soap.
2. Teaching/Modeling
Help the class read the information given in the advertisement.
Ask: What is the product being advertised?
What does it say about the soap?
Do the pictures tell us something about the soap?
How do the pictures help give information about the soap?
What can be found in advertisements?
Do you believe everything in advertisements? Why? Why not?
Allow pupils to arrive at their own conclusion.
C. Guided Practice
Group the class into five. Give each group a material. Explain to them
clearly their tasks.
Say: Read the information in the advertisements given to your group.
Be ready to share with the class the information you learned. (The
following are sample ads that should be prepared before the class.)
Group 1:
Group 2:
Group 3:
Group 4:
Group 5:
hotdog advertisement
softdrink advertisement
lollipop or candy
cologne
shampoo
DEPED COPY
After five minutes, let the group present their outputs.
Discussion follows after each group has presented its output.
Group 1
Discussion:
1. What does the advertisement say about hotdogs?
2. Would hotdogs make children always happy?
3. Do you believe all the information given in this advertisement?
Why?
Group 2
Discussion:
1. What does the advertisement say about the softdrink?
2. Is there anything you agree or disagree with advertisement?
3. Do you believe the information in this advertisement? Why?
Group 3
Discussion:
1. What does the advertisement say about the candy?
2. Is there anything you agree or disagree with the advertisement?
3. Do you believe the information in this advertisement? Why?
32
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Group 4
Discussion:
1. What does the advertisement say about the cologne?
2. Would cologne make you always fresh and clean?
3. What makes you fresh and clean?
4. Do you believe the information in this advertisement? Why?
Group 5:
Discussion:
1. What does the advertisement say about the shampoo?
2. Are you convinced to use this shampoo? Why?
D. Independent Practice
Say: Find a partner. Study this advertisement. Help each other answer
the questions that follow.
DEPED COPY
(Note: This advertisement is a sample only. Look
bigger and more recent advertisement/poster ads)
1.
2.
3.
4.
What is advertised?
What is the name of the product?
Write at least two things about the product.
Would you buy this product? Why?
Assignment:
Bring a map to class. Choose and mark one place you want to visit.
Prepare at least three sentences about why you want to visit this place.
33
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Week 3
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize that hard work pays off
2. Appreciate different cultures of children from different parts of the world
3. Realize that children all over the world are alike in many ways
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Note details in a selection listened to
Oral Language
Speak clearly using appropriate pronunciation and intonation
Vocabulary Development
Use context clues (synonyms) to determine the meaning of
unfamiliar words
Reading Comprehension
State similarities and differences in information from literary text
listened to or read
DEPED COPY
Phonics and Word Recognition
Read words, phrases, poems, or stories with the long i vowel sound
Oral Reading Fluency
Read aloud grade level texts with accuracy and proper expression
Study Strategy
Locate information using print and nonprint sources (using a map)
Grammar
Writing/Composition
Write two or three sentences about the characters, setting, or
events in a story listened to or read
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
1. Literature
a. Story: A Trip for Mike and Spike by Robert Charles
b. Poems: We Are One World by Meish Goldish
Help! by Gretel Laura M. Cadiong
2. Long vowel i: final silent e
3. Plural form of irregular nouns
4. Information through print sources
34
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
B. Materials
Enlarged world map
pictures (or dolls) of children from different parts of the world
word pictures of long i,
dialog
big maps
C. Reference
http://www.readinga-z.com
III. Procedure
Day 1
I.
Objectives
1. Note details in a selection listened to
2. Realize that hard work pays off
DEPED COPY
Tell and Share
Refer to LM, Think and Tell.
Ask volunteers to show the class a map marked with a place they want to
visit. Let them tell the name of the place and the reasons why they want to
visit guided with the following statement.
I want to visit ____________ because ________________________.
B. Pre-Listening
1. Unlocking of difficulties
a. trip
Say: My fathers company will have a trip to Baguio. All his
officemates will be in this tour.
Ask: What word in the sentence has similar meaning with trip?
b. dine
Say: My family will dine at Sharas Restaurant tonight. We will eat
their special seafood pasta.
Ask: What word in the sentence has the same meaning as dine?
c. limes
Show a picture of limes.
Say: These are limes. They are round, green and sour. They are
citrus fruits.
35
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
2. Motivation
Ask: Do you like to go on a trip? What places would you like to visit?
Why? What will you do so that you can visit this place/s?
3. Motive question
Mike and Spike would like to go to places. Find out what they did so
they can visit many places.
C. During Listening
Read the story to the pupils.
Mike and Spike were bright mice. They were always side by
side. One day, Mike asked Spike if he would like to take a trip.
Mike said they could go to nice sites. They could also dine in fine
places.
We have to find time to make money for our trip, said Spike.
So Mike and Spike got a job. They picked ripe limes. They picked
a lot of ripe limes. They picked from nine in the morning until five
in the afternoon. They also helped make a fine lime drink. They
sliced a pile of limes. They got a nice price for their work.
Mike and Spike bought a bike for their trip. They biked miles
and miles to visit different places. They dined on fine rice and
fine dishes. Life was nice for the mice. They liked the life they
had.
DEPED COPY
D. Post Reading Activity
1. Cooperative/Group Activity
Group the class into three. Assign clearly the task for every group. The
outputs will be presented on the following day.
Group 1
Draw the best part of the story and tell the class something
about your drawing.
Group 2
Dramatize the best part of the story.
Group 3
Create a chant about Mike and Spike.
36
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Day 2
I.
Objectives
1. Realize that hard work pays off
2. Read words, phrases, and stories with long vowel i sound
DEPED COPY
Group 3 presents their chant.
1. How did you feel while chanting the story?
2. If you were Mike or Spike, would you spend all your earnings on
the trip? Why?
B. Skill Development
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn.
time
fine
lime
wine
nine
five
kite
bike
ride
side
C. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
D. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Enrichment Activity:
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
37
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Day 3
I.
Objectives
1. Appreciate different cultures of children from different parts of the world
2. Realize that children all over the world are alike in many ways
3. Compare and contrast information from literary texts read or listened to
Norway
Peru
Egypt
Japan
USA
Chad
Ask: Have you heard about these places? Would you like to visit these
countries?
2. Motivation
DEPED COPY
Show a picture (or dolls, if available) of children from different countries
(Example: Japanese, German, African, Spanish, Chinese, etc).
Say: Where do these children come from? What do you think they love
doing?
3. Motive question
Say: What do children all over the world do Lets find out from the
poem.
B. During Reading
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
Read the poem with proper intonation and expression.
Say: Read the poem after I do.
Have the pupils read the poem by themselves. (whole class, by
group, by pairs, and individually)
C. Post Reading
1. Cooperative Group Activity
Assign each group a stanza of the poem. Give each group short
information about children living in a particular country, as mentioned
in the stanza.
Note: Information for the dialog should be supplied by the teacher.
38
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Group 3
Prepare a dialog between Anwar and Kim. Let Anwar tell Kim
what the children in Egypt love doing. Then let Kim tell Anwar
the things that children in Japan usually do. Let them conclude with
the statements that both of them love to y kites.
Group 4
Prepare a dialog between Jack and Karintha. Let Jack tell Karintha what the children in U.S.A. love doing. Then let Karintha tell Jack
the things that children in Chad usually do. Let them conclude
with the statements that both of them love to write a poem.
Group 5
Read the last stanza of the poem. Draw it. Be ready to show the
drawing to the class.
Prepare for the next days presentation.
2. Composition
Say: Do you want to have some friends from other parts of the world? Let
us choose one from the countries where the children in the poem come
from.
Let us write a letter to your friend. Tell him/her of the things you love
doing in the Philippines. Compare them with those we learned about
what children in other places love doing.
Ask the class to recall how a letter is written. Refer to LM, Write about It.
39
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Day 4
I.
Objectives
1. Appreciate different cultures of children from different parts of the world
2. Realize that children all over the world are alike in many ways
3. Use plural forms of irregular nouns
DEPED COPY
Group 3
Discussion
1. Where does Anwar live? Who lives in Japan?
2. What do many children in Japan do? What about in Egypt?
3. What is the activity that Anwar and Kim love doing?
4. Tell the similarities between Anwar and Kim. Tell how they are
different from each other.
Group 4
1. Where does Jack come from? Where does Karintha live?
2. What do children in Chad love doing? What about in USA?
3. What is the activity that both Jack and Karintha love doing?
4. In what ways can both Jack and Karintha be different?
Group 5:
Why is the world compared to a giant ball?
40
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
B. Grammar
1. Introduction/Presentation
Review the guidelines in forming the plural of regular nouns. Write some
nouns in the singular form, then ask volunteers to write their plural
forms.
Read the poem Help. Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn.
Ask: What does the person in the poem feel?
Why does she need help?
What words in the poem cause the person to be confused?
Why do these words confuse him/her?
Let the pupils read the poem.
2. Teaching/Modeling
Ask: Which words in the poem are plural nouns?
Then, show this chart to the class.
Singular Noun
foot
tooth
mouse
louse
child
man
Plural Noun
feet
teeth
mice
lice
children
men
DEPED COPY
Say: How do these nouns form their plural? These nouns are irregular
nouns. The plural forms of these nouns are not formed by -s or
-es. These nouns form their plural by a change in the spelling.
Teaching Chart
Some nouns form their plural by changing their spelling. They
are called irregular nouns.
Example:
goose geese
man men
child children
Some nouns have the same singular and plural form
Example:
deer
sheep
news
41
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
C. Guided Practice
a. Refer to LM,Try and Learn.
b. Spelling Bee
Divide the class into three or four equal groups. Call a member from
each group and give each a slate board and a chalk. Show a picture of a
noun (irregular nouns) and let the pupils write its plural form on the slate
board. Whoever writes the correct spelling is given a point. Continue the
game until everyone in the group gets a chance to spell a word. The group
that gets the highest number of point wins.
D. Independent Practice
a. Refer to LM, Do and Learn
b. Assignment:
Watch a TV advertisement about your favorite drink. Observe how it is
presented. Write down things that the advertisement says about the
product. Be ready to tell your classmates about it.
DEPED COPY
Day 5
I.
Objective
42
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Exercise 2
Show a Philippine map.
D. Independent Practice
Treasure Hunt
Hide several small prizes in the playground (or in the classroom). Then
divide the class into small groups. Give each group a map to help them find
one of the treasures. When all the treasures have been found, bring the
children together and discuss how they used the maps to find their prizes.
Week 4
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize that dreams are attainable but one needs to work hard to attain them
2. Recognize small tasks as expressions of love
43
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Sequence a series of events in a story listened to
Oral Language Development
Speak clearly using appropriate pronunciation and intonation (poems,
chants, rhymes, and riddles)
Vocabulary Development
Use context clues (antonym) to determine the meaning of unfamiliar
words
Reading Comprehension
Sequence events in a narrative
Oral Reading Fluency/Word Recognition
Read with accuracy words, phrases, poems, and stories with the
long o sound
Study Strategies
Arrange words with the same first letter but a different second letter
in alphabetical order
DEPED COPY
Grammar Awareness
Use clear and coherent sentences using appropriate kinds of
nouns- Mass Nouns and Count Nouns
Writing/Composition
Write two-to-three step directions with signal words
Long o sound
Mass and Count Nouns
Sequencing events
Two-to-three step directions with signal words
B. Materials
pictures
charts
worksheets
cartolina strips
44
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
C. References
a. Story: Tower to the Moon (Abiva Publishing House)
b. Poems: Cooking in the Kitchen (http://www.childstoryhour.com)
III. Procedure
Day 1
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objective
Realize that dreams are attainable through hard work
B. Instructional Objectives
1. Talk about ones wishes and dreams
2. Sequence a series of events in a story listened to
3. Use context clues (antonym) to find the meaning of unfamiliar words
DEPED COPY
II. Developmental Activities
A. Preliminary Activity
Ask the class to recite a poem or rhyme learned in a previous lesson.
B. Pre-Listening Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
Say: Identify the word or phrase which has the same meaning as the
underlined word.
a. The teacher gave us the task to clean the bookshelf. It is a duty we
need to do every Friday.
b. The officer commands his men to march forward. In a loud voice, he
orders them to move faster.
c. The stubborn boy fell from the tree. His being hardheaded brought
him harm.
2. Motivation
Let the pupils draw a tower.
Ask: What do you wish for yourself?
What do you wish for your family?
45
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Say: Draw a tower. Write your wishes and dreams in your tower. Share
your work with your classmates. What do you wish for yourself?
What do you wish for your family?
3. Motive Question
Say: Today you will listen to the story Tower to the Moon. In the story,
identify the kings dream.
C. During Reading Activities
Read the story to the pupils. Stop/Pause at some parts and ask predicting
questions.
D. Post Reading Activities
1. Engagement Activities
Group the class into three and give each group a task card.
Group 1
Draw a building plan for the tower. Describe it.
Group 2
Write a letter of advice to the king.
DEPED COPY
Group 3
Give the group a box. On each side of the box, write a trait that
one must possess to realize ones dreams.
2. Discussion
46
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
The king
climbed higher
and higher until
he came to the
top of the tower.
The king
commanded
that every box
in the kingdom
be brought to
the carpenter.
The carpenters
and his helpers
drew lines on big
sheets of paper.
They hammered
and measured.
The carpenter
yelled at the
king that
there were no
more boxes
anywhere.
The carpenter
and his helpers
walked to the
tower and
pulled outh the
bottom box.
DEPED COPY
b. Teaching/Modelling
4. Guided Practice
Ask five (5) pupils to stand in front of the classroom. Ask each pupil to
read an event in the story Tower to the Moon. The other members of
the class arrange the pupils in front according to the event in the story
they will read. Let the pupils retell the story.
5. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Say: Listen to the short selection then sequence the events as they
happened. Retell the story.
47
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
In a Minute
Juana is a little girl. When her father and mother asked her to
do something, she would say, In a minute. Her mother would
say, Juana please get a glass of water for me. In a minute,
Mother, she would say. Then Juanas brother would take the
glass of water to his mother. Juana had a parrot in her room. One
day the door of the room was left open. Please shut the door of
your room, Mother said. In a minute, Mother. I am playing now.
The cat saw the open door and the parrot. When Juana went to
her room the parrot was gone. All she saw were some feathers
on the oor. Juana cried and cried.
The next time she was asked to do something, she did not
say, In a minute.
Philippine Readers, Book 2
Mother asked Juana to
get a glass of water. She
said In a minute, Mother.
DEPED COPY
The cat entered the room
and saw Juanas pet parrot
Day 2
I.
Objectives
1. Speak clearly using appropriate pronunciation and intonation (poems,
chants, rhymes, and riddles)
2. Read words, phrases, poems, and stories with the long o
3. Use context clues (antonyms) to find the meaning of unfamiliar words
Presentation
Read the paragraph first.
Refer to LM, Find out and Learn.
48
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
2.
Discussion/Vocabulary Development
Ask: Where does the king sit? Show a picture of a throne.
What does he want to do? What did they post to gather all the
boxes?
Could they build a tower with the boxes? Why? Why not?
What is the vowel sound of throne, go, so, post, and notice?
3. Guided Practice
Refer to LM,Try and Learn.
Spelling
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
B. Pre-Reading Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
a. measure
Say: To know how tall we are, we measure our height. To know
how heavy we are, we measure our weight. What things
do we use for measuring? Can we use a ruler to measure?
What can we measure with it?
DEPED COPY
b. sift
Say: The baker sifts the our to separate the fine from the not so
fine our. What other things can be sifted
c. recipe
Show an example of a recipe.
Say: I use this recipe to cook my favorite dish. What can we read
in a recipe? What should I do to prepare the recipe correctly?
d. grown-up
Say: I am a grown-up. Your father and mother are grown-ups.
The school nurse is a grown-up. Who are the other grownups you know? Are you a grown-up?
2. Motivation
Ask: What chores at home do you like to learn?
3. Motive Question
Say: Today, we will read the poem Cooking in the Kitchen and find out
what you can learn from it.
C. During Reading
Read the poem aloud first while the pupils listen. Pupils will read the poem
later. Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
49
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Ask: What chore did the child learn? What did she do in the kitchen?
Show pictures and ask pupils to say something about each picture.
Refer to LM, Think and Tell.
Let the pupils read the poem aloud in unison and in groups.
Day 3
I.
Objectives
1. Realize that doing small tasks for loved ones is an expression of love
2. Sequence events in literary texts
A. Preliminary Activity
Let the pupils recite rhymes/poems with the long o sound
B. Post Reading Activities
1. Engagement Activities
Divide participants into groups.
Group 1:
Using a newsprint/manila paper, make a paper apron.
Draw on it the things you need to prepare before cooking.
DEPED COPY
Group 2:
Design a poster for safety in the kitchen.
Group 3:
Make a list or menu of food that you wish to cook.
Say something about the menu.
2. Discussion
Divide the class into three groups for the following tasks.
(Group 1 will wear/present their paper apron.)
How can he/she make cooking easy?
What should be done to keep you safe while cooking?
(Group 2 will show their poster.)
Aside from cooking, what other tasks does he/she need to do?
What makes him/her happy after cooking?
Have you ever cooked something or helped in cooking? Tell us
something about it?
(Group 3 will present their menu and tell something about it.)
Were you happy to do it? Why?
What other things do you like to do for your family?
Is it difficult to do these for them Why
50
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Day 4
I.
Objectives
51
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
C. Teaching/Modelling
A
cake
baking tin
bowl
spoon
oven
eggs
fruits
B
our
sugar
milk
chocolate
butter
icing
Referring to the answers of the pupils, say: This group of nouns in Set A
are called count nouns, while the words in Set B are called mass nouns.
What are count nouns?
What are mass nouns?
Say: Count nouns are nouns which can be counted. Mass nouns are
nouns which cannot be counted.
Name other things which cannot be counted.
Name other things which can be counted.
D. Guided Practice
DEPED COPY
Note:
Prepare the following materials: (metacards with nouns written on them, a
table and a jar or drawn pictures of a table or a jar)
Say: Classify the nouns as count nouns and mass nouns. Place the count
nouns on the table and the mass nouns in the jar.
books
water
candies
shirts
powder
chairs
lotion
paper
hair
tomatoes
sauce
cement
nails
computer
rice
vapor
pants
soup
boxes
wire
1. Alphabet Game
Group the participants into 4-5. Ask each group to make a list of
mass and count nouns beginning with a particular letter. (Groups
can be given the option of choosing the beginning letter)
Group 1 - Count nouns beginning with letter B
Group 2 - Count Nouns beginning with letter R
Group 3 - Mass Nouns beginning with letter S
Group 4 - Mass Nouns beginning with Letter M
After making the list, give it to another group. The other group will
arrange the word list in alphabetical order. Present the list to the class.
52
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
E. Independent Practice
Read the poem. Identify and classify the count nouns and mass
nouns. Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
Market List: Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
Your mother sent you to the market/grocery store. With a partner,
prepare a list of things will buy.
Day 5
I.
Objectives
1. Use mass and count nouns
2. Write two to three-step-directions using signal words
DEPED COPY
Say: Now we have the recipe for our salad.
Ask: Which of these ingredients are count nouns?
Which of these ingredients are mass nouns?
B. Introduction/Presentation
Note: Guide and assist the pupils in preparing the materials and recipes for
the activity. Divide the pupils into groups.
Say: Today, we are going to prepare a fruit salad. Listen carefully as I tell
and show you how to prepare the salad.
First, wash the fruits.
Next, peel the fruits.
Then, slice the fruits into small cubes or pieces.
And then, mix the fruits together with the milk or cream.
Lastly, share the salad with everyone.
Let the pupils do their own salad.
C. Teaching/Modelling
Ask: What did we do first What did we do next What did we do
after that? What did we do last?
Write on the board or chart the pupils answers to the questions.
What words did we use to show the steps in preparing the salad?
53
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Say: The words first, next, then and lastly are called signal words. What
can you say about signal words? Signal words introduce the steps in
a process or a sequence of events.
D. Guided Practice
Say: What steps do you follow in washing your hands? Let us write about
it. In washing your hands, what do you do first Next Last Ask
several pupils to write the answers on the board.
Afterwards, ask the class to read the paragraph.
E. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Write about It.
Week 5
I.
Objectives
1. Realize that the love and care of family and loved ones bring wellness and
happiness
2. Understand that it is not good to count the gains if there is no effort on
working for it
DEPED COPY
II. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Sequence series of events of stories listened to
Oral Language
Give oral directions
Vocabulary Development
Use context clues (definition) to determine the meaning of
unfamiliar words
Reading Comprehension
Sequence events in a story or narrative
Oral Fluency
Read words, phrases, poems, and stories with long vowel sounds
long u
Study Skills
Use graphic organizers to show understanding of texts (story
sequence organizers)
Grammar Awareness
Use clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures (quantifiers of mass nouns)
54
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Composition
Write different forms of simple composition (thank you card, note,
poster, slogan) as a response to stories/poems read or listened to
Attitude towards Literacy, Language and Literature
Show willingness and enthusiasm in reading / listening to literary
texts
III. Subject Matter
A. Topics
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. Materials
pictures
charts,
graphic organizers,
real objects
DEPED COPY
C. References
IV. Procedure
Day 1
I.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
55
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
d. treats
Say: My sister brought some chocolates, candies, and other treats
when she came back from the city. How do you feel when you are
given some treats?
e. enchanted
Say: Stories say that fairies live in Mount Makiling. They say that
the mountain is enchanted. What could be happening in an
enchanted place?
f. porridge
Say: My mother cooks delicious porridge especially on rainy days.
She puts more water and cooks the rice longer than usual.
Then, she adds chicken and some vegetables to the porridge.
My brother likes it very hot. Do you also like porridge? What
do you like to eat with it?
2. Motivation
Show a picture of a sick child. Refer to LM, Think and Tell.
Ask: How do you know that she is sick?
Have you ever been sick?
What made you feel better when you were sick?
3. Motive Question
Say: Today, you will listen to a story about Jackie, a girl who got sick.
What made Jackie feel better when she was sick?
56
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
C. During Listening
Read the story to the pupils. Pause at some parts of the story and ask
prediction questions.
Ask after the line Think of a happy place, Jackie.
What happy place did Jackie think of?
Ask after the line Hello Jackie, a soft, familiar voice whispers in my ear.
Whose voice do you think is it?
Ask after the line: ... she has brought with her the magic of the sugarcane
fields and her enchanted kitchen.
What kind of magic did she bring?
Ask after the line: Later that afternoon, Mama comes home from the office
and puts a thermometer in my mouth.
How do you think Jackie now feels?
Say: That is the story of Jackie. What made her feel better?
Day 2
DEPED COPY
I.
Objectives
1. Realize that the love and care of family and loved ones bring wellness
and happiness
2. Sequence series of events in stories listened to
3. Write different forms of simple composition (thank you card) as a response
to the story listened to
4. Use graphic organizers (story sequence chart) to show understanding
of texts
A. Post Listening
1. Engagement Activities
Divide participants into groups.
Group 1: Draw Jackies happy place and say something about it.
Group 2: Make a food calendar of what Lola Itang prepared for Jackie
Group 3: Make a thank you card for Lola Itang
2. Discussion
Ask: Who is sick?
How does she feel about being sick?
What should Jackie think of, that will make her feel better?
What is Jackies happy place?
What makes it a happy place?
57
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
(Group 1 shows their drawing of Jackies happy place and says something
about it.)
Ask: What did Lola Itang prepare for Jackie?
(Group 2 shows their food calendar and says something about it)
Ask: What made Jackie well?
(Group 3 presents their thank you card for Lola Itang)
Ask: What food makes you feel better every time you get sick?
Other than food, what makes you well?
3. Skill Development
Post pictures of events in the story. (Refer to LM, Think and Tell)
Call volunteers to give a sentence about each of the pictures.
(Ex. Jackie is sick. She is in bed.)
Refer to LM, Try and Learn A
Say: Which of the six events happened first, second, and last
Retell the story by saying the sentence about each picture.
Recall how Lola Itang prepared the haluhalo espesyal.
Arrange the steps in preparing the haluhalo.
.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn B.
Read another short selection. Ask the class to arrange the pictures of
the events as they happened.
DEPED COPY
Mother has some hens. Sometimes she gives them corn to
eat. Sometimes she gives them palay. Baby likes to see them
pick up the palay. When she is bigger, she will feed the hens.
One day, Mother was working in the yard. She was cleaning
the yard with a broom. Mother heard the hens in the garden.
They were hungry. Mother said, I did not feed my hens. I did
not give them their palay. Then, she went into the house. She
came out with a basket. The hens had palay to eat and they
were happy.
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Use quantifiers of mass nouns
58
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
Say: We call these words quantifiers or counters of mass nouns.Aside
from these quantifiers, we can also use much, many, lots of, a
little of, a bit of, a piece of, a glass of, a kilo of, a pound of, etc.)
Ask: What can you say about quantifiers or determiners of mass nouns
(Quantifiers are expressions of quantity. We use quantifiers to tell how
much or how little the mass nouns are.)
4. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Say: Form groups of 3-4. Pretend that you are in a supermarket. Talk about the
things that you need to buy. Use quantifiers for mass nouns. ou can
start your conversation with the following:
I need to buy
I will look for
Ask for volunteers to present their dialog/conversation.
5. Independent Practice
Use the correct counters quantifiers for the mass nouns.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
59
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Day 4
I.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
Read words, phrases, poems and stories with long u vowel sounds
Read aloud grade level texts with accuracy an rate of 95-100 percent
Use context clues (definition) to find the meaning of unfamiliar words
Use a graphic organizer to show understanding of text
DEPED COPY
Note: Let the pupils read the rhyme in unison, by groups then individually
4. Spelling
Show and name some pictures. Let the pupils write the words on their
paper.
(Show a picture of a cute face)
Say: She is cute. Write the word cute.
(Show picture of a letter)
Say: This is an excuse letter. Write the word excuse.
(Show picture of a cube)
Say: This is a cube. Write the word cube.
(Show picture of an elephant)
Say: An elephant is a huge animal. Write the word huge.
B. Pre-reading Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
a. jealous
Say: Mark has a new baby brother. He thinks that his parents
would no longer notice him. He thinks they would no longer
love him. Mark is jealous of his baby brother. Is it good to be
jealous? Why? Why not?
60
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
b. toss
Say: Dona is proud of herself. She thinks she is the most beautiful
girl in school. She tosses her head most of the time like this
(demonstrate how to toss ones head, then let pupils do the
same)
c. spilled
Say: Marah was playing all around so she spilled the glass of milk
on the table. The milk was spilled all over the table and the
oor. What should she do with the spilled milk
2. Motivation
Ask: What will you buy if you get some money?
3. Motive Question
Ask: What will Mutya buy when she gets some money?
C. During Reading
1. Refer to LM, Read and Learn. The pupils will read the story in popcorn
way.
Note: In popcorn reading, one pupil starts reading the story aloud. The
teacher points to another pupil to continue reading. This continues until
the story is completely read.
DEPED COPY
2. Identify the main details of the story through the
organizer.
ower graphic
Objectives
1. Understand that it is not good to count the gains if there is no effort on
working for it
2. Sequence events in a story read
3. Use graphic organizers to show understanding of texts
4. Write different forms of simple composition (skit, slogan) as a response
to the story read
61
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
DEPED COPY
(Group 3 will present their slogan)
Ask: How can Mutya realize her plans?
How can you realize your own plans?
62
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
Teaching Chart
Graphic organizers are visual charts and tools used to represent
and organize a students knowledge or ideas. Graphic organizers are
often used as part of the writing process to help students map out
ideas, plots, character details and settings before beginning to
write. As part of the reading process, graphic organizers can help
a student comprehend what he has read and make comparisons.
Graphic organizers can be used to: sequence events, analyze
cause and effect, compare and contrast and develop concepts in
detail.
b. Guided Practice
Story Construction Game
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
Divide the class into groups with five members. Give each group
a set of strips of paper on which story events are written. Let each
group arrange the events to form a story in a graphic
organizer. Let the groups read the stories they formed.
Story A
Story B
DEPED COPY
c. Independent Practice
Refer to Story C.
63
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office.
4
English
Teachers Guide
Unit 2 2
Unit
Department of Education
Republic of the Philippines
i
English Grade 4
Teachers Guide
First Edition 2015
Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.
Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand names,
trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective copyright holders.
DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society (FILCOLS), Inc. in
seeking permission to use these materials from their respective copyright owners.
All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these materials. The
publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.
Only institution and companies which have entered an agreement with
FILCOLS and only within the agreed framework may copy from this Teachers Guide.
Those who have not entered the agreement with FILCOLS must, if they wish to copy,
contact the publishers and authors directly.
Authors and publishers may email or contact FILCOLS at filcols@gmail.com or
(02) 439-2204, respectively.
Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar
Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap
ii
iii
Table of Contents
Curriculum Guide ............................................................................................
vi
107
Pre-Assessment .............................................................................................
108
Week 1
............................
112
Week 2
............................
125
Week 3
............................
136
Week 4
............................
147
Week 5
............................
156
Week 6
............................
166
Week 7
............................
174
Week 8
............................
182
Week 9
............................
191
200
201
iv
vi
Writing and
Composition
Reading
Comprehension
Vocabulary
Listening
Comprehension
Fluency
Oral Language
Domain
Use literal information from texts to aptly infer and predict outcomes
The learner
actively creates and participates in oral theme-based activities
efficiently delivers oral presentations
Performance Standard
The learner
demonstrates understanding of verbal cues for clear expression of ideas
demonstrates understanding of verbal and non-verbal cues for effective
oral presentation
demonstrates understanding of information derived from multi-media
sources for clear and creative presentation
demonstrates understanding that English is stress-timed language to
achieve accuracy and automaticity
The learner listens critically to news reports and other radio broadcasts and expresses ideas accurately in oral and in written
forms; demonstrates confidence in the use of the language to meet everydays needs; and reads independently and gets relevant
information from various text types.
Content Standard
FIRST QUARTER
ENGLISH GRADE 4
vii
uses the classes of words aptly in various oral and written discourse
uses the classes of words aptly in various oral and written discourse
applies knowledge of non-verbal skills to show respect when
communicating with others
uses paralanguage and non-verbal cues to respond appropriately
EN4OL-Ia-d1
Speak clearly
using
appropriate
pronunciation
and intonation.
EN4LC-Ia-1
Note details in a
selection listened
to.
EN4LC-Ib-2
Note details in a
selection listened
to, to identify
setting
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4V-Ia-d-2
Use context clues
(synoynms) to
find meaning of
unfamiliar words.
EN4V-Ia-d-1
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words.
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4RC-Ia-b-2
Analyze a
narrative in terms
of its setting.
EN4RC-Ia-b-1
Analyze a
narrative in terms
of its characters.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel a
sound
EN4F-Ib-2
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel e
Phonological
EN4SS-Ib-2
Locate
information
using print and
non-print
resources
EN4SS-Ia-1
Locate
information
using print and
non-print
resources
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4G-Iab-1
Use plural
form of
regular
nouns
G
Grammar
EN4WC-Ia-b1
Write 2-3
sentences about
the characters
in a literary text
listened to or
read.
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 2 of 14
EN4A-Ia-1
Show
willingness
and
enthusiasm
in reading or
listening to
literary text
A
Attitude
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-Ia-1
The learner
The learner
Week
Viewing
Study
Strategies/
Research
Attitude
Grammar
Domain
Content Standard
viii
EN4OL-Ie-2
Give oral
directions
EN4LC-Ie-5
Sequence events
in a story listened
to
OL
Oral
Language
EN4LC-Id-4
Sequence events
in a story listened
to
EN4LC-Ic-3
Note details in a
selection listened
to
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4V-Ie-f-2
Use context clues
(definition) to
determine the
meaning of
unfamiliar words.
EN4V-Ia-d-2
Use context clues
(antonym) to
determine the
meaning of
unfamiliar words
EN4LC-If-1
EN4OL-If-3
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4RC-If-4
EN4RC-Id-e-3
Sequence events
in a story or
narrative
EN4F-If-6
EN4F-Ie-5
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel u
sound
EN4F-Id-4
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel o
sound
EN4SS-Ie-i-5
EN4SS-Ie-i-5
Use graphic
organizers to
show
understanding
of texts (story
sequence
organizers)
EN4SS-Id-4
Arrange words
in alphabetical
order with the
same first letter
but a different
second letter
EN4G-Ic-2
Use plural
form of
irregular
nouns
G
Grammar
EN4WC-Ie-f-4
Write different
forms of simple
composition
(thank you
card, note,
poster,
slogan) as a
response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to
- notes / letters
EN4WC-Ic-2
Write two or
three sentences
about the
characters,
setting, or
events in a
story listened to
or read
EN4WC-Id-3
Write 2-3 step
directions using
signal words
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 3 of 14
EN4A-IIb2
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
A
Attitude
ix
EN4OL-Ig-4
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
EN4LC-Ig-1
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
EN4OL-Ih-5
press ones
ideas and
feelings clearly
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters from
selections
listened to
EN4LC-Ih-1
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4V-Ih-4
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words
(exemplification)
EN4V-Ig-3
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words (definition)
Week
EN4RC-Ig-5
Make inferences
and draw
conclusions
based on a
literary or
expository text
EN4F-Ig-8
Read aloud
grade level
texts with
accuracy and
proper
expression
EN4F-Ih-i-8
Read words,
phrases,
poems, and
stories with
diphthongs
accurately
EN4F-Ig-7
Read words,
phrases,
poems, and
stories with
accuracy
EN4G-Ih-7
Use
collective
nouns
Compose
clear and
coherent
sentences
using
appropriate
grammatical
structures:
Kinds of
Nouns
(Possessive
Nouns)
EN4G-Ig-6
Identify and
use concrete
nouns and
abstract
nouns
G
Grammar
EN4WC-Ig-h6
Write forms of
simple
composition as
a response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to -notes /
letters descriptive
EN4WC-Ig-h5
Write a friendly
letter as a
response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to
- Descriptive
paragraph
- Another
ending to a
story
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 4 of 14
EN4A-IIa1
Demonstrate
respect for
the ideas,
feelings and
culture of
the author
of the text
listened to.
A
Attitude
EN4LC-Ii-1
Infer feelings,
traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4OL-IIa1
Restate or
retell
information
from a text
listened to.
EN4LC-IIa-1
Identify main
idea and
supporting details
from a text
listened to.
EN4V-IIa-1
Identify
meanings of
unfamiliar
words through
structural
analysis
(compound
words and
their
components:
one word
compound
(backyard),
two word
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4V-Ii-5
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words
(exemplification)
Week
OL
Oral
Language
EN4OL-Ii-6
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
SECOND QUARTER
Week
EN4RC-IIa-1
Identify the
important story
elements such as
setting, character
and plot.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
EN4RC-Ih-4
Infer the theme
of literary text
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IIa-1
Read with
automaticity
grade level
frequently
occurring
content area
words.
Read aloud
grade level
texts
EN4F-Ih-i-9
Read with
accuracy
words,
phrases,
poems,and
stories with
silent letters.
EN4SS-IIa-1
Arrange 8-10
words with
different
beginning
letters in
alphabetical
order.
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4G-IIa-b1
Identify and
use personal
pronouns in
sentences.
G
Grammar
EN4G-Ii-8
Use simple
present
tense of
verbs in
sentences
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIa1
Write
sentences
following
correct
mechanics of
capitalization
and
punctuation.
WC
Writing
Composition
paragraph
EN4WC-Ii-6
Write a
response to a
story / poem
read or listened
to -notes /
letters
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 5 of 14
EN4A-IIa-1
Demonstrate
respect for the
ideas, feelings
and culture of
the author of
the text
listened to.
A
Attitude
A
Attitude
xi
EN4LC-IId-4
Follow a set of
three-to-five step
directions.
EN4OL-IId4
Give three-tofive step
directions.
EN4OL-IIc-3
Listen and
answer
questions
about a story
read/listened
to.
EN4OL-IIb2
Use courteous
expressions
EN4LC-IIb-2
Recall
information from
conversations.
EN4LC-Iib-3
Note details from
news
reports/selections
listened to.
EN4LC-IIc-3
Note details by
asking/answering
questions about
a story/poem
listened to
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4LC-IIe-5
EN4OL-IIeEN4V-IIe-4
Interpret a story
5
Use prefixes
through
Relate story
and root words
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4RC-IIe-5
Give possible
endings to stories
EN4F-IIe-5
Read with
automaticity
EN4SS-IIc-3
Follow
instructions
EN4G-IIc-3
Identify and
use s form of
verbs.
EN4G-Ii-9
Use the
pronoun that
agrees in
gender,
number with
the
antecedent.
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIe5
Outline a
EN4WC-IId4
Write a twopoint sentence
outline
EN4WC-IIc3
Write a
friendly letter
using correct
format.
EN4WC-IIb2
Write a short
story with the
elements.
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4A-IId-4
Take part in
creative
Page 6 of 14
EN4A-IIc-3
Express love
for stories and
other texts.
EN4A-IIb-2
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
A
Attitude
xii
EN4OL-IIg7
Retell bestliked part of a
story heard.
EN4LC-IIg-7
Give a possible
ending to a story
heard.
EN4OL-IIi-8
Connect
events in a
story heard to
a personal
experience
EN4OL-IIf-6
React to what
the characters
said in the
story listened
to.
EN4LC-IIf-6
Infer traits of
characters based
on what they do
or say in a story
listened to.
EN4LC-IIh-i-8
Sequence events
in a story listened
to.
events to
ones
experience.
OL
Oral
Language
dramatization
songs or art
activities.
LC
Listening
Comprehension
Week
EN4V-IIi-8
Identify and
use
personification.
EN4V-IIh-7
Identify and
use simile and
metaphor in a
story read.
EN4V-IIg-6
Identify and
use simile and
metaphor in
the poem
read.
EN4V-IIf-5
Use suffixes
and root words
as clues to get
meaning of
words.
EN4RC-Iii-8
Note important
details in an
informational
text.
EN4RC-IIg-h-7
Infer the feelings
and traits of the
characters in the
story.
EN4RC-IIf-6
Predict outcomes
of events in the
story
EN4F-IIi-9
Read words
with
consonant
blends /pr/,
and /gr/
EN4F-IIh-8
Read words
with
consonant
blends /br/,
and /gr/
EN4F-IIg-7
Read words
with
consonant
blends /tr/,
and ,/cr/
EN4F-IIf-6
Read using
correct
intonation and
expression.
EN4SS-IIg-7
Get
information
from the news
page.
EN4SS-IIf-6
Use dictionary
in getting the
meaning of
words.
EN4SS-IIe-5
Get
information
from the news
page of a
school paper.
EN4SS-IId-4
Fill out forms
giving the
appropriate
instructions.
EN4G-IIh-i9
Use the past
form of
regular and
irregular
verbs.
EN4G-IIh-i8
Use the past
form of
irregular
verbs.
EN4G-IIg-7
Use the past
form of
regular verbs.
EN4G-IIf-6
Use correct
time
expressions to
tell an action
in the present.
pronouns that
agree in
gender with
antecedents.
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIi-9
Write a news
report using
the facts
given.
EN4WC-IIg7
Write a
paragraph
a out ones
personal
experience.
EN4WC-IIh8
Compose
slogan from a
given stimuli.
EN4WC-IIf-6
Write a
paragraph
based on a
two-point
outline.
paragraph
with explicitly
given main
idea.
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 7 of 14
EN4A-IIh-8
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
responses in
preparing
logs, journal,
and other oral
presentation.
EN4A-IIe-5
Take part in
creative
responses in
preparing
logs, journal,
and other oral
presentation.
EN4A-IIf-6
Browse and
read news
page for
information of
a school
paper.
EN4A-IIg-7
Request for
more stories
to be read.
A
Attitude
xiii
EN4LC-IIId-4
Use indirect
speech to clarify
the spea ers
ideas.
EN4V-IIId-4
Identify
different
meaning of
content
specific words.
EN4V-IIIc-3
Get the
meaning of
unfamiliar
words through
restatements.
EN4LC-IIIc-3
Point out details
from a
biographical
account.
EN4OL-IIIb2
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
places.
EN4V-IIIb-2
Identify
multiple
meaning of
words.
EN4V-IIIa-1
Use context
clues
(synonym and
antonym) to
find meaning
of unfamiliar
words.
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4RC-IIId-4
Identify cause
and effect
relationship
EN4RC-IIIc-3
Identify
sequence of
events.
EN4RC-IIIb-2
Note significant
details.
EN4RC-IIIa-1
Note significant
details.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
EN4F-IIId-4
Read grade
level texts
with
appropriate
speed,
accuracy and
expression
EN4F-IIIc-3
Read aloud
grade level
texts
accurately.
EN4F-IIIb-2
Read aloud
grade level
texts
accurately.
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IIIa-1
Read a poem
aloud with
proper
expression.
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4SS-IIId4
Locate
meaning of
words from
the dictionary.
EN4SS-IIIc3
Use a timeline
to show order
of events.
EN4SS-IIIb2
Interpret a
map.
EN4SS-IIIa1
Use a
thesaurus to
find synonyms
and antonyms
of words.
EN4LC-IIIb-2
Note details from
a story listened
to.
EN4OL-IIIa1
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
events.
EN4LC-IIIa-1
Distinguish reality
from fantasy.
Week
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
THIRD QUARTER
EN4G-IIIb-2
Identify and
use words
that show
degrees of
comparison of
objectives in
sentences
EN4G-IIIc-3
Use
appropriate
word signals
to show the
sequence of
events in
ssentences
EN4G-IIId-4
Identify and
use the
correct order
of adjectives
in a series in
sentences
EN4G-IIIa-1
Identify and
use adjectives
in sentences
G
Grammar
EN4WCIIId-4
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using the
correct order
of adjectives.
EN4WC-IIIc3
Write simple
sentences
using
sequence
signals.
EN4WC-IIIa2 Rewrite
pairs of
sentences
using
connectors
EN4WC-IIIa1 Write
sentences
describing
persons,
places, things
and animals
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 8 of 14
EN4A-IIId-4
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
EN4A-IIIc-3
Show interest
in reading a
biography.
EN4A-IIIa-1
Show love for
reading by
listening
attentively
during story
reading and
making
comments or
reactions.
EN4A-IIIb-2
Show interest
in reading a
travelogue.
A
Attitude
xiv
EN4RC-IIIh-8
Use appropriate
graphic
organizers to
show the
sequence of
events in a text
read
(Story)
EN4V-IIIh-8
Use word
associations
(analogy)
EN4V-IIIi-9
EN4RC-IIIg-7
Make
generalizations.
EN4V-IIIg-7
Identify
different
meanings of
content
specific words
-denotation
-connotation
EN4LC-IIIg-7
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4RC-IIIf-6
Make comparison
and contrast.
EN4V-IIIf-6
Identify
different
meanings of
content
specific words.
EN4OL-IIIc3
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
people.
OL
Oral
Language
EN4LC-IIIf-6
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4LC-IIIe-5
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4OL-IIIg4
Tell / retell
familiar stories
by using
7
appropriate
gestures and
expressions in
complete
sentence.
EN4LC-IIIh-8
EN4OL-IIIhive ones
5
reaction to an
Tell / retell
event or issue.
familiar stories
by using
8
appropriate
gestures and
expressions in
complete
sentence.
9
EN4LC-IIIi-9
EN4OL-IIIiK to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4F-IIIi-9
EN4F-IIIh-8
Read correctly
grade level
texts with
intonation,
expression.
EN4F-IIIg-7
Read correctly
grade level
texts with
intonation and
expression.
EN4F-IIIf-6
Read grade
level texts
with
appropriate
speed.
EN4SS-IIIi-
EN4SS-IIIh8
Interpret
charts.
EN4SS-IIIg7
Locate
information
from indices.
EN4SS-IIIf6
Locate
information
from indices.
EN4G-IIIi-9
EN4G-IIIh-8
Use a
particular kind
of sentence
for a specific
purpose
-making
requests
EN4G-IIIg-7
Use adverbs
of manner in
sentences
EN4G-IIIf-6
Use
appropriate
adverbs of
time in
setences
EN4G-IIIe-5
Identify and
use adverbs
of place in
sentences.
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIIi-
EN4WCIIIh-8
Write a oneparagraph
essay on a
particular
topic.
EN4WC-IIIe5
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of place.
EN4WC-IIIf6
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of time.
EN4WCIIIg-7
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of manner.
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4A-IIIi-8
Page 9 of 14
EN4A-IIIh-7
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as for learning
or for
pleasure.
EN4A-IIIf-6
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
EN4A-IIIe-5
Browse and
read books
for various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
A
Attitude
xv
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4LC-IVb-2
Tell whether an
action or event
is reality or
fantasy
EN4OLIVa-1
State a fact
and
opinion
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
EN4V-IVa-1
Use
knowledge of
context clues
to find the
meaning of
unfamiliar
words
-synonyms
EN4OLEN4V-IVb-2
IVb-2
Use
Express
knowledge of
whether an context clues
2
action or
to find the
event is
meaning of
reality or
unfamiliar
fantasy
words
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4LC-IVa-1
Distinguish fact
from opinion
6
elate ones
own
experiences
and ideas
related to the
topic using a
variety of
words with
proper
phrasing.
OL
Oral
Language
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
FOURTH QUARTER
Week
EN4RC-IVb-2
Interpret
direction in
authentic texts
i.e.,
medical
prescriptions
RC
Reading
Comprehensio
n
EN4RC-IVa-1
Distinguish fact
from opinion
EN4F-IVb-2
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with accuracy
rate of 95 to
100%
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IVa-1
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with accuracy
rate of 95 to
100%
EN4SS-IVa1
Take note of
relevant
information
from a given
text
SS
Study
Strategy
G
Grammar
EN4G-IVb2
Use
prepositions
nn
sentences
-to and from
EN4G-IVa1
Identify
prepositions
in sentences
EN4WCIVb-2
Write 3-4
sentences in
giving
directions
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4VC-IVb2
Identify the
visual
elements
used in a
print/non
print
EN4VC-IVa1
Identify
visual
elements
used in a
print/non
print
materials
VC
Viewing
9
Write a oneparagraph
essay on a
particular topic
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
EN4WCIVa-1
Write
sentences
expressing
fact and
opinion
Use a
particular kind
of sentence
for a specific
purpose
-asking
permission
G
Grammar
EN4A-IVa1
Express
interest in
different
texts by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVb2
Expess
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
Page 10 of 14
A
Attitude
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as for learning
or for
pleasure.
A
Attitude
xvi
EN4LC-IVf-6
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
a narrative
EN4OLIVe-5
State
conclusion
to
humorous
or
cumulative
poem
heard
EN4OLIVd-4
State
conclusion
to realistic
fiction
EN4LC-IVd-4
Give conclusion
to realistic
fiction listened
to
EN4LC-IVe-5
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem listened to
EN4OLIVc-3
State if a
story could
really
happen
EN4LC-IVc-3
Evaluate the
likelihood that
story/event
could really
happen
EN4V-IVe-5
Identify
meaning of
word with
suffixes ful
and less
EN4V-IVd-4
Identify
meaning of
words with
prefixes
Un,in,im,dis,
mis and re
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
-antonyms
EN4V-IVc-3
Identify the
meaning of
words with
multiple
meaning
EN4OLEN4V-IVf-6
IVf-6
Identify
State facts
meaning of
6
or opinion
words with
in a
suffixes er
narrative
and or
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4RC-IVf-6
Distinguish fact
from opinion
from a narrative
EN4RC-IVe-5
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem read
EN4RC-IVd-4
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem read
EN4RC-IVc-3
Distiguish reality
from fantasy in
stories read
EN4F-IVf-6
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
Read aloud a
cumulative
poem
EN4F-IVe-5
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVd-4
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVc-3
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with
accuracy rate
of 95 to
100%
EN4SS-IVf5
Interpret bar
and line
graph
EN4SS-IVe4
Use almanac
to get
information
EN4SS-IVd3
Use the index
to locate
information
EN4SS-IVc2
Use a
glossary get
meaning of
words
EN4G-IVf6
Use simple
sentence
-simple
subject and
EN4G-IVe5
Use
prepositional
phrases in
sentences
EN4G-IVd4
Use
prepositions
in, on,
under and
above in
sentences
between
EN4G-IVc3
Use
prepositions
in sentences
-among and
G
Grammar
EN4WCIVf-6
Write 3-4
sentences
expressing
opinion
EN4WCIVd-4
Write 3-4
sentences
showing
conclusion
of a given
topic or
situation
EN4WCIVe-5
Write 3-4
sentences
showing
conclusion
EN4WCIVc-3
Write 3-4
sentences
using
among and
between
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
materials
EN4A-IVc3
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVd4
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVe5
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
materials
EN4VC-IVc3
Make
connection
between
information
viewed and
personal
experiences
EN4VC-IVd4
Make
connection
between
information
viewed and
personal
experiences
EN4VC-IVe5
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustrations
contribute to
wht ia
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVf6
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
EN4A-IVf6
Express
interest in
text by
reading
Page 11 of 14
A
Attitude
VC
Viewing
xvii
EN4OLIVh-8
Express
fact or
opinion in a
narrative
text
EN4LC-IVh-8
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
a narrative text
EN4LC-IVi-9
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
informational
text
EN4OLIVg-7
Express
fact or
opinion in
an
information
al text
EN4LC-IVg-7
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
an informational
text
OL
Oral
Language
EN4V-IVh-8
Identify
meaning of
words with
suffixes ly
and y
EN4V-IVg-7
Identify
meaning of
words with
prefixes de
and dis
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
EN4OLEN4V-IVi-9
IVi-9
Identify
Express
meaning of
9
fact or
words with
opinion in
suffixes able
an
and ible
information
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4RC-IVi-9
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
informational
text
EN4RC-IVh-8
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
narrative text
EN4RC-IVg-7
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in an
informational
text
EN4F-IVi-9
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVh-8
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVg-7
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4SS-IVi8
Follow steps
in a process
EN4SS-IVh7
Use
strategies in
takin`g test
EN4SS-IVg6
Use the
encyclopedia
to get
information
EN4G-IVh8
Use simple
sentences
with simple
subject and
compound
predicate in
giving
suggesting
solutions to
problems
EN4G-IVi9
Use
compound
sentences in
comparing
contrasting
EN4G-IVg7
Use simple
sentences
with
compound
subject and
simple
predicate in
giving fact
and opinion
predicate
G
Grammar
EN4WCIVi-9
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about given
topic or idea
EN4WCIVh-8
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about given
topic or idea
EN4WCIVg-7
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about a
given topic
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVg7
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVh8
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVi9
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
VC
Viewing
EN4A-IVi-9
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
Page 12 of 14
EN4A-IVh8
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVg7
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
available
print
materials
A
Attitude
xviii
al text
OL
Oral
Language
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
G
Grammar
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
VC
Viewing
Page 13 of 14
materials
A
Attitude
xix
First Quarter
Quarter
Competency
Week six
Grammar
Domain/Content/
Component/ Topic
Week
Grade 4
English
SAMPLE
Grade Level
Arabic Number
Lowercase Letter/s
Roman Numeral
Uppercase Letter/s
First Entry
LEGEND
2.5
EN4
Sample: EN4G-If-2.5
DOMAIN/ COMPONENT
SS
VC
V
WC
Study Strategies
Viewing Comprehension
Vocabulary Development
Writing and Composition
Page 14 of 14
RC
Reading Comprehension
Spelling
PA
PWR
Phonological Awareness
OL
LC
Listening Comprehension
Oral Language
BPK
AK
CODE
Grammar
Fluency
Alphabet Knowledge
QUARTER 2
TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS (PRE TEST)
TOPICS / SKILLS
ITEM
PLACEMENT
TOTAL
2
3
1
1
4, 32
5
10-11
9
6
1
2
1
1
7
12-13
33-35
1
2
3
19-23
24-28
5
5
14-18
29
8, 30
31
36-40
5
1
2
1
5
107
QUARTER 2
PRE-ASSESSMENT
Listening
I.
Listen as the teacher reads the story then answer the questions that follow.
Write only the letter of your answer.
Mary and the Caterpillar
Mary had a flower garden. She visits it every day after school. She cleans
the flower beds every weekend. Oh, how she loved her garden. One day, Mary
noticed that the leaves of the gumamela were eaten. She found a caterpillar
in one of the leaves. She was about to destroy it but it looked so small and
harmless that she decided to leave it there. She watched the caterpillar eat
the leaves. After a few more days, Mary didnt find the caterpillar anymore.
She found it in a rolled leaf. Perhaps it grew tired of eating and now wants to
sleep. The following week Mary looked for the caterpillar in the rolled leaf. It
wasnt there. She thought it died. Then, she saw a beautiful yellow butterfly.
Could it be that this butterfly was the caterpillar?, Mary wondered.
your
yours
ours
my
our
a. 1-2-3-4
b. 3-2-4-1
c. 3-1-4-2
d. 4-3-2-1
30. Read the selection carefully. What do you think Rica and Rita
should do?
Rica and Rita were walking from school, when they noticed a wallet
near the trash can. They picked it up. They opened it and saw five hundred
pesos. They looked at each other. Both were hungry. They stood for a while
thinking.
110
d. WT
Roberta felt like hiding her face. She was wearing her new eyeglasses
to school for the first time. She felt that everyone on the street was laughing
at her. I look like an owl, she thought to herself.
3. What do you think did the character feel?
a. happy
b. angry
c. jealous
d. shy
Leonardos mother prepares the cake. She fills the table with
delicious food and sweets. She looks out the window and sees Leonardo
arriving from school. Mother tells everyone to get ready. As soon as
Leonardo opens the door, everyone starts to sing.
4. What is the mood of the selection?
a. sad
b. festive
c. happy
d. gloomy
5. What feeling will Leonardo have when he gets in the house?
a. calm b. surprised c. afraid
d. funny
Write the correct form of the verbs in the parentheses to complete the idea of the
paragraph.
Last week, the whole family__________(36. visit) our grandmother in the next
town. On our way, we ___________(37. see) fruit vendors with carts full of fruits.
Mother ___________ (38. buy) some lanzones, rambutan and durian. We ___ (39.
eat) all the fruits when we arrived at grandmothers house. Grandmother ______ (40.
Is) very happy to see us.
111
Quarter 2
Theme: Science and Nature
Week 1 - Big or Small, Animals All Around
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize and appreciate the importance of bugs
2. Realize that it is better to be friendly than to be grouchy
3. Admire the friendly ladybug for her willingness to share her food
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Identify the main idea and supporting details from a text listened to
Oral Language
Restate and retell information from a text listened to
Vocabulary Development
Identify meanings of unfamiliar words through structural analysis (compound
words and their components: one word compound (backyard), two word
compound (security guard), hyphenated compound word (sister-in-law)
Reading Comprehension
Identify the important story elements such as setting, character and plot
Oral Reading Fluency
Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area words
Study Strategy
Arrange 8-10 words with different beginning letters in alphabetical order
Grammar
Identify and use personal pronouns in sentences
Writing Composition
Write sentences following correct mechanics of capitalization and
punctuation
Attitude towards literacy, literature and language
Demonstrate respect for the ideas, feelings, and culture of the author of the
text listened to
112
113
d. sidewalk
Say: We waited for the bus at the sidewalk.
Ask: What are sidewalks for? Why?
2. Motivation
Show a picture of bugs. Talk about it.
Ask: Do you like bugs? Why or why not?
Ask the pupils to fill up a KWL chart about bugs.
What I Know
What I Learned
3. Motive Question
Ask: What kind of bugs does the author like?
B. During Reading Activities
Model Reading of the poem
Shared reading of the poem with the class
Refer to LM, I Like Bugs! by Margaret Wise Brown
Comprehension Check: Refer to LM, Talk about It
1. Teaching/Modelling
What is the main idea of the poem?
What are the supporting details that talk about the main idea of the poem?
(Use the graphic organizer to show the connections).
Green bugs
Black
bugs
Mean bugs
I like
bugs
Bad
bugs
Etc...
Etc....
Teaching Chart
Every story, poem or paragraph has a main idea. The main idea
tells what the story, poem, or paragraph is all about.
The supporting details tell more about the main idea. They
give the important details and describe the main idea for better
understanding.
114
2. Guided Practice
Sing the poem to the tune of If Youre Happy and You Know It
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn Insect Bodies
Form six (6) groups. Groups 1 to 3 will use the 1st stanza of the song, while
Groups 4 to 6 will use the 2nd stanza. Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Answers:
Group 1-3
Main Idea:
Supporting Details:
Group 4-6
Main Idea:
Supporting Details:
3. Science Integration
Ask: How can you tell a bug from other living things?
What are the body parts of a bug?
What bugs can you find at home? In gardens? (use other places
identified by pupils)
Why do they stay in these places? What do these bugs do?
Do you like them to stay in these places? Why or why not?
Note: Emphasize the importance of bugs in the environment (e.g. bees
provide honey; spiders feed on mosquitoes and other insects;
ladybugs eat aphids that harm plants)
4. Independent Practice
Read the poem and identify the main idea and the supporting details.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More, Where is the Caterpillar?
Enrichment Activities:
Drawing Activity
Draw and color a bug which you think the author of the poem will like.
Explain why you think the author will like it.
115
Day 2
EO: Appreciate the value of sharing ones blessings with others
RC: Note important details from a selection listened to.
A. Pre-reading Activities
Recall: Rereading of the poem I Like Bugs (individually and/or by groups)
1. Unlocking of Difficulties (using context clues, pictures and demonstration)
a. whale
Show a picture of a whale.
Say: This is a whale. Describe a whale. Name the body parts of the
whale from the picture.
b. grouchy
(Show a picture of a grouchy boy)
Say: The boy is grouchy. He is always in a bad mood.
Ask: How does a grouchy person look, act, speak?
c. aphids
(Show a picture of a plant with aphids.)
Say: There are aphids on the leaves of the plant.
Ask: How do aphids look like? Where else can you find aphids?
d. screeched
The woman screeched in a very loud voice.
Ask: What does screech mean? Demonstrate. What situations will
make you screech?
e. puffed
He puffed air into the balloon to make it big.
Ask: What do you do when you puff air? Have children demonstrate
the action.
f.
insist
The boy insists and would not accept no for an answer.
Ask: How do you insist? When do you insist?
2. Group Activity
Divide the class into 3-5 groups and have pupils classify the pictures by
filling in the table.
Am I an insect or not?
116
Read the names of the insects/animals in the picture. (Model reading of the
words first.)
Yes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Maybe
No
ladybug
yellow jacket
stag beetle
praying mantis
sparrow
lobster
boa constrictor
hyena
gorilla
elephant
11. whale
Note: Prepare at least 3-5 sets of the pictures of the given animals/
insects. These are animals/insects from the story The Grouchy Ladybug
and will serve as part of vocabulary enrichment.
3. Motivation
Say: Sometimes you are in a bad mood. Do you get grouchy? When and
why do you get grouchy?
Preview the cover and say: What do you think is the story about?
Describe the ladybug in the picture.
4. Motive Question
Why do you think the ladybug is grouchy?
B. During Reading
Read the story The Grouchy Ladybug. (Interactive Reading can be used after
the reading of the first 2 animals / insects that the grouchy ladybug met. The
repetitive lines can be recited by identified groups for the characters or the
entire class can repeat the lines for the teacher.) You may also read the entire
story first then reread the story, dropping your voice and letting students read
the repeated portions of the story in the second reading.
Refer to LM for the story of the The Grouchy Ladybug.
C. Post Reading
1. Engagement Activities
Differentiated pupils activities for 6 groups.
Group 1. Dont Get Lost: Chart It!
117
Copy the story chart in your notebook. Identify the elements of the story.
Story Map
Title of the story
______________
Author: ________
Character/s
Setting
Plot
Ending
Beginning
Middle
118
Discussion Questions
1. What is the story about? (Group 1 will present their output)
2. What happened when the two ladybugs landed on the same leaf? Why?
3. Why did the grouchy ladybug fly away? (Group 2 will present their
output)
4. Why does the ladybug want to fight?
5. What did the grouchy ladybug do that day? (Group 3 will present their
output)
6. What does the ladybug say to the animals? Why? (Group 4 will present
their output)
7. What happened when the ladybug met the whale? (Group 5 will show
us.)
8. What did the ladybug say to the whale?
9. What did the ladybug do when the whale would not answer her?
10. Do you think the whale could hear the ladybug? Why not?
11. What happened when the ladybug reached the whales fin?
12. Where do we find the ladybug at the end of the story?
13. What do you think will happen to the grouchy lady bug after that day?
(Group 5 will present their output.)
2. Enrichment Activity:
Refer to LM, Learn Some More and Find out and Learn
Day 3
EO: Show appreciation by accepting advice and warnings of parents, friends, and
other well-meaning individuals
RC: Identify the story elements (setting, character, and plot)
WC: Write a short story using the story elements
A. Introduction/Presentation
Say: Can you remember the title of the story we read yesterday? Retell
the story.
B. Teaching/Modelling
At five oclock in the morning, the sun came up. A friendly
ladybug flew in from the left. It saw a leaf with many aphids on it,
and decided to have them for breakfast. But just then, a grouchy
ladybug flew in from the right. It , too, saw the aphids and wanted
them for breakfast.
Say: Today, we will learn about the different elements in the story. (Call
some pupils to read the paragraph taken from the story The Grouchy
Ladybug)
Based on the paragraph:
1-2. When and where did the story happen? Read the part. Describe it.
3. What do you call this part of the story? (setting)
4. Do all stories need a setting? Why?
119
5. Who are the characters of the story? Describe the two ladybugs in the
story. (Use a Venn diagram to illustrate the differences and similarities
of the two ladybugs).
Friendly Ladybug
Grouchy Ladybug
The grouchy
ladybug went to
look for anyone
willing to fight him.
Teaching Chart
The elements of a story are setting, character, and plot.
The characters are the people in the story.
The setting is the place and the time the events in the story
happened.
The plot is made up of the events that happened in the story.
It consists of the beginning, the middle, and the ending.
o Beginning It gives the problem faced by the main
character.
o Middle It presents the actions made by the
characters to solve the problem.
o Ending it gives the solution to the problem.
120
C. Guided Practice
Identify the elements in the story Buddy and the Cat.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Ask: What is the setting of the story? Read the part where the setting is
mentioned.
Who are the characters in the story? Describe each of these characters.
Identify the parts in the selection that helped you describe the
characters.
D. Independent Practice
Read the selection and do the activity that follows.
Refer to LM for the selection Pablo and the Eggs
Identify the elements of the story by filling in the graphic organizers.
Title of the Story:
Pablo and the Eggs
Setting:
Garden
Characters
Pete, the
grasshopper
Plot
Pablo, the
praying
mantis
Beginning: Pablo
wanted to play
with some round
objects he found.
They look like
small balls.
Middle: Pete
tried to stop him
because they
looked like small
eggs.
121
E. Writing/ Composition
Refer to LM, Write About It
(Divide children into 5-6 groups.)
Write a short story using the three (3) story elements.
Tell the class your story.
Note: Make the activity more meaningful and interesting by letting the class
vote for the best story made. A role play of the story the pupils wrote serve.
Day 4
VD: Identify and use compound words in sentences
G: Use personal pronouns and their antecedents
A. Skills Development: Compound Words
1. Introduction/Presentation
Read the following sentences.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Say: What are the underlined words in the sentence? (Call pupils to
read the underlined words.)
What can you say about these words? (They are made up of 2
words)
What words can you find in these words? (lady + bug, stag +
beetle, etc.)
Can you think of other words which are combinations of two
words? (Write all answers given by the pupils. Be sure to separate
the compound words from non-compound words)
2. Teaching/Modelling
Say: Read the words on the board, (given by pupils in the earlier
activity).
We call these words compound words. What can you say about
the compound words in each column?
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
baseball
handshake
newspaper
sunshine
rainbow
report card
fairy tale
love letter
one-half
twenty-one
sister-in-law
x-ray
122
Teaching Chart
A compound word is made of two words joined to form a
new word. There are three different kinds of compound words.
One-word compound is written as one whole word.
Twoword compound is written as two separate words
Hyphenated compound is written with a hyphen
separating the two words.
3. Guided Practice
Read the paragraph. Identify the compound words. Say if it is a oneword compound, two-word compound or a hyphenated compound
word.
Janna loves to visit her grandmother in her farmyard on
weekends. She loves to sit with her Lola Marta on the rocking chair
and watch the fireflies at night. Lola Marta always reads fairy tales
to Janna before bedtime. She also shows her how to cook pancakes
in the frying pan. Janna proudly claims that she made forty-four
cookies one weekend and shared one-half of them with the vicepresident of their homeowners club.
Hyphenated
compound words
One-word compound
Two-word compound
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Activity: Group the pupils into 4. Distribute the following poems for them
to read. Let pupils identify the compound words used in the poem. Write
these on the table given. Before the presentation of the compound
words, the group will read their poem to the class.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More for the short poems In the Beehive,
Animal Homes, Firely Hi, and Ladybug Rhyme.
Ask: How were you able to tell the compound words from noncompound words?
What types of compound words were you able to identify? In
what ways are they different from one another?
(Answers: Group 1 beehive, nobody / Group 2 animal beds,
underground / Group 3 firefly, evening sky / Group 4 ladybug,
flower bed)
123
Plural
(you, we, they, them)
3. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
4. Independent Practice
Write the correct personal pronouns that will complete the paragraph.
Mika and Nena are friends. ________are neighbors and
classmates, too. ______ enjoy playing badminton. They say ______
is an exercise and a fun way to spend their time. Coach Sara invited
them to join the badminton team; ______ said it will be fun. Mr. San
Luis, the class adviser, said ____ will allow __________ to join.
Answers: they, they, it, she, he, them
Day 5
EO: To realize that living organisms are unique and different from one another
SS: To arrange 8-10 words with different beginning letters in alphabetical order
A. Review
Call selected pupils read the selection
Refer to LM, Read and Learn
B. Presentation
Let pupils read the following words individually, by pairs, or groups.
124
Teaching/Modelling
Say: Look at the word list in the box. If we will arrange these words in
alphabetical order, what word will be first? What word will be next? What
word will come next in alphabetical order?
Teaching Chart
To alphabetize a list of words or names, you start by placing them
in A-B-C order according to the first letter of each word.
If you have two or more words that begin with the same letter, you
will look at the second letter. Ask yourself: which of the second
letters comes first in the alphabet? If the first and second letters
are the same, go to your third letters.
D. Guided Practice
Group the pupils in three (3). Each group will arrange the given words in
alphabetical order.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Present the group output to the class. Check the pupils answers.
E. Independent Practice
Read the poem carefully. Copy the underlined words in your notebook or paper.
Then arrange the words in alphabetical order.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More, The Elephant Who Forgot What He Was.
Week 2
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize the value of staying together as a family especially in times of
difficulties
2. Realize the importance of compassion in times of need
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Note details from news reports / selections listened to.
Oral Language
Answer wh- questions based on new reports/selections listened to / read.
125
:
:
Poem
B. Grammar Point
1. Personal Pronouns and Their Antecedents
C. Explicit Skills
1. Answering wh- questions
2. Using words with affixes (un- and -less)
3. Classifying related words
126
Day 1
Note details from news reports/selections listened to
Answer wh- questions based on news reports/selections listened to/read
Skills Development: Noting Details and Answering Wh- Questions
A. Pre-reading Activities
Ask the pupils to sing the song, If All the Little Raindrops.
127
c. danger zone
All those in the danger zones are requested to go to the nearest
evacuation areas. The typhoon can cause flood, landslides and may
uproot trees due to the strong winds.
Say: What could happen to people in the danger zones? What should
you do if you live in danger zones and a typhoon is coming?
d. coastal areas
People in the coastal areas are on the alert because of the strong
waves of the seas.
Say: Can you think of coastal areas? Have you been to these places?
What do you see in coastal areas? Are they danger zones during
typhoons? Why?
2. Motivation
Ask: Do you listen to news reports?
What kind of news do you listen to? Why?
3. Motive Question
What does the weather news tell us?
Where can we get the weather news?
Listening to a News Report
Refer to LM, Listen and Learn
Note: (The news item can be recorded and played for the pupils. However,
the teacher can read the news report herself or practice a pupil to
read it to the class)
Comprehension Questions: Answer the questions in LM, Talk About It.
Skill Development: Retelling News Report
1. Presentation
Present the telephone conversation in LM, Try and Learn to the class. Call
pupil-volunteers to read the dialogue.
Comprehension Check: Answer the questions in LM, Talk About It.
2. Teaching/Modelling
Ask: What things should you remember when listening to a news report?
What question should you ask yourself to check whether you got the
important details from the news report?
If you are to re-tell or restate information to someone, what details
should you include?
128
Teaching Points
Retelling information correctly from what you have read or
listened to is an important skill to learn.
When re-telling news reports remember to include answers
to wh- questions: who, what, where, when, why, and how.
3. Guided Practice
Read or listen once more to the news report on typhoon Pablo. List the
important details from the news report. Write your answers on the line.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
Call pupil volunteers to re-tell/restate the news item using the information
they have written.
4. Independent Practice
Read the following news report and note the important details by answering
the wh-questions.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Think-Pair-Share
1. Form dyads.
2. Each one will think of a news item he/she may share with his/her partner.
3. Come up with a dialogue by which retelling of the news item is
demonstrated.
4. Be ready for a one-minute presentation of the output.
Day 2
Realize the value of staying together as a family especially in times of difficulties.
Identify the different elements of a story
A. Pre-reading activities
Drill:
typhoon
storm
bus terminal
journey
roofless
lifeless
sealed
supply
destroyed
1. Unlocking of difficult words
muddy
Unlock the words using pictures and context clues. Show each picture and
match it with the word as the story is read to the class. Present the following
words in flash cards or paper strips: journey, bus terminal, typhoon,
storm, roofless, destroyed, muddy, lifeless, sealed, supply.
a. Journey
Gretel, Beth, and Grace are going on a journey to the city to visit
grandmother.
Say: Where are they going? What do you do when you go on a journey?
129
typhoon
.
lifeless
Beth bought sandwiches from a vendor. But she did not buy any
because she saw a lifeless fly in one of the sandwiches.
Say: How would you describe a something lifeless?
130
3. Motive Question
Let the pupils complete the KWL chart.
What I Want
to Know
What I Know
What I Learned
about a typhoon
Say: This is a story about a typhoon that hit the city in 2013. What happened
during the typhoon in Tacloban?
B. During Reading Activities
Interactive reading of the story Jar of Lollipops
Refer to LM for the complete story of A Jar of Lollipops.
The following questions can be asked to check comprehension of pupils
during the reading activity:
1. What is the name of the typhoon that hit the city? Describe it.
2. What happened to the city?
3. Where did the family go?
4. What did they see while walking to the bus terminal?
5. How did the children feel while on their journey? Why?
6. What did they find on the muddy street?
7. Why did the children beg to keep the jar of lollipops?
8. What happened when the family reached the bus terminal?
9. What did Aling Gloria do with the jar of lollipops?
10. Why did Aling Gloria share the lollipops with others at the terminal?
If you were, Aling Gloria would you do the same? Why or why not?
Enrichment Activities:
Differentiated group activity: Divide the class into seven (7) groups.
Prepare the task cards for each group.
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
Group 5
Group 6
Group 7
131
Before a typhoon
During a typhoon
After a typhoon
Comprehension Questions:
1. What is the story about? Group 1 will show us.
2. What kind of a family does the story show us? Group 2 will tell us.
3. Where is the family going? Why? Group 3 will tell us.
4. What kind of journey did the family take?
5. How did the jar of lollipops help the family? (Group 4 will show us.)
6. Why did the family ride a bus away from the city? (Group 5 will tell us.)
7. How did the family stay safe? What did they do? (Group 6 will tell us.)
8. How can we find out if a typhoon is coming??
9. Can we prepare for the coming of typhoons? (Group 7 will tell us how)
Enrichment Activity: Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Day 3
Identify words with affixes
1. Presentation
Have children read the following sentences:
1. No, dont pick it up, Mylene. Its unsafe, warned Father.
2. The children were unwilling to let go of the jar.
3. All around they saw roofless houses and buildings destroyed by the
typhoon.
4. Lifeless bodies of men, women, children, and animals were scattered
along the way.
Ask pupils to read the highlighted word in the sentence.
Say: Can you separate these words into parts? How many parts will you
have? What are these parts?
unsafe = un + safe
unwilling = un + willing
roofless = roof + less
lifeless = life + less
2. Teaching/Modelling
Say: What are the root words of each word in the sentences? (clean,
willing, roof, life)
What happens to the meaning of the words when the words un- and
-less were added?
132
Teaching Chart
Affixes are words added to a root word that changes the meaning
of the root word. There are affixes added at the beginning of the
word. There are also affixes added at the end of the word.
The words un and less are affixes. They have meanings.
The affix un- means not.
The affix less means without or none.
Group Activity:
Divide the class into 5-6 groups. Let each group think of at least four (4)
words with the affix un- and -less. Let them give the meaning of the word
and then use the words in a sentence.
Example:
shirtless without shirt or not wearing shirt or no shirt
Pedro was shirtless because his shirt is wet.
unlucky not lucky
We were unlucky today because we did not win any game.
3. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Day 4
G: Use pronouns that agree with its antecedents
1. Introduction
Say: Do you know where bugs live? What do you call their homes?
Refer to LM, Read and Learn, Bugs at Home.
Comprehension Questions:
a. According to the selection, what do you call the home of a tick, an
ant, and a bee? (rock/anthill/hive)
b. Do they need these homes? Why? Why not? (their homes keep
them safe)
2. Presentation
Group the pupils into 4 groups. Assign one (1) stanza of the poem for each
group. Encircle the personal pronouns in the stanza. Then connect the
personal pronoun with the noun it refers to or replaces.
133
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
:
:
:
:
(tick/tock he/his)
(ant/Jill she/her)
(family of bees/Clive their)
(reader of poem you; author of poem me; family
Clive, Jim & Jill they)
3. Teaching/Modelling
Personal pronouns are used to replace nouns in sentences. The words
being replaced are called antecedents.
When do we use the personal pronoun he, she, it, and they?
Teaching Chart
Antecedents are nouns that are replaced by pronouns in sentences.
Personal pronouns should agree with their antecedents in number
and gender.
Masculine he (singular ), they (plural)
Feminine - she, (singular ), they (plural)
Neutral it (singular), they (plural)
4. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Answers: They, they, they, she, it
Activity: Divide the class into 5 groups. Each group chooses an animal
(or an insect). Talk about the animals home. Write at least 5 things about
the animal and its home following the paragraph guide below: Let them
prepare to present the group output.
5. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
Note: introduce the word swarm to mean a group of bees.
Day 5
Appreciate the different shapes of things around
Classify related words, ideas, concepts according to certain characteristics and
similarities
1. Unlocking of Words
Using pictures, call pupil-volunteers to read the sentences. Call selected
pupils to read the highlighted words. Show the pictures of the highlighted
words. Let pupils talk about what they know of these things.
134
Say: Do you know what a ___ is? Have you seen one of these? Describe.
1. I only have a quarter to buy my snacks today. (illus of a US quarter
coin)
2. Tony brought his checker board for our game today.(illus)
3. My godmother from the U.S. gave me a dollar bill. (illus)
4. A musical triangle was used to create additional sound to the musical
background. (illus of the musical instrument )
2. Motivation
What shapes of things do you see around?
Name the object and its shape.
3. Motive Question
What shapes of things are given in the poem?
A. Reading of the Poem
Model reading of the poem. Then call pupil-volunteers to read one stanza
each of the poem. Reading of the poem can also be done in dyads, triads,
or groups after individual oral reading of volunteers.
Refer to LM - Read and Learn, The Shape of Things by Melsh Goldish.
Comprehension Questions:
1. What shapes of things are mentioned in the poem? Name the objects
that have each of the shapes (e.g. circle / round a quarter coin, a
wheel, moon, bottle cap, etc).
2. What shape do you like most? Why?
3. Are shapes of things important? Why or why not?
1. Teaching/Modelling
Group Activity:
Group the pupils into five groups. Assign one stanza per group. Fill the
chart below. Be prepared to present output. (Refer to LM - Try and
Learn)
Say: According to the poem, what things are shaped like a circle, a square,
a rectangle, a triangle? How are the things in each stanza classified?
Teaching Chart
To classify is to arrange or sort things into groups according to
their similarities and characteristics.
2. Guided Practice
Read the paragraphs on LM, Do and Learn. Classify the underlined words
into two groups. Give a name to each group.
3. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
135
Week 3
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize the importance of clouds in the formation of rain
2. Appreciate the importance of rain to make plants grow
3. Realize the importance of helping others overcome problems and
difficulties
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Note details by asking / answering questions about a story / poem
listened to
Oral Language
Listen to and answer questions about a story read / listened to
Reading Comprehension
Identify the important story elements such as setting, character, and plot
Infer the moods or feelings of the character based on what he / she
says or do
Oral Reading Fluency
Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area
words
Read words that end with s correctly
Grammar
Identify and use the s-form of the verb
Writing Composition
Write a friendly letter following the correct format
Attitude towards literacy, literature and language
Listen attentively and react positively
136
I.
Subject Matter
A. Topics
Song :
Rain Song
Cloud Song (to the tune of Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star)
Poem :
Story :
Day 1
Realize the importance of clouds in the formation of rain
Note details by asking / answering questions about a story/poem listened to
Listen to and answer questions about a story read/listened to
Refer to LM, Sing and Learn.
A. Pre-listening Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficult Words (using context clues and demonstration)
a. trailed behind to follow behind
The children trailed behind their teacher. (demonstrate)
Say: What are the children doing? What do you do when you trail
behind someone?
b. moved out of sight get out of sight
We cannot see Ana because she moved out of sight. (demonstrate)
Say: Why cant we see __(name of pupil)? What happens when
someone moves out of your sight?
c. drifted slowly - float slowly
The paper boat drifted slowly on the water. (demonstrate using realia)
Say: What is happening to the boat on the water? How does it move?
d. huddle close together to group closer together
It was so cold that the children huddled in one corner. (demonstrate
with pupils)
Say: What did they do? When do we huddle? Why do people huddle?
What comes to your mind when you think of the word cloud? Do clouds
remain in the sky for a long time?
137
2. Motivation
Ask children to look at the sky (if possible, bring the class outdoor for a clear
view of the clouds in the sky. If not, have children look out the window.)
Have them sing the cloud song as they watch the clouds.
Ask: What shapes of clouds do you see in the sky? Name them.
3. Motive Question
Say: What shapes did the little cloud form according to the poem?
Listen as I read to you the poem Little Cloud by Eric Carle.
Present big book of the poem and talk about the title, author, artist, and do
a quick browse of the pictures in the book.
B. During Listening Activities
First reading of the poem by the teacher
Second reading of the poem by the teacher
Shared reading of the poem with the class.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn, Little Cloud by Eric Carle
Comprehension Questions: Refer to LM, Talk About It
1. Teaching/Modelling
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
How can you understand poems or stories better? What questions should
you ask to know if you understood something you listened to? What
answers will you get if you ask these questions?
Teaching Points
Noting details is an important reading skill for children to learn.
We note details by asking wh- questions who, what, where, when,
and how.
2. Guided Practice
Get information from the paragraph below by asking wh- questions.
Clouds are formed as part of the process called the water cycle.
Water from the land and seas goes up in the sky and forms clouds.
When clouds are already heavy, they release water in the form of rain.
Have the pupils ask and answer wh- questions based on the paragraph.
138
3. Independent Practice
Read the poem Little Cloud. Write five wh- questions you can ask to check
if you can remember details from the poem. Write the answers beside the
questions.
Call pupil volunteers (at least 5) to read their questions and ask other pupils
to answer the questions.
4. Science Integration
Ask: Where do clouds come from? How are clouds formed?
How do clouds help in formation of rain? (Use the illustration of the
water cycle to explain the formation of clouds and rain.)
Teaching Points
Water travels in a cycle. It goes up in evaporation. It forms clouds in
condensation. It goes down as rain in precipitation. Water goes around
and around from the ground to the sky and back to the ground in a
Water Cycle.
Activity: Readers Theatre
Divide the class into 4 groups. Explain what a Readers Theatre is.
Model reading using the first stanza of the poem. Have the entire class
practice reading the stanza with proper expression.
Assign two stanzas of the poem for each of the groups for the Readers
Theater.
Have the entire class do the Readers Theater.
Enrichment Activities: Art Integration
Title: My Kind of Cloud
Materials: cotton, glue, colored pens / crayon, bond paper
139
1.
2.
3.
4.
Direction:
Spread some glue on your bond paper.
Stretch out the cotton to form as many different clouds as you can.
Make your work more interesting using your colored pens / crayons.
Write a sentence/s to describe your cloud.
Day 2
EO: Realize the importance of rain to mushrooms. Realize the importance of
helping others overcome problems and difficulties
RC: Identify the important story elements such as setting, character, and plot
Note details from selection listened to
ORF: Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content words
A. Pre-reading Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulties (using context clues, pictures and demonstration)
(mushroom, peeking out, clearing, crawled up, barely enough
room, dripping, huddled, sniffed, silly)
There were so many mushrooms peeking out in the clearing.
Jane, Teresa, and I crawled up to get some. We placed them in a
basket till there was barely enough room. It was starting to rain again.
We only had one umbrella. Water was dripping from the umbrella so
we huddled closer to avoid getting wet. Then, Teresa said she smelled
something funny. Jane and I sniffed to check. Without warning, I
sneezed. Teresa sneezed. Jane sneezed. We looked silly sneezing
with a basketful of mushrooms under the rain.
2. Motivation
Have you ever been caught in the rain? What did you do? What will you
do if it rains and you have no umbrella or raincoat?
3. Motive Question
What did the animals in the story do when they were caught in the rain?
B. During Reading
Ask: What do you know about mushrooms?
____
___
____
___
MUSHROOM
_______
__
140
_______
______
Present the big book of the story Mushrooms in the Rain. Show the cover
page and talk about the title, the author and the artists for the book. Let
pupils describe and give their ideas about the picture on the cover.
Interactive reading of the story:
Refer to Read and Learn LM story Mushroom in the Rain by Mirra Ginsburg.
Ask questions and have pupils predict what will happen next in the story.
The following questions can be asked during the reading of the story:
1. Where do you think the ant is going to hide?
2. What do you think will happen next?
3. Do you think there will be enough space?
C. Post Reading
Discussion Questions:
1. What is the story about? (Group 1 will present their output)
2. Why did the butterfly, the mouse, and sparrow stay under the mushroom?
(Group 2 will present their output)
3. How did the animals fit in the mushroom? What did they do?
4. What did the rabbit want from the animals? Why? (Group 3 will present
their output)
5. Why was the fox chasing the rabbit?
6. How did the animals help the rabbit escape the fox?
7. What can you say about the animals in the story? What are their character
traits? (Group 4 will present their output)
8. How was the mushroom able to shelter all the animals during the rain?(Group
5 will present their output.)
9. What happens to a mushroom during the rain?
10. What lesson did you learn from the story? (Group 6 will tell us.)
11. What would you do if you were one of the animals in the story? Why?
Engagement Activities:
A. Whats the buzz?
From the story Mushroom in the Rain, make a story grammar using the organizer
below. Do it on a separate sheet of paper.
STORY GRAMMAR ORGANIZER
Title
: _________________________________
Author : _________________________________
Illustrator: _______________________________
141
butterfly
mouse
sparrow
142
F. Dear Diary . . .
What lesson does the story teach? Give at least one (1) situation to show what you
have learned from the story. Write on a separate piece of paper.
Dear Diary,
Today, we learned that __________________________.Starting today,
we will ______________________________
_______________________________________________.
(name of the group)
Science Integration
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
Day 3
Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area words
Infer the moods or feelings of the character based on what he/she says or does
Write a friendly letter following correct mechanics
1.
Review
2.
3. Teaching/Modelling
Teaching Chart
Characters in the story express their moods and feelings in what
they say and do. In oral reading, it is important to read these lines with
expressions to convey the correct moods and feelings of the characters
in the story.
Examples of these feelings are sad, happy, angry, jealous, doubtful,
fearful, and afraid.
4. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
5. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
143
Evaluation:
A. Read the following scenarios Tell the mood or feeling that the character
shows in his/her actions. Choose from the feelings from the box.
happy
excited
angry
sad
jealous
1. Billys face was red as he looked at his big brother. Suddenly Billy threw
his glove. He turned around and ran up the stairs. His bedroom door
slammed shut.
2. Annas heart was beating fast. She cannot hide the smile on her face.
Her hands were cold as she walked to claim her medal and trophy.
3. Lornas face was full of tears. She was trembling. She does not like to
talk to anyone in the room.
B. What do you think will the character say in the situations given in numbers
1-3? Write at least one sentence that you think Billy, Anna, and Lorna will
say.
Note: Letter B evaluation can be given as an oral evaluation after the
checking of answers for Letter A evaluation.
Day 4
Enhancement Activity
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Say: Pretend you are Mr. Ant. Write a letter to answer Roger Rabbits
letter.
Guide children in writing a letter following the format.
Discuss answers to the following questions.
Ask: Whose address should be written on the letter? What date are you
going to put in the letter? Whose name should appear in the greeting?
What other examples of closing can you use? What will you write in
the signature?
4. Independent Practice
Think of someone from your class you would like to thank. Write a letter to
him/her using the correct format in writing a letter.
Evaluation
Refer to checklist in LM
Rewrite the following words/sentences in letter form. Use the checklist in the
independent practice to serve as your guide. Use one whole sheet of intermediate
paper.
Your friend,
Maria
Dear Beth,
How are you? Francis said you are spending your summer vacation here. I am
very excited to see you again after two years. Please tell me when you are visiting
us. This is my cellphone number 09056732280. Call me if you have the time.
No. 43 Carmen Village
Tagaytay City
January 15
Day 5
Identify and use the -s form of the verbs.
Read words that end with -s correctly.
1. Presentation
Read the selection to the class. Ask some volunteers to read them afterwards.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
Comprehension Questions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1. Teaching/Modelling
Read underlined words in the selection.
What kind of words are they? (action words)
When did the actions happen according to the selection?
Say: The underlined words are verbs in the present form.
Teaching Chart
The present tense of verbs is used to express an action that
happens regularly or habitually.
Time expressions like everyday, every week, once a month, and
yearly show present tense.
Singular subjects and pronouns he, she, or it use the present
singular form of verbs. When we talk about a singular subject, -s
or es is added to a verb.
Plural subjects use the present form of the verbs. They take the
base form of the verb without the s or es added to the verb.
Read the sentences below:
1. Ana walks to school every day.
Grace, Jane and Tere walk to school, too.
2. She brings her yellow umbrella.
They bring umbrellas and raincoats, too.
Ask: What happens to verbs when the subject of the sentence is singular?
When it is plural?
2. Guided Practice - Refer to LM, Do and Learn
3. Independent Practice - Refer to LM, Do and Learn
A. Skill Focus: Reading words that end with -s
Say: Read the following words carefully.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn
Ask: What final sound do you hear at the end of the words in column A and in
column B? Do they have the same final sound? (Column A words have
the s sound, column B the z sound, column C the iz sound.)
146
Teaching Chart
Verbs ending in s have three different final sounds: s z and iz
The final sound is s if the verb ends with vowels a, e, i, o, u, and the
letters p, t, and k.
The final sound is z if the verb ends with the letters m, n, l, b, d, and
g.
The final sound is iz if the verb ends with the letters s, z, sh, and ch
Guided Practice - Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Independent Practice - Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Week 4
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Show appreciation for being able to create things through origami or
paper folding
2. Show appreciation of the many uses of bamboo
3. Appreciate the message of the poem
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Follow a set of three- to five- step directions
Oral Language
Give three-to five- step directions
Vocabulary
Use context clues to get the meaning of difficult words
Reading Comprehension
Make a two-point sentence outline
Fluency
Read with automaticity grade level content area words
Recite a poem with expression
Grammar
Use the present form of verbs that agree with the subject
Writing Composition
Write a two-point sentence outline
Attitude towards language literacy
Express love for stories and other texts
147
Expressive Objective
Show appreciation for being able to create things through origami or paper
folding
148
Let us sing the song with action. (The teacher gives the instructions and
the pupils follow).
1. Unlocking of difficult words through demonstration and pictures. (Using
the construction paper show the class how to fold and unfold the paper.
Show the diagonal line and how to crease the paper).
Say: Look how I fold this paper. I will fold it in thirds. Now see as I unfold
this paper. Do you see the creases made? Here is another piece
of paper. Look as I fold it diagonally.
2. Motivation
Display samples of paper folded art work; butterflies, fans, caps, etc.
Ask: What kinds of objects do you see? How are they made?
Say: Paper folding is a popular Japanese art work. It is called origami.
Ask: Have you done paper folding? What objects did you make?
3. Motive question
How do we make paper butterflies?
B. During Listening Activities
Give the directions in making a paper butterfly while showing the pupils
how to make it. Say: Listen and look as I show you how to make a paper
butterfly. You only need a piece of square paper.
Step 1 Start with a square piece of paper. Divide the paper into thirds
and make two folds, crease well and unfold.
149
Step 3 Once youve made those five folds, starting from the bottom, fold
paper over on the diagonal crease. Finish folding over the third diagonal
crease. Now you have a paper butterfly.
Reference: http://www.origami-instructions.com/origami-boaz-butterfly.html
Day 2
I.
Expressive Objective
Show appreciation of the many uses of bamboo
Drill:
These words are written on a card. Show this to the pupils and have them read
in groups and individually.
bamboos
unsplit
lowlands
family
farmer
garden
furniture
utensils
151
Teaching Points
An outline is a brief summary of a particular topic. It helps you
organize ideas. It has two parts. The topic is written in Roman
numerals. The subtopics that give the details are written in capital
letters.
Guided Practice
Let pupils do the activity in LM Do and Learn
Say: We will continue writing an outline. Here is a paragraph. Read and identify
the topic in the paragraph found in LM, Learn Some More. Write the topic
sentence in the Roman numeral and the subtopics in the letters.
The queen bee is the most important member of the hive. She
is the ruler of the colony. Her job is to lay eggs. She lays at least two
thousand eggs every day.
___________________________________
A. ________________________________
B. ________________________________
C. ________________________________
Say: What is the topic of the paragraph? What sentence tells about it?
Where did you write that sentence? How about the sentences that
give the details of the topic sentence? Where did you write them?
What are the important things that we need to remember when we
write outlines? Why do we need to write an outline?
Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Write About It
Let the pupils present their outlines.
Day 3
I.
Objective
Use the present form of verb that agrees with the subject
1. Presentation of the Lesson
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
2. Dialogue/Generalization
Look at the illustrations. Read the sentence below picture A. What is talked
about in the sentence? How many bamboos are there in picture A? In
picture B? What do bamboos do? (grow)
152
Ask: What words tell what persons do? Verbs are words that tell what a
person does. They show action.
Read sentence C. Who is talked about? (farmer) How many farmers are
there? (one) What does he do with the bamboo? (uses as fence) How
picture D?
Say: Look at this chart.
One Person/ Things
The bamboo grows
farmer uses
Say: If the subject of the sentence talks about one person or thing the
subject is singular and it takes a singular verb. If the subject talks
about two or more persons or things, it is in the plural form and it
takes plural form of the verb.
When do you use the s-form and the base form of the verb?
Teaching Chart
The verb used when the subject of the sentence is more than
one person, place, or thing is the base form. When the subject tells
about one person, place, or thing s-form of the verb is used. These
verbs are in the present tense.
Activity 1
Refer to LM, Do and Learn A
Group the pupils into 5. Have them do the activities below. Let them present
their work after. Have the pupils choose the correct form of the verb.
Refer to Do and Learn, LM, Animal Beds.
Day 4
I.
Activity 2
Refer to Activity 2-3, LM Do and Learn
Refer to LM Do and Learn B-C
Expressive Objective
Appreciate the message of the poem
153
Say: We shall work on an activity today. You will be grouped into ten. Each
group will be given a short part of a poem. Some of the stanzas are
not finished. Can you finish them? Fill in with verbs in the present
tense. The first one is done for you.
Refer to Learn Some More, LM, Over in the Meadow.
Let the pupils present their work by group. When all the groups are done,
have them practice reading the part of the poem they accomplished.
Note: The pupils will have a choral presentation.
Day 5
I.
Objective
Write a two-point sentence outline.
Here is a very short paragraph. Write a two-point sentence outline using
the format below. What are the things we should remember in writing an
outline?
Say: What is the topic of the paragraph? What are the sentences that say
something about the topic? Present your work in class.
Spiders catch food in different ways. They spin silk to catch
insects. Some leap into the air to catch their prey. Some spiders use
sheets of silk to wrap their prey like mummies.
________________________________________
A. ____________________________________
B. ____________________________________
C. ____________________________________
Here is another paragraph. Read the text and write a two-point outline of
the selection. Use the template below. The following questions will guide
you in writing the paragraph:
What is the topic of each paragraph?
What sentences say something about the topic?
Refer to Write About It
154
Honey Bee
I.
Honey bees are insects
A. They have black and yellow stripes in the abdomen.
B. The head, legs, and antennae are black.
C. Their thorax is covered with thick pale hair.
II.
III.
155
No
Week 5
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Appreciate the beauty of nature
2. Appreciate the poem through rhymes
3. Show admiration for the friendship between the fish and the frog
despite their differences
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Respond to a story through dramatization, songs or art activities
Oral Language
Relate story events to ones experience
Vocabulary Development
Use prefix and root word as clues to get meanings of words
Reading Comprehension
Give possible endings to stories
Fluency
Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area words
Study Skill
Follow instructions carefully on a text
Grammar
Use possessive pronouns
Use pronouns that agree in gender with their antecedents
Writing Composition
Outline a paragraph with an explicitly given main idea
Attitude towards literacy, literature and language
Take part in creative responses to stories like preparing logs, journals
and other oral presentations
Story
B. Grammar Points
1. Use possessive pronouns
2. Use pronouns that agree in gender with their antecedents
156
C. Writing Composition
1. Outline a paragraph with explicitly given main idea
III. Procedure
Day 1
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Appreciate the beauty of nature
2. Appreciate the poem through its rhymes
B. Instructional Objectives
1. Respond to a story through dramatization, songs, or art activities
2. Relate story events to ones experience
A. Pre-Reading
1. Unlocking of difficulties
Show pictures to unlock the following words.
1.
2.
cocoon
b. spider
c. snake
3.
move slowly
b. run
c. walk fast
pounding
b. eating
c. crushing
2. Motivation
Have you seen butterflies in a garden? What do they do there? Describe
them. Using the KWL chart: be able to answer these questions.
157
Say: The title of our poem is Butterfly Cycle. It is written by Suzy Gaslay
1. Motive questions
How do butterflies grow? What is the butterfly cycle?
B. Listening Activity
The teacher reads the poem aloud. The pupils listen.
Butterfly Cycle
Suzy Gazlay
Hatch, hatch little egg,
Im so very small.
Teeny tiny caterpillar,
You cant see me at all.
Crawl, caterpillar, crawl,
Munching on a leaf.
Crawling, munching, crawling, munching,
Eat and eat and eat.
Form, form chrysalis,
Im a different shape;
Hanging by a silken thread
Until I can escape.
Rest, rest, chrysalis
While I change inside;
Now at last my time has come
To be a butterfly.
Stretch, stretch, pretty wings,
Its a special day;
Soon they will be strong enough
For me to fly away.
Fly, fly, butterfly,
Fly from flower to tree;
Find a place to lay my eggs
So they can grow like me.
Note: As the teacher reads the poem again, stanza by stanza, she may ask
the pupils to tap a beat gently. They may use their pencils to tap on their
desks or they may simply clap their hands softly. This is to note the rhythm
of the poem. The tapping may synchronize with the reading of the teacher.
Comprehension questions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Day 2
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objective
1. Show admiration for the friendship between the fish and the frog despite their differences
B. Instructional Objectives
1. Give possible endings to stories
2. Use prefix and root word as clues to get meanings of words
3. Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area
words
C. Drill
Say: Today we are going to read some words. Some of these words are
taken from the story that we are about to read. These are words that
contain pairs of letters that have only one sound.
(The teacher reads the words first. Then the pupils will read with the teacher. Pupils read by group, then individually)
weeds
weeks
sleep
see
teeth
sheep
sweet
deed
green
tree
seek
meet
deep
bee
seed
need
159
c. rock
c. laughing
c. loved
7. The wind and the sun argued to see who was stronger between
them.
b. talked
b. fought
c. asked
2. Motivation
Who is your best friend? What things do you do together? (Ask the
pupils to talk about their friends. Introduce their friends in the class by
describing them.)
3. Motive question
Who is the minnows friend?
Show the book to the pupils. Talk about the cover, the title, author and
illustrator of the book. Ask them what they think the story is about.
B. During Reading
Note: The teacher may pause from time to time asking the pupils to make
predictions about what is happening in the story. As they go on reading, the
teacher may ask the pupils to prove if their predictions are correct.
Refer to Read and Learn, LM, Fish is Fish.
Comprehension questions: Refer to LM, Talk About It
Say: What made you think of this ending? Why? What are the things that
we consider when we give the ending of the story?
Teaching Chart
When we give an ending to our story, we consider these important
things. It may suggest the solution to the characters problem in the
story or it may come out of the characters action.
160
Activity 1
Show a comic strip. Let the pupils guess the possible ending.
Draw the
possible ending.
What could
happen next?
What is shown in the first picture? How about in the second picture? What
do you think will happen next? Why? Is your ending a solution to the
problem? Is it based upon the characters action?
Guided Practice
Refer to Do and Learn, LM, Guess the possible ending.
Acitivity: Tell the possible ending.
Joy was feeding her fish in the aquarium. She loves her koi so much. She
notice her little brother playing with his basketball nearby her.
Suddenly she heard a loud crash.
Independent Practice
Read the story and give a possible ending. Have pupils act out the possible
ending. (Group presentation). Refer to Learn Some More, LM.
Individual: Write a sentence or two to give a possible ending of the story.
Vocabulary Skill: Learning About Prefixes im- and inActivity 2
Here are sentences taken from the story. Let us read them.
1. They were inseparable friends. They always go together.
2. As the frog talked, his friend saw the birds fly through his mind like a
large feathered fish. What else? asked the fish impatiently?
Say: Notice the underlined words. What is the underlined word in sentence
one? In sentence two? Take a look at the word inseparable. What was
added at the beginning of separable. We call this prefix. The prefix
in- means not, so it changes the meaning of the word separable to not
separable. What about the underlined word in sentence two? What
was added at the beginning of the word patiently? What do we call
this? What is its meaning? What does the impatiently mean?
161
Here are some words. Add the prefix in- to form new words. Tell the
meaning of the newly formed words.
prefix + word
in + correct
new word
meaning
in + side
in + active
in + direct
im + perfect
im + polite
im + possible
im + material
What are the new words formed? What prefix did you add to each word?
What is the meaning of the new word?
Teaching Chart
A prefix is a letter or group of letters added before a word. It
changes the meaning of the word. Commonly used prefixes are
in- and im-.
Activity C: Complete the chart below. Write the new word formed. Use the
prefix in- and imRefer to LM, Do and Learn
The underlined words in the sentences have prefixes which mean not.
Choose the meaning of the underlined words in the sentences from the
words in the box.
wrong
indirect
not respectful
timeless
1. Jasons score in the English test was almost perfect. He has only one
incorrect answer.
2. While the teacher was talking, Jason shouted to his friend. He is impolite.
3. Ben thought he is immortal.
162
Day 3
I.
Objective
Use possessive pronouns
Say: Let us recall our story. What was it about? Here is a part of the story.
This is the conversation between Fish and Frog. Let us read the dialog.
1. Presentation
One day Frog went back to the pond. FIsh
was very happy to see him.
Fish: Where have you been?
Frog: I have been about the world hopping
here and there. I have seen extraordinary
things.
Fish: Like what?
Frog: Birds. They have wings and two legs
and many colors.
Fish: What else?
Cow. It has four legs and horns, eat grass,
and carries pink bags of milk. I saw people;
men, women and children.
They talked and talked until it was dark in the
pond.
Ask: Who had wings? Who had four legs? Who owns the wings? the legs?
Let us read the following:
birds wings
cows legs
their wings
its legs
2. Teaching/Modeling
Let us use the above phrases in sentences.
1. The birds wings flap so high. Their wings flap so high.
2. The cows legs are big. Its legs are big.
Say: What word takes the place of the word birds? (their) the word
cows? (its) Their and its are called possessive pronouns. In the sentence, their is a possessive pronoun that replaces birds. What does
the possessive pronoun its replace?
Teaching Chart
Possessive pronoun shows possession or ownership. The following are examples of possessive pronouns: mine, yours, his, hers, its
are singular possessive pronouns; ours, and theirs are plural
163
Objective
Use the pronouns that agree in gender with their antecedents
Say: What did we talk about yesterday? What are possessive pronouns? Give
examples of possessive pronouns.
Let us read the paragraph taken from the story you listened to. Refer to LM,
Find Out and Learn
Say: Read the first sentence.
Luckily Frog, which had been hunting butterflies nearby, saw Fish, and with all
its strength pushed Fish back into the pond.
antecedent
Luckily Frog, which had been hunting butterflies nearby, saw Fish, with
all its strength pushed Fish back into the pond.
The pronoun that refers to the antecedent
To whom does the word its refer to in the sentence?
Say: The pronoun its refers to the word frog. Frog is the antecedent. It is
singular. Why do we say that it is singular? Usually the antecedent comes
before the pronoun in the sentence. The pronoun should always agree
with the antecedent in number and gender.
antecedent
Still stunned, Fish floated about for an instant, then it
breathed deeply, letting the clean cool water run through
its gills.
The pronoun that refers to the antecedent
Say: The pronoun its refers to the word fish. Fish is the antecedent. It is
singular. Usually the antecedent comes before the pronoun in the
sentence.
164
Teaching Chart
An antecedent is the word to which a pronoun refers. A pronoun agrees with its antecedent in number and gender.
Agreement in Number if the antecedent of a pronoun is singular, a singular pronoun is required. If the antecedent is plural,
a plural pronoun is required.
Example: Lei has a red umbrella. Her umbrella is red.
Agreement in Gender-masculine gender is indicated by he, his
and him. Feminine gender is indicated by she, her and hers.
This dog is Joses pet. This dog is his pet. This dog is his.
Neuter gender is indicated by it and its.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn A
Say: What are antecedents? We must remember that pronouns always
agree with their antecedents in number and gender. If the antecedent
is female, we use the feminine pronoun. If it is male, the pronoun we
use is masculine, too.
Guided Practice
Underline the antecedent of the pronoun and circle the pronoun that agrees
with its antecedent.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn B
What is the answer to sentence one? Why?
What is an antecedent?
Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Day 5
I.
Objective
Outline a paragraph with an explicitly given main idea
Recall how we write a sentence outline. What are the parts of a two-level
sentence outline? Remember that the topic is written in Roman numeral while
the subtopics are in capital letters.
Read the selection and write a two-level sentence outline.
Refer to Write About It, LM.
165
Week 6
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Realize that hard work will pay off
2. Admire Bing for thinking of a way to save the other whale sharks from
danger
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Infer traits of characters from what they do or say in a story listened to
Oral Language
React to what the character said/ did in the story listened to
Vocabulary
Use suffixes and root words to get the meaning of words
Reading Comprehension
Predict outcomes of events in the story
Fluency
Read grade four text using correct intonation and expression
Grammar
Use the correct form of the verb that agrees with the subject in number
Use the correct time expression for an action in the present
Writing Composition
Write a paragraph based on a two-level sentence outline
Study Skills
Fill-out forms giving appropriate information
166
Day 1
I.
Expressive Objective
Realize that hard work will pay off
Comprehension Questions:
1. Who are the characters in the story?
2. What did Peles plant?
3. Who gave him the seeds?
4. What did Peles feel when the seeds did not sprout?
5. What did Hugo say was his secret for growing healthy tomatoes?
6. Did Peles follow Hugos advice? Why?
7. What happened to the seeds that Peles planted?
8. What did Peles feel when he saw his plants growing?
9. What trait did Peles show in the story?
10. Why did Hugo praise him? What trait did Hugo show?
11. What lesson did you learn from the story?
168
Day 2
I.
Expressive Objectives
1. Admire Bing for thinking of a way to save the other whale sharks from danger
2. Show appreciation in the way Bing saves his community
hay
may
bay
way
lay
A. Pre-reading
1. Unlocking of difficulty
Solve the word puzzle. Choose the word from the box to finish the
puzzle. Refer to Read and Learn LM.
2. Motivation question
Do you remember the news story about Kabang? What did he do to
save the children?
Show a picture of a whale shark.
Say: This is a whale shark. Do you know that a whale shark is the
biggest fish in the world? That is why it is called a whale shark
because of its size.
3.
Motive question
Say: Today, I will read to you a story entitled Bing, the Little Whale
Shark. This story was written by Jomiko Tejido.
Ask: What did Bing and the other whale sharks do to save their
community?
B. During Reading
Read the story aloud while showing the pages of the book. The teacher may
stop at certain parts and ask the children what they think happen next.
Refer to LM.
169
170
Day 3
I.
Objectives
1. Use the correct time expression to indicate an action in the present
2. Read grade four text using correct intonation and expression
Say: There are many things that we do everyday. Let us read the sentences
from our story yesterday.
1. Bing hides very well everyday.
2. He startles others when he comes out of his hiding place every morning.
3. Bing and his friends play hide and seek every morning.
These sentences were taken from the story you heard. Who is talked about in
the first sentence? (Bing) When does Bing hide? When does he come out of
his hiding place? When do Bing and his friends play hide and seek?
Note: The teacher writes the responses of the pupils in the chart below.
Present
every day
every morning
Say: What time do the words in the chart tell? These are called time
expressions. These time expressions are in the present tense. What
other time expression do you know that indicates the present tense?
The teacher will write on the chart the time expressions that the pupils
will give. Possible answers are: now, today, every time
Read the selection below. Give the time expressions in the present tense.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
Say: What are the time expressions you noted from the selection? These are
the time expressions that refer to actions in the present tense.
Note: The teacher will add the time expressions in the chart above.
1. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn.
Say: Remember the words today, now, every morning, every afternoon are
time expressions in the present tense. They denote that actions are
done regularly.
Group the pupils into four. Let the pupils give sentences using the time
expressions in the present tense. Look back at our examples of time expressions.
171
As soon as the group sees the word card, the first pupil will give a sentence
using the time expressions; the next pupil will do the same until all members
in the group have given their sentences.
2. Independent Practice
Give sentences using the verbs and time expressions to answer the
following questions. Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Day 4
I.
Objective
Write a short paragraph based on a two-level sentence outline
Recall the two-level sentence outline they have done. What are the parts of the
sentence outline?
Say: Here is an outline. Have the pupils read the two-point sentence outline
they made. Ask: What is the topic of the outline? What sentence states
the topic? What are the sub-topics? What sentences state the subtopics?
I. The bay of Sorsogon is home to large whale sharks.
A. They freely feed, grow, and play every day.
B. Theres a young whale who loves to play hide-and-seek.
C. It hides very well.
Based on the outline, what is the topic sentence? What does it
express? Say: When you write a topic sentence, you have to be sure
to give a clear idea of what you are going to write. The next part is the
information. You either state reasons, details or facts. The last part of a
paragraph is the conclusion sentence. They go back and restate the topic
sentence, but you dont word it exactly as the topic sentence.
Let us write a paragraph based on our outline. What is the topic sentence?
What about the subtopics? Model how to write a paragraph.
The bay of Sorsogon is home to large whale sharks. They freely feed
and grow every day. Young whale sharks play here.
Have the pupils read the paragraph. Note how the paragraph is written.
Here is another outline. Let us write a short paragraph about the bamboo. What
is our topic sentence? Based on the outline above, what are the details? Ask the
pupils to read the topic sentence. What do you think is the paragraph about?
I.
Say: You will be looking at the model paragraph. Have the pupils read it.
Ask them to identify the topic sentence and the sentences that give the details.
172
Bamboos are the giant of the grass family. They can grow as big
as trees. They can grow in the low-lands or in rolling hills. There are
different kinds of bamboos.
1. Guided Practice
In groups, you are going to write your own paragraph based on the following
outline.
I.
Have the pupils present their paragraph. Have them identify the topic sentence and the sentences that give the details.
II. Independent Practice
Here is an outline. Write a short paragraph based on this.
Taking care of fish
A. Keep the aquarium clean
B. Feed the fish daily
C. Keep it away from cats
Day 5
I.
Objective
Fill out forms giving the appropriate information.
Recall the story about Bing. Tell the pupils that they are going to paint a
butanding. Ask them to bring art materials. These are: crayons, paper, watercolor and pencil.
A. Art Integration
Ask them to follow these simple directions.
1.
Using a pencil, draw the shape of a whale shark on a piece of paper.
2.
Using the white crayon, draw lines and spots on the whale shark.
3.
Paint blue and green watercolour on the whole paper and see what
happens.
4.
Try these again using different colors for little fish and corals.
5.
Have them post their work in their bulletin board.
173
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Admire the loyalty of the jellyfish to the king
2. Realize that plants and animals in the forest are our treasures
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Give a possible ending to a story heard
Oral Language
Retell the best-liked part of a story heard
Reading Comprehension
Infer feelings and traits of the characters in a story read
Vocabulary Development
Identify and use similes in the poem read
Fluency
Read a poem with correct pitch, intonation and expression
Read words with consonant blends /tr/, and ,/cr/
Grammar
Use the past form of regular verbs
Writing Composition
Write a paragraph about a personal experience
Study Strategy
Get information from the news page of a school paper
Attitude
Browse and read the news page of a school paper
174
I.
Subject Matter
A. Topics
Story: How the Jellyfish Lost His Bone
Poem: In the Forest
Past form of regular verbs
Giving possible ending to a story heard
Retelling the best-liked part of a story heard
Identifying simile
Composing an announcement
Getting information from the news page of a school paper
B. Materials
story
poem
practice exercises
C. References
Enjoying English Workbook, by Alexes Anne F. Cruz, et.al.
Campus Journalism Workbook by Gelly Elegio Alkuino
Skill Builders for Efficient Reading by George Bareo, Nila B. Cay, Luz dela
Concha, Wilhelimina D. Gatmaitan, Avelina J. Gil, Araceli M. Villamin,
RED DWARF Books, Division of Carmelo and Buermann,
Learning English the Easy Way 4 by Danilo Santos Gutierrez,
English Expressways Language by Evelyn B. Angeles, Agnes Galapon,
Carmelita A. Relente, Rodelio T Santos
III. Procedure
Day 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
A. Oral Language
Show and Tell:
Look for something inside your bag and be ready to tell about it
Im holding a _______________.
I like this because ___________.
Drill:
Teacher models in reading the words with consonant blends
Words should be written on a chart or flashcards
tr
trees
treatment
treasure
cr
train
training
trainee
175
cruel
crude
crusade
crown
crowd
crops
A. Pre-Listening
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
a. silly
Do not take it seriously. It was just a silly game. (childish, stupid)
b. clever
All contestants are smart. They are clever in answering the
questions. (smart, brainy)
c. jellyfish (picture)
Rita was hospitalized because a jellyfish stuck to her skin when
she was swimming.
d. pale
I think she is sick. She looks pale.
2. Motivation
Say: Have you seen a jellyfish? How does it look? Here is a picture
of a jellyfish. Who can describe it? Why do you think a jellyfish
doesnt have bones?
3. Motive Question
In the selection that I will read, find out; Why jellyfish doesnt have
bones?
B. Listening (Read Aloud by the Teacher) - Refer to LM, Read and Learn
C. Post Listening
Comprehension Check-up Refer to LM, Talk About It
Engagement Activities
Group 1 and 2: Retelling using pictures
The group will be given a set of pictures about the story.
They have to write a sentence or sentences below the pictures.
Each member of the group is given a picture so that all will have
parts. For example, if pupil one holds picture 1, he will retell that part,
followed by picture 2 by another pupil until the end of the story. Refer
to LM, Talk About It.
Group 3: Retelling Charades
The group shall choose a leader. With the group, brainstorm the significant events in the story. Then, write them on slips of paper and place
in a box. Everyone should to draw a slip of paper. Once the slips of
paper are drawn, have them act out the events, using only their bodies
or gestures. For better understanding, the leader may read the events
before retelling.
176
Possible events:
a. The pretty little princess made believe that she was very sick and
that only a monkeys liver could cure her.
b. The King called the brave fish and ordered to look for a monkeys
liver.
c. The brave fish found the monkey sitting on a tree.
d. The monkey climbed on the back of the brave fish.
e. They returned back because the monkey pretended that he left his
liver on a tree.
f. The king ordered his men to punish the brave fish for not bringing
the monkeys liver.
g. The brave fish looked pale and soft like jelly, and no one could hurt
him anymore.
Group 4: Giving Possible Ending
Enrichment Activity:
Form groups for the presentation of the Readers Theater.
Day 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
To realize that plants and animals in the forest are our treasures
Read a poem with appropriate pitch, intonation and expression
Read words with consonant blends /tr/, and ,/cr/
Identify and use a simile in a sentence
A. Pre Reading
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
a. crown (use picture)
The queen has a crown.
b. swiftly
Horses ran swiftly during the race.
c. glee
When Lita received her gift, she smiled full of glee.
d. treasure
My children are doing well in their studies. They are my treasures.
e. calamity
The calamity brought by typhoon Glenda destroyed thousands of
houses.
f.
priceless
Mountains, rivers, oceans are our priceless treasures.
g. wreck (destroy)
The heavy rain wrecked our picnic.
177
2. Motivation
What comes to mind when you hear the word forest?
3. Motive Questions
What are our treasures in the forest?
B. During Reading
Teacher models in reading the poem.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
C. Post Reading
Engagement Activity:
Group 1 and 2 : Choral Reading of the poem
The group will choose a leader to lead the group.
Group 3 and 4 : Drawing a forest
The group will be provided with drawing materials.
Let pupils draw a forest
Discussion Questions: Refer to LM, Talk About It.
Skill Development: Simile
Teacher asks them to read this part of the poem.
Tall trees growing on a mountain top
To me like a queenly crown I see
Wild animals running so swiftly
As lively children full of glee
Wild animals and plant are treasures to me
Ask: What is compared to the tall trees? (queenly crown)
What is used in comparing them? (like)
What is compared to wild animals? (lively children full of glee)
What is used in comparing them? (as)
What is compared to wild animals and plants? (treasures)
Why do we consider plants and animals treasures?
Did we use like or as in comparing?
178
Teaching Chart
A simile is a figure of speech used to compare two different
ideas or objects using as or like.
danced
swam
pushed
visited
179
missed
buildt
sleepd
passt
cleaned
asked
roasted
needed
Day 4
I.
Objectives
Write a paragraph about a personal experience
A. Oral Language Activity
Message Relay
Say: All groups will have a piece of paper with lines from the poem, In The
Forest. Each group will have seven members. All number one will get
a piece of paper in the bowl. Number one whispers to number 2, then
number 2 whispers to number 3 and so on. The first group who can
whisper the correct line wins.
B. Pre-writing
1. Motivation and Presentation
Ask: Where did you spend your vacation?
How was your vacation? How do you describe your vacation?
Who were your companions?
What did you do there?
What would you like to do if you could return to be there again?
Note: All answers should be written on the board. Lead the pupils in
writing a paragraph using their answers (possible sentences are found
in the paragraph).
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
Skills Development
Take a look at the paragraph.
What is the first sentence?
What do we call that sentence? (topic sentence)
What sentences support the first sentence?
How did we organize the paragraph?
Notice how the first sentence was written.
What punctuation mark is seen after a sentence?
How did we write the title of the paragraph?
How did we write the first sentence of the paragraph? (indent)
How did we start the first sentence? (first word of the sentence is
capitalized)
What did we write after a sentence?(period)
180
Teaching chart
A paragraph is made up of sentences that explain or present
the details of a topic. A good paragraph has three parts.
1. The beginning sentence, which usually states the main
idea,
2. The middle sentences which support the main idea, and
3. The ending sentence, which summarizes or gives a conclusion
Remember to observe the following tips in writing a paragraph
1. Focus on one topic.
2. Complete the paragraph with an ending sentence,
which maybe an idea, a decision or a conclusion
3. Indent the first sentence of the paragraph
4. Begin the first word of a sentence with a capital letter
5. End each sentence with the correct punctuation mark
Writing Activity
1. Guided Activity (all groups will work on this)
Each group will write a paragraph about their first day of school following
the guide questions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2. Independent Activity
Ask pupils to write a paragraph about their first time at a restaurant
(follow the guide questions). After writing, look for a partner and correct each others work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
181
Day 5
I.
Instructional Objectives
Get information from the news page of a school paper
Browse school paper and read the news page
1. Motivation
Show a newspaper/school paper. What information can we find in the
newspaper or school paper? Is it good to read the news? Why?
2. Presentation
Listen to the news. Assign someone to read it.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
Discussion Questions: Refer to LM, Talk About It.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn and Talk About It
Skills Development: Getting information from the news page
Let pupils read the news they heard, KSPEDS broadcasting team bags
award in NSPC 2014 Refer to Find Out and Learn.
Generalization: Refer to LM, Remember.
1. Guided Practice
Read and answer the questions below. Refer to LM, Do and Learn and
Learn Some More
2. Independent Practice
Give pupils a school paper and ask them to look for the news page.
Ask them to copy the primary lead.
Week 8
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Admire Green Birds love for his lady love
2. Appreciate the value of telling the truth
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Sequence events in a story listened to
Oral Language
Act out well liked part of the story heard
Reading Comprehension
Infer traits and feelings of the character in a story read
182
Vocabulary Development
Identify and use similes and metaphors in a story read
Fluency
Read a story with correct intonation and expression
Read words with consonant blends /br/ and /gr/
Grammar
Use the past form of irregular verbs
Writing Composition
Compose a slogan from a given stimuli
Study Strategy
Use a dictionary in getting the meaning of words
Attitude
Request more stories to be read
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
Stories : The King of the Forest and His Three Advisers
: The Green Bird
Past form of irregular Verbs
Similes and Metaphors
Composing a slogan from a given stimuli
Sequencing events from a story heard
Inferring character traits from a story read
Using dictionary to get the meaning of words
B. Materials
stories
poem
practice exercises
C. References
Enjoying English Workbook, author Alexes Anne F. Cruz, et.al.
Learning English the Easy Way 4, author Danilo Santos Gutierrez
Designing a New World, author Evelyn S. Salazar et.al.
Campus Journalism Workbook, author Gelly Elegio Alkuino
New Dynamic Series in English 3, author Josefina V. Suarez,EdD
Skill Builders for Efficient Reading, author George Bareo, et.al.
English for you and Me 4, author Benita N. Miranda
III. Procedure
183
Day 1
I.
Expressive Objective
Appreciate the value of telling the truth
liar
Richard didnt tell the truth. He is a liar.
2. Motivation
What do you usually do when you have a problem?
3. Motive Question
Lets read a story on, The King of the Forest and His Three Advisers.
What did King Lion do when he had a problem?
C. During Listening
184
Expressive Objective
Admire Green Birds love for his lady love
A. Pre Reading
Drill:
Teacher models in reading the words
Words should be written on a chart / flashcards
gr
green
greed
greet
br
grow
growth
growl
branch
brand
bran
broom
brook
brooklets
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
a. sparrow (show a picture)
Eliza likes to have a sparrow as her pet. She likes the short and
strong beak of a sparrow.
186
187
Day 3
Use the past form of irregular verbs
Call selected pupils to read the dialog. Refer to LM, Read and Learn
Guide pupils in answering the comprehension questions.
Skill Development
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Teacher: These words are irregular verbs. They are in the past tense to show
past actions or events. Present this chart of irregular verbs. Refer to Read and
Learn LM.
2. Generalization
What do you notice about the spelling of the past form of irregular verbs?
Refer to Remember LM
3. Guided Practice
Group 1 and 2:
Give the correct past form of the verbs inside the parentheses.
Yesterday, Roger __ (find) a strange red bag near the front gate.
He __ (think) it was his fathers bag. He __ (get) it and __ (give) it to his
grandmother. This bag is so heavy!, said grandmother. After an hour,
Father __ (come). Roger __ (tell) him about the red bag. Thank you
Roger, it is your uncles bag from Hong Kong, said Father.
Group 3 and 4:
Write the correct answer. Refer to LM, Try and Learn Exercise 1 and 2
4. Independent Practice Refer to LM, Try and Learn Exercise 3
Enrichment Activity:
188
Piling up Events
Teacher starts a simple event in the past tense. He / She does this in a
sentence. Then, the teacher calls on the first pupil to continue. The first
pupil repeats the teachers sentence. Next, he or she adds up his / her
own sentence, and so on. Stop when it becomes difficult to remember
all the sentences.
Teacher
Pupil 1
:
:
Pupil 3
Day 4
I. Instructional Objectives
Compose slogan from a given stimulus.
1. Motivation
What comes to mind when you think of slogan?
2. Presentation
Read the following product slogans that have become very popular.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Discussion:
What was the message of the first slogan?
(Ask the same question about slogans 2-9)
Why do you think the above slogans became memorable to people? Does
a slogan need to be long to be remembered?
Generalization: Refer to LM, Remember.
3. Guided Practice
Show pictures about the environment. What would you like to happen to
our environment?
Write a slogan about it. Then illustrate your slogan on a poster. Let pupils
display their work at designated areas. Have a Gallery Walk before the
slogans are processed.
189
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Write About It
Write a slogan about the Clean and Green project.
Enrichment/Assignment
Make a poster to illustrate your slogan
Day 5
I.
Instructional Objectives
1. Browse and read more stories
2. Use a dictionary in getting the meaning of words
1. Motivation
Do you have a dictionary? What is the use of the dictionary?
2. Presentation
Give pupils dictionaries (If possible each one should have a dictionary)
Browse the dictionary. Notice how the words are arranged.
Skills Development:
Refer to LM. Try and Learn
Look for the meaning of brass.
Did you open the dictionary page by page?
Which pages did you open? (after a and before c)
Did you open all the pages of b?
What helped you look for it? (the two words found on top of the page)
What do these two words tell us?
What do you mean by brass? How many definitions does it have?
Have several exercises in getting the meaning of words in the dictionary.
Teaching Chart: Refer to LM, Remember.
3. Guided Practice
Have a contest in getting the meaning of words. (teacher may give as many
words) The first group that can post the meaning on the board wins
Use a dictionary to answer this. Match each word in Column A with its
meaning in Column B. Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
4. Independent Practice Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
Enrichment/Assignment
Read more stories and write at least 5 words you do not understand. Find
the meaning of words using the dictionary.
190
Week 9
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objectives
1. Appreciate the value of sharing
2. Realize that all parts of a coconut tree have many uses
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Sequence events in a story listened to
Oral Language
Connect events in a story heard to a personal experience
Reading Comprehension
Note important details in an informational text
Vocabulary Development
Identify and use personification
Fluency
Read informational text with 95-100% accuracy
Read words with consonant blends pr and gr
Grammar
Use the past form of regular and irregular verbs
Writing Composition
Write a news report using given facts
Study Strategy
Get information from the news page
Attitude
Listen attentively and react positively during story reading
191
A. References
Enjoying English Workbook, author Alexes Anne F. Cruz, et.al.
A Poem A Day, author Helen H. Moore
English This Way, author Wilma P. Gonzales
Basics and Beyond Reading 4 third Edition, author Cabrina H. Padilla,
Skill Builders for Efficient Reading, author George Bareo, Nila B. Cay, Luz
dela Concha, Wilhelmina D. Gatmaitan, Avelina J. Gil, Araceli M. Villamin,
Learning English the Easy Way 4 by Danilo Santos Gutierrez
B. Materials
story
poem
practice exercises
selection
III. Procedure
Day 1
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
A. Pre-Listening
1. Unlocking of difficulties
a. sweet tongue
He has such a sweet tongue. He can easily make others believe him.
b. famine
Show a picture. They are thin and sick because of food shortage.
There is famine.
c. eloquent
The winner of the storytelling contest is so expressive and fluent in
the English language. She is truly an eloquent storyteller.
d. mischief
He easily gets in trouble because of his mischief.
e. sniff (use action)
The old woman tried to sniff air but she could not breathe.
f. ungrateful
I dont like him. He doesnt know how to thank and respect the
people who helped him. He is ungrateful.
192
2. Motivation
Show a picture of a tortoise.
Say: This is a tortoise. Say something about it. What do you notice
about its shell? Are tortoises shells not smooth?
3. Motive Question
Why are tortoise shells not smooth?
B. During Listening
193
aloud. When everything had been set before the guests, one of
the people in the sky invited the birds to eat. But Tortoise jumped to
his feet and asked, For whom have you prepared this feast?
For all of you, replied the man. Tortoise turned to the birds and
said, Remember my name is All of You.
He began to eat and the birds were so angry. Tortoise ate the
best part of the food and drank wine. The birds gathered around
to eat what was left .They ate the bones that he had thrown on the
floor. Some of them were too angry to eat. They chose to fly home
on an empty stomach. But before they left, each took back the feather he had borrowed. And there, he stood full of food and wine but
without any wings to fly home. He asked the birds to take a message
for his wife, but they all refused. In the end, Parrot, who had felt
angrier than the others, suddenly changed his mind and agreed to
take the message.
Why do you think Parrot changed his mind?
Tell my wife, said Tortoise, To bring out all the soft things in my
house and cover the area around with them so that I can jump down
from the sky without great danger.
Parrot promised to deliver the message, and then flew away. But
when he reached Tortoises house, he told his wife to bring out all
the hard things in the house. And so she brought out her husbands
hoes, knife, spears and guns. Tortoise looked down from the sky
and saw his wife bringing things out, but it was too far to see what
they were. When all seemed ready, he let himself go. He fell until
he began to fear that he would never stop falling. And then like the
sound of his gun, he crashed on the land.
His shell broke into pieces but there was a great medicine man
in the neighbourhood. The medicine man gathered all the bits of
shell and put them together. This is why the tortoises shell is not so
smooth today.
C. Post Listening
Engagement Activity
Group 1 and 2: Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Day 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
A. Pre Reading
Drill:
Teacher models reading the words
Words should be written on a chart / flashcards
protein
produce
propagate
pr
product
proper
problem
fresh
freshener
freshman
fr
free
freeze
freedom
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
a. mattress
I sleep on this mattress. It is comfortable.(show picture)
b. propagate
Mother wants to have more flowers, so she propagates some of
them. (show picture)
c. sap (show picture)
The sap of that tree can be used for medicine.
d. quench
I want to drink cold juice to quench my thirst.
e. dye
My grandparents dye their hair to cover the gray.
f. coir
Coir comes from the husk of the coconut.
g. ingredient
I like coconut meat as one of the ingredients for salads.
h. withstand
The tree is strong. It can withstand strong typhoons.
2. Motivation
Have you seen a coconut tree? Can you describe it? Do you know
why the coconut tree is called the tree of life?
3. Motive Question
Why do we consider the coconut tree a tree of life?
B. Reading
Teacher models in reading the story.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
C. Post Reading
Comprehension Questions. Refer to LM, Talk About It
Engagement Activity
Group 1 and 2 : Interview
The group will choose their interviewee. Each member of the group
should be able to talk or to answer questions during the interview.
195
1. Presentation
Teacher models in reading the poem.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn.
Discussion Questions:
Refer to LM, Talk about It.
Skill Development: Using Personification
1.
2.
3.
4.
Say: Leaves, moon and north wind are treated as though they have life
like people. They are made to act, think and talk like persons.
Teaching Chart
Personification is another figure of speech. Things and
objects are treated as though they had life and were like
people.
2. Guided Practice
Group 1 and 2: Underline the part of the sentence which is personified.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn.
Group 3 and 4: Write P if the sentence uses personification and N if it
does not.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
3. Independent Practice
Underline the name of the object that is personified and circle the word
that tells what the object does that makes it seem like a person.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More.
197
1. Which part of the news tells us the important facts of the story? Is it
found at the beginning? What Wh questions can we ask about the
beginning statement?
2. What statements complement/support the beginning statement?
3. What statements are less important? Where can we find this?
4. Notice how the headline was written.
Teaching Chart: Refer to LM, Remember.
1. Guided Practice
For all groups: Write a news report based on the following facts. Use the
inverted pyramid structure
The plane was going to Cebu City on a test flight.
Mayor Richard Datu, who rushed to the crash site found the pilot, Rene
Lu and his passenger Lito Go, both safe despite the planes damage.
A two-seater plane with pilot Rene Lu and passenger Lito Go crashed
in a rice field at Barangay Caditaan on July 15.
Lu said the planes engine stopped 30 minutes after it took off at Legaspi Airport.
Plane crashes in Cebu, no one hurt
2. Independent Practice
Write a news report. Use the facts below. Refer to LM, Write About It.
Teacher Induction Program is a training cours given to newly hired
teachers. One of its purposes is to let them understand their roles and
responsibilities.
The Division of Zamboanga Sibugay , through the leadership of the
superintendent, Amelia P. Torralba, ED.D. conducted Teacher Induction Program to 320 newly hired teachers at Roderics Resort, Ipil,
Zamboanga Sibugay on July 2-4.
Education Program Supervisors who were trained on TIP were their
facilitators
Division of Zamboanga Sibugay conducts Teacher Induction Program to 320 newly hired teachers
199
QUARTER 2
TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS (POST TEST)
TOPICS/SKILLS
1. Identifying the main idea and
supporting details for a text
heard
2. Compound words
3. Arranging 8-10 word with different beginning letters in alphabetical order
4. Using personal pronouns
5. Possessive pronouns
6. Using regular and irregular verbs
7. Noting details from news selections listened to
8. Answering wh- questions
9. Prefixes and Suffixes
10. Verbs in the s form
11. Writing a friendly letter
12. Identifying figure of speech (simile, metaphor and personification)
13. Sequencing of events
14. Making an Outline
15. Following directions
ITEM
PLACEMENT
6
NO. OF ITEMS
1
2
4
1
1
5
13,14
15,16,17,18, 19
7
1
2
5
1
1,3
20,21,22,23
2
4
9,10,11,12
36,37,38,39, 40
24,25,26
4
5
3
8
39-35
27,28
1
2
2
200
QUARTER 2
POST ASSESSMENT
I.
Listening
A. Listen as the teacher reads the story then answer the questions that follow.
Write only the letter of your answer.
c. In a vegetable garden
d. In a tree
d. Happily
Grammar
Read the sentence carefully. Write the letter of your answer.
9. Alyssa (a. sweep b. sweeps) the front yard every morning.
10. Her brothers Allan and Sam (a. gather b. gathers) the dried leaves in the
trash can.
11. Together they (a. throw b. throws) the dried leaves in a compost pit.
12. After the chores the children (a. play b. plays) in the yard.
A. Fill in the blanks with the correct possessive pronouns from the word box.
mine
your
yours
ours
my
our
I. Reading
A. Fill in the blank with the correct words from the box below.
fearless
imperfect
immature
imbalanced
homeless
Following Directions
27. What is the correct sequence of the direction given below?
a. 2-1-3-4
b. 1-4-3-2
c. 3-2-1-4
d. 4-1-3-2
1. Measure rice with a cup and put in the cooking pot.
2. Cook rice for about 25 minutes.
3. Follow the 1:1 ratio. One cup of rice to one cup of water.
4. Wash rice.
28. Which of the directions given below should be done first?
a. number 1
b. number 2
c. number 3
the given
1. Heat the pan and add cooking oil.
2. Crack the eggs and place in the hot pan.
3. When the edges turn white the eggs are done.
203
d. Not in
I.
Writing
29-35. Read the short paragraph below and write an outline.
Clouds
The sun warms the water from rivers, lakes and
seas. Water slowly evaporates. It condenses and forms
into tiny droplets. When these droplets come together
they become visible as clouds.
There are three basic cloud types. Cirrus is curly
or fibrous clouds. Stratus is clouds that form sheets or
layers and cumulus clouds are those heaped or filed.
Clouds
____________________________________
A. _________________________________
B. _________________________________
II. ____________________________________
A. _________________________________
B. _________________________________
C. _________________________________
I.
204
36-40. Rewrite the following parts of the letter in a separate sheet of paper
following the mechanics of letter writing.
Nerissa
Your loving aunt,
#45A- Santolan Drive
Deca Homes, Jones
June 3
My dearest Sandro,
How are you? You mom said youre school is near my office. I did
not know you transferred. Please come and visit me here in the
Principals Office. I would love to hear from you soon.
______________
______________
______________
______________
____________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
______________
______________
205
English Grade 4
Teachers Guide
First Edition 2015
Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.
PY
Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand names,
trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective copyright holders.
DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society (FILCOLS), Inc. in
seeking permission to use these materials from their respective copyright owners.
All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these materials. The
publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.
C
O
EP
E
Authors:
Grace U. Rabelas,
Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar
Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap
ii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
There are several activities for the pupils to develop target skill/s
but this is not an end in itself. Feel free to modify the strategies to address
individual differences of learners.
C
O
The Authors
EP
E
iii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
208
............................ 214
Week 2
............................ 223
Week 3
............................ 231
Week 4
............................ 239
Week 5
............................ 250
Week 6
............................ 261
Week 7
............................ 275
Week 8
............................ 290
Week 9
............................ 304
PY
Week 1
C
O
EP
E
v
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
vi
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Writing and
Composition
Reading
Comprehension
Vocabulary
Listening
Comprehension
Fluency
Oral Language
Domain
EP
E
The learner
actively creates and participates in oral theme-based activities
Use literal information from texts to aptly infer and predict outcomes
PY
C
O
The learner
demonstrates understanding of verbal cues for clear expression of ideas
demonstrates understanding of verbal and non-verbal cues for effective
oral presentation
demonstrates understanding of information derived from multi-media
sources for clear and creative presentation
demonstrates understanding that English is stress-timed language to
achieve accuracy and automaticity
Performance Standard
The learner listens critically to news reports and other radio broadcasts and expresses ideas accurately in oral and in written
forms; demonstrates confidence in the use of the language to meet everydays needs; and reads independently and gets relevant
information from various text types.
Content Standard
FIRST QUARTER
ENGLISH GRADE 4
vii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4OL-Ia-d1
Speak clearly
using
appropriate
pronunciation
and intonation.
EN4LC-Ia-1
Note details in a
selection listened
to.
EN4LC-Ib-2
Note details in a
selection listened
to, to identify
setting
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4V-Ia-d-2
Use context clues
(synoynms) to
find meaning of
unfamiliar words.
EN4V-Ia-d-1
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words.
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4RC-Ia-b-2
Analyze a
narrative in terms
of its setting.
EN4RC-Ia-b-1
Analyze a
narrative in terms
of its characters.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel a
sound
EN4F-Ib-2
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel e
Phonological
EN4SS-Ib-2
Locate
information
using print and
non-print
resources
EN4G-Iab-1
Use plural
form of
regular
nouns
G
Grammar
PY
EN4SS-Ia-1
Locate
information
using print and
non-print
resources
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4WC-Ia-b1
Write 2-3
sentences about
the characters
in a literary text
listened to or
read.
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 2 of 14
EN4A-Ia-1
Show
willingness
and
enthusiasm
in reading or
listening to
literary text
A
Attitude
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-Ia-1
C
O
uses the classes of words aptly in various oral and written discourse
uses the classes of words aptly in various oral and written discourse
EP
E
The learner
speaks and writes using good command of the conventions of standard
English
The learner
Week
Viewing
Study
Strategies/
Research
Attitude
Grammar
Domain
Content Standard
viii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4OL-Ie-2
Give oral
directions
EN4LC-Ie-5
Sequence events
in a story listened
to
EN4V-Ie-f-2
Use context clues
(definition) to
determine the
meaning of
unfamiliar words.
EN4V-Ia-d-2
Use context clues
(antonym) to
determine the
meaning of
unfamiliar words
EN4RC-If-4
EN4RC-Id-e-3
Sequence events
in a story or
narrative
EP
E
D
OL
Oral
Language
EN4LC-Id-4
Sequence events
in a story listened
to
EN4LC-Ic-3
Note details in a
selection listened
to
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4LC-If-1
EN4OL-If-3
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4F-If-6
EN4F-Ie-5
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel u
sound
EN4G-Id-3
Use clear
and
coherent
sentences
using
appropriate
grammatical
structures:
Kinds of
NounsMass Nouns
and Count
Nouns
EN4G-Ie-4
Use clear
and
coherent
sentences
using
appropriate
grammatical
structures
(quantifiers
of mass
nouns)
EN4G-If-5
EN4G-Ic-2
Use plural
form of
irregular
nouns
G
Grammar
EN4SS-Ie-i-5
PY
EN4SS-Ie-i-5
Use graphic
organizers to
show
understanding
of texts (story
sequence
organizers)
EN4SS-Id-4
Arrange words
in alphabetical
order with the
same first letter
but a different
second letter
C
O
EN4F-Id-4
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel o
sound
EN4WC-Ie-f-4
Write different
forms of simple
composition
(thank you
card, note,
poster,
slogan) as a
response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to
- notes / letters
EN4WC-Ic-2
Write two or
three sentences
about the
characters,
setting, or
events in a
story listened to
or read
EN4WC-Id-3
Write 2-3 step
directions using
signal words
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 3 of 14
EN4A-IIb2
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
A
Attitude
ix
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4OL-Ih-5
press ones
ideas and
feelings clearly
EN4OL-Ig-4
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
EN4LC-Ig-1
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
EN4LC-Ih-1
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters from
selections
listened to
EN4V-Ih-4
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words
(exemplification)
EN4V-Ig-3
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words (definition)
EN4RC-Ig-5
Make inferences
and draw
conclusions
based on a
literary or
expository text
EP
E
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
Week
EN4F-Ig-8
Read aloud
grade level
texts with
accuracy and
proper
expression
EN4F-Ih-i-8
Read words,
phrases,
poems, and
stories with
diphthongs
accurately
EN4F-Ig-7
Read words,
phrases,
poems, and
stories with
accuracy
C
O
EN4G-Ih-7
Use
collective
nouns
Compose
clear and
coherent
sentences
using
appropriate
grammatical
structures:
Kinds of
Nouns
(Possessive
Nouns)
EN4G-Ig-6
Identify and
use concrete
nouns and
abstract
nouns
G
Grammar
PY
EN4WC-Ig-h6
Write forms of
simple
composition as
a response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to -notes /
letters descriptive
EN4WC-Ig-h5
Write a friendly
letter as a
response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to
- Descriptive
paragraph
- Another
ending to a
story
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 4 of 14
EN4A-IIa1
Demonstrate
respect for
the ideas,
feelings and
culture of
the author
of the text
listened to.
A
Attitude
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4LC-Ii-1
Infer feelings,
traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4OL-IIa1
Restate or
retell
information
from a text
listened to.
EN4LC-IIa-1
Identify main
idea and
supporting details
from a text
listened to.
EN4V-IIa-1
Identify
meanings of
unfamiliar
words through
structural
analysis
(compound
words and
their
components:
one word
compound
(backyard),
two word
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4V-Ii-5
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words
(exemplification)
Week
OL
Oral
Language
EN4OL-Ii-6
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
EN4RC-IIa-1
Identify the
important story
elements such as
setting, character
and plot.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
EN4RC-Ih-4
Infer the theme
of literary text
EP
E
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
SECOND QUARTER
Week
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IIa-1
Read with
automaticity
grade level
frequently
occurring
content area
words.
EN4SS-IIa-1
Arrange 8-10
words with
different
beginning
letters in
alphabetical
order.
EN4G-IIa-b1
Identify and
use personal
pronouns in
sentences.
G
Grammar
EN4G-Ii-8
Use simple
present
tense of
verbs in
sentences
G
Grammar
PY
SS
Study
Strategy
C
O
Read aloud
grade level
texts
EN4F-Ih-i-9
Read with
accuracy
words,
phrases,
poems,and
stories with
silent letters.
EN4WC-IIa1
Write
sentences
following
correct
mechanics of
capitalization
and
punctuation.
WC
Writing
Composition
paragraph
EN4WC-Ii-6
Write a
response to a
story / poem
read or listened
to -notes /
letters
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 5 of 14
EN4A-IIa-1
Demonstrate
respect for the
ideas, feelings
and culture of
the author of
the text
listened to.
A
Attitude
A
Attitude
xi
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4LC-IId-4
Follow a set of
three-to-five step
directions.
EN4LC-Iib-3
Note details from
news
reports/selections
listened to.
EN4LC-IIc-3
Note details by
asking/answering
questions about
a story/poem
listened to
EN4OL-IId4
Give three-tofive step
directions.
EN4OL-IIc-3
Listen and
answer
questions
about a story
read/listened
to.
EN4OL-IIb2
Use courteous
expressions
EN4LC-IIb-2
Recall
information from
conversations.
EN4RC-IIe-5
Give possible
endings to stories
EP
E
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4LC-IIe-5
EN4OL-IIeEN4V-IIe-4
Interpret a story
5
Use prefixes
through
Relate story
and root words
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4F-IIe-5
Read with
automaticity
EN4G-IId-4
Use the
present form
of verbs that
agree with the
subject
EN4G-IIe-5
Use
possessive
EN4G-IIc-3
Identify and
use s form of
verbs.
EN4G-Ii-9
Use the
pronoun that
agrees in
gender,
number with
the
antecedent.
G
Grammar
PY
EN4SS-IIc-3
Follow
instructions
C
O
EN4WC-IId4
Write a twopoint sentence
outline
EN4WC-IIc3
Write a
friendly letter
using correct
format.
EN4WC-IIb2
Write a short
story with the
elements.
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4A-IId-4
Take part in
creative
Page 6 of 14
EN4A-IIc-3
Express love
for stories and
other texts.
EN4A-IIb-2
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
A
Attitude
xii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4OL-IIg7
Retell bestliked part of a
story heard.
EN4LC-IIg-7
Give a possible
ending to a story
heard.
EN4OL-IIi-8
Connect
events in a
story heard to
a personal
experience
EN4OL-IIf-6
React to what
the characters
said in the
story listened
to.
EN4LC-IIf-6
Infer traits of
characters based
on what they do
or say in a story
listened to.
EN4LC-IIh-i-8
Sequence events
in a story listened
to.
events to
ones
experience.
EN4V-IIi-8
Identify and
use
personification.
EN4V-IIh-7
Identify and
use simile and
metaphor in a
story read.
EN4V-IIg-6
Identify and
use simile and
metaphor in
the poem
read.
EN4V-IIf-5
Use suffixes
and root words
as clues to get
meaning of
words.
EN4RC-Iii-8
Note important
details in an
informational
text.
EN4RC-IIg-h-7
Infer the feelings
and traits of the
characters in the
story.
EN4RC-IIf-6
Predict outcomes
of events in the
story
EP
E
D
OL
Oral
Language
dramatization
songs or art
activities.
LC
Listening
Comprehension
Week
EN4F-IIi-9
Read words
with
consonant
blends /pr/,
and /gr/
EN4F-IIh-8
Read words
with
consonant
blends /br/,
and /gr/
EN4G-IIh-i8
Use the past
form of
irregular
verbs.
EN4G-IIg-7
Use the past
form of
regular verbs.
EN4G-IIf-6
Use correct
time
expressions to
tell an action
in the present.
pronouns that
agree in
gender with
antecedents.
G
Grammar
EN4G-IIh-i9
Use the past
form of
regular and
irregular
verbs.
PY
EN4SS-IIg-7
Get
information
from the news
page.
EN4SS-IIf-6
Use dictionary
in getting the
meaning of
words.
EN4SS-IIe-5
Get
information
from the news
page of a
school paper.
EN4SS-IId-4
Fill out forms
giving the
appropriate
instructions.
C
O
EN4F-IIg-7
Read words
with
consonant
blends /tr/,
and ,/cr/
EN4F-IIf-6
Read using
correct
intonation and
expression.
EN4WC-IIi-9
Write a news
report using
the facts
given.
EN4WC-IIg7
Write a
paragraph
a out ones
personal
experience.
EN4WC-IIh8
Compose
slogan from a
given stimuli.
EN4WC-IIf-6
Write a
paragraph
based on a
two-point
outline.
paragraph
with explicitly
given main
idea.
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 7 of 14
EN4A-IIh-8
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
responses in
preparing
logs, journal,
and other oral
presentation.
EN4A-IIe-5
Take part in
creative
responses in
preparing
logs, journal,
and other oral
presentation.
EN4A-IIf-6
Browse and
read news
page for
information of
a school
paper.
EN4A-IIg-7
Request for
more stories
to be read.
A
Attitude
xiii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4LC-IIId-4
Use indirect
speech to clarify
the spea ers
ideas.
EN4V-IIId-4
Identify
different
meaning of
content
specific words.
EN4V-IIIc-3
Get the
meaning of
unfamiliar
words through
restatements.
EN4LC-IIIc-3
Point out details
from a
biographical
account.
EN4OL-IIIb2
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
places.
EN4V-IIIb-2
Identify
multiple
meaning of
words.
EN4LC-IIIb-2
Note details from
a story listened
to.
EN4V-IIIa-1
Use context
clues
(synonym and
antonym) to
find meaning
of unfamiliar
words.
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4RC-IIId-4
Identify cause
and effect
relationship
EN4RC-IIIc-3
Identify
sequence of
events.
EN4RC-IIIb-2
Note significant
details.
EN4RC-IIIa-1
Note significant
details.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
EN4SS-IIIa1
Use a
thesaurus to
find synonyms
and antonyms
of words.
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4F-IIId-4
Read grade
level texts
with
appropriate
speed,
accuracy and
expression
EN4F-IIIc-3
Read aloud
grade level
texts
accurately.
EN4F-IIIb-2
Read aloud
grade level
texts
accurately.
EN4G-IIIb-2
Identify and
use words
that show
degrees of
comparison of
objectives in
sentences
EN4G-IIIc-3
Use
appropriate
word signals
to show the
sequence of
events in
ssentences
EN4G-IIId-4
Identify and
use the
correct order
of adjectives
in a series in
sentences
EN4G-IIIa-1
Identify and
use adjectives
in sentences
G
Grammar
EN4SS-IIId4
Locate
meaning of
words from
the dictionary.
EN4SS-IIIc3
Use a timeline
to show order
of events.
PY
EN4SS-IIIb2
Interpret a
map.
C
O
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IIIa-1
Read a poem
aloud with
proper
expression.
EP
E
EN4OL-IIIa1
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
events.
EN4LC-IIIa-1
Distinguish reality
from fantasy.
Week
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
THIRD QUARTER
EN4WCIIId-4
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using the
correct order
of adjectives.
EN4WC-IIIc3
Write simple
sentences
using
sequence
signals.
EN4WC-IIIa2 Rewrite
pairs of
sentences
using
connectors
EN4WC-IIIa1 Write
sentences
describing
persons,
places, things
and animals
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 8 of 14
EN4A-IIId-4
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
EN4A-IIIc-3
Show interest
in reading a
biography.
EN4A-IIIa-1
Show love for
reading by
listening
attentively
during story
reading and
making
comments or
reactions.
EN4A-IIIb-2
Show interest
in reading a
travelogue.
A
Attitude
xiv
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4V-IIIi-9
EN4RC-IIIh-8
Use appropriate
graphic
organizers to
show the
sequence of
events in a text
read
(Story)
EN4V-IIIh-8
Use word
associations
(analogy)
EN4RC-IIIg-7
Make
generalizations.
EN4V-IIIg-7
Identify
different
meanings of
content
specific words
-denotation
-connotation
EN4LC-IIIg-7
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4RC-IIIf-6
Make comparison
and contrast.
EN4V-IIIf-6
Identify
different
meanings of
content
specific words.
EN4OL-IIIc3
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
people.
EP
E
D
OL
Oral
Language
EN4LC-IIIf-6
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4LC-IIIe-5
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4OL-IIIg4
Tell / retell
familiar stories
by using
7
appropriate
gestures and
expressions in
complete
sentence.
EN4LC-IIIh-8
EN4OL-IIIhive ones
5
reaction to an
Tell / retell
event or issue.
familiar stories
by using
8
appropriate
gestures and
expressions in
complete
sentence.
9
EN4LC-IIIi-9
EN4OL-IIIiK to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4SS-IIIf6
Locate
information
from indices.
EN4F-IIIi-9
EN4F-IIIh-8
Read correctly
grade level
texts with
intonation,
expression.
EN4F-IIIg-7
Read correctly
grade level
texts with
intonation and
expression.
EN4G-IIIg-7
Use adverbs
of manner in
sentences
EN4G-IIIf-6
Use
appropriate
adverbs of
time in
setences
EN4G-IIIe-5
Identify and
use adverbs
of place in
sentences.
G
Grammar
EN4SS-IIIi-
EN4SS-IIIh8
Interpret
charts.
EN4G-IIIi-9
EN4G-IIIh-8
Use a
particular kind
of sentence
for a specific
purpose
-making
requests
PY
EN4SS-IIIg7
Locate
information
from indices.
C
O
EN4F-IIIf-6
Read grade
level texts
with
appropriate
speed.
EN4WC-IIIi-
EN4WCIIIh-8
Write a oneparagraph
essay on a
particular
topic.
EN4WC-IIIe5
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of place.
EN4WC-IIIf6
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of time.
EN4WCIIIg-7
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of manner.
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4A-IIIi-8
Page 9 of 14
EN4A-IIIh-7
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as for learning
or for
pleasure.
EN4A-IIIf-6
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
EN4A-IIIe-5
Browse and
read books
for various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
A
Attitude
xv
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4LC-IVb-2
Tell whether an
action or event
is reality or
fantasy
EN4OLIVa-1
State a fact
and
opinion
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
EN4V-IVa-1
Use
knowledge of
context clues
to find the
meaning of
unfamiliar
words
-synonyms
EN4OLEN4V-IVb-2
IVb-2
Use
Express
knowledge of
whether an context clues
2
action or
to find the
event is
meaning of
reality or
unfamiliar
fantasy
words
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4LC-IVa-1
Distinguish fact
from opinion
EN4RC-IVb-2
Interpret
direction in
authentic texts
i.e.,
medical
prescriptions
EN4F-IVb-2
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with accuracy
rate of 95 to
100%
EN4G-IVb2
Use
prepositions
nn
sentences
-to and from
EN4G-IVa1
Identify
prepositions
in sentences
G
Grammar
EN4WCIVb-2
Write 3-4
sentences in
giving
directions
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4VC-IVb2
Identify the
visual
elements
used in a
print/non
print
EN4VC-IVa1
Identify
visual
elements
used in a
print/non
print
materials
VC
Viewing
9
Write a oneparagraph
essay on a
particular topic
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
EN4WCIVa-1
Write
sentences
expressing
fact and
opinion
Use a
particular kind
of sentence
for a specific
purpose
-asking
permission
G
Grammar
PY
EN4SS-IVa1
Take note of
relevant
information
from a given
text
SS
Study
Strategy
C
O
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IVa-1
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with accuracy
rate of 95 to
100%
RC
Reading
Comprehensio
n
EN4RC-IVa-1
Distinguish fact
from opinion
EP
E
6
elate ones
own
experiences
and ideas
related to the
topic using a
variety of
words with
proper
phrasing.
OL
Oral
Language
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
FOURTH QUARTER
Week
EN4A-IVa1
Express
interest in
different
texts by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVb2
Expess
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
Page 10 of 14
A
Attitude
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as for learning
or for
pleasure.
A
Attitude
xvi
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4LC-IVf-6
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
a narrative
EN4LC-IVe-5
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem listened to
EN4OLIVe-5
State
conclusion
to
humorous
or
cumulative
poem
heard
EN4OLIVd-4
State
conclusion
to realistic
fiction
EN4LC-IVd-4
Give conclusion
to realistic
fiction listened
to
EN4V-IVe-5
Identify
meaning of
word with
suffixes ful
and less
EN4V-IVd-4
Identify
meaning of
words with
prefixes
Un,in,im,dis,
mis and re
EN4RC-IVf-6
Distinguish fact
from opinion
from a narrative
EN4RC-IVe-5
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem read
EN4SS-IVd3
Use the index
to locate
information
EN4SS-IVc2
Use a
glossary get
meaning of
words
EN4F-IVf-6
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
Read aloud a
cumulative
poem
EN4F-IVe-5
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4SS-IVf5
Interpret bar
and line
graph
EN4SS-IVe4
Use almanac
to get
information
C
O
EN4F-IVd-4
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVc-3
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with
accuracy rate
of 95 to
100%
EN4RC-IVd-4
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem read
EN4RC-IVc-3
Distiguish reality
from fantasy in
stories read
EP
E
EN4OLIVc-3
State if a
story could
really
happen
EN4LC-IVc-3
Evaluate the
likelihood that
story/event
could really
happen
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
-antonyms
EN4V-IVc-3
Identify the
meaning of
words with
multiple
meaning
EN4OLEN4V-IVf-6
IVf-6
Identify
State facts
meaning of
6
or opinion
words with
in a
suffixes er
narrative
and or
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4WCIVd-4
Write 3-4
sentences
showing
conclusion
of a given
topic or
situation
EN4WCIVe-5
Write 3-4
sentences
showing
conclusion
EN4WCIVc-3
Write 3-4
sentences
using
among and
between
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
EN4G-IVf6
Use simple
sentence
-simple
subject and
EN4WCIVf-6
Write 3-4
sentences
expressing
opinion
PY
EN4G-IVe5
Use
prepositional
phrases in
sentences
EN4G-IVd4
Use
prepositions
in, on,
under and
above in
sentences
between
EN4G-IVc3
Use
prepositions
in sentences
-among and
G
Grammar
materials
EN4A-IVc3
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVd4
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVe5
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
materials
EN4VC-IVc3
Make
connection
between
information
viewed and
personal
experiences
EN4VC-IVd4
Make
connection
between
information
viewed and
personal
experiences
EN4VC-IVe5
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustrations
contribute to
wht ia
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVf6
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
EN4A-IVf6
Express
interest in
text by
reading
Page 11 of 14
A
Attitude
VC
Viewing
xvii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
EN4OLIVh-8
Express
fact or
opinion in a
narrative
text
EN4LC-IVh-8
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
a narrative text
EN4LC-IVi-9
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
informational
text
EN4OLIVg-7
Express
fact or
opinion in
an
information
al text
EN4LC-IVg-7
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
an informational
text
EN4V-IVh-8
Identify
meaning of
words with
suffixes ly
and y
EN4V-IVg-7
Identify
meaning of
words with
prefixes de
and dis
EN4RC-IVi-9
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
informational
text
EN4RC-IVh-8
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
narrative text
EN4F-IVi-9
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4SS-IVi8
Follow steps
in a process
EN4SS-IVh7
Use
strategies in
takin`g test
EN4SS-IVg6
Use the
encyclopedia
to get
information
C
O
EN4F-IVh-8
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVg-7
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4RC-IVg-7
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in an
informational
text
EP
E
OL
Oral
Language
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
EN4OLEN4V-IVi-9
IVi-9
Identify
Express
meaning of
9
fact or
words with
opinion in
suffixes able
an
and ible
information
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4WCIVh-8
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about given
topic or idea
EN4WCIVg-7
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about a
given topic
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
EN4WCIVi-9
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about given
topic or idea
PY
EN4G-IVh8
Use simple
sentences
with simple
subject and
compound
predicate in
giving
suggesting
solutions to
problems
EN4G-IVi9
Use
compound
sentences in
comparing
contrasting
EN4G-IVg7
Use simple
sentences
with
compound
subject and
simple
predicate in
giving fact
and opinion
predicate
G
Grammar
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVg7
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVh8
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVi9
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
VC
Viewing
EN4A-IVi-9
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
Page 12 of 14
EN4A-IVh8
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVg7
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
available
print
materials
A
Attitude
xviii
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
D
C
O
EP
E
al text
OL
Oral
Language
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
PY
persons/ani
mals/places/
object/event
s/ideas
G
Grammar
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
VC
Viewing
Page 13 of 14
materials
A
Attitude
xix
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Competency
Week six
First Quarter
Quarter
Week
Grammar
Domain/Content/
Component/ Topic
Grade 4
English
SAMPLE
2.5
DOMAIN/ COMPONENT
LC
Listening Comprehension
V
WC
Vocabulary Development
Writing and Composition
Page 14 of 14
VC
SS
Viewing Comprehension
Study Strategies
Spelling
PY
RC
Reading Comprehension
PA
PWR
Phonological Awareness
Oral Language
OL
BPK
AK
CODE
Grammar
Fluency
Alphabet Knowledge
C
O
G
EN4
Sample: EN4G-If-2.5
Grade Level
EP
E
Arabic Number
Lowercase Letter/s
Roman Numeral
Uppercase Letter/s
First Entry
LEGEND
D
K to 12 BASIC EDUCATION CURRICULUM
ENGLISH GRADE IV
Quarter 3-Pretest
TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS
No. of Items
2,4
C
O
7,8
PY
1,3
5,6
10
11,12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19,20,21,22,23
24
25
EP
E
Item Placement
Learning
Competencies/
Objectives
Note significant details.
(explicit)
Note significant details.
(implied)
Use context clues to find
meaning of unfamiliar
words.
Identify sequence of
events.
Use appropriate word
signals to show the
sequence of events.
Identify the kind of adverb
used. (manner)
206
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
32
33
34,35
36,37,38
39
3
1
40
C
O
PY
26,27, 28,29,30,31
EP
E
207
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
QUARTER 3
PRE-ASSESSMENT
I. Directions: Read the short selections carefully then answer the questions
that follow. Write only the letter of your answer.
Rosas Flower Garden
PY
Rosa has a beautiful garden. She was able to grow many flowers
in it. The flowers are of different kinds and colors. She has red, white and
yellow roses. There are gumamelas, santan, sunflower and daisies, too.
Many of them are fragrant. No wonder, butterflies and bees hover around
her garden, with their wings glistening against the sunshine. Indeed, Rosas
garden is an attractive spot to behold.
C
O
_____2. She grows different flowers in her garden. Which of these is not found
there?
a. rose
b. ilang-ilang
c. santan
EP
E
_____3. What two adjectives are used in the text to describe Rosas garden?
a. beautiful and wide
b. beautiful and boring
c. beautiful and attractive
_____4. Why do butterflies and bees love to hover around Rosas garden?
a. because of the many ornamental plants in it
b. because of the lovely flowers in it
c. because Rosa does not drive them away
208
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C
O
PY
The little Red Hen was in the farmyard with her chickens, when she
found a grain of wheat.
Who will plant this wheat? she said.
Not I, said the Goose
Not I, said the Duck.
I will, then, said the little Red Hen, and she planted the grain of wheat.
When the wheat was ripe she said, Who will take this wheat to the
mill?
Not I, said the Goose.
Not I, said the Duck.
I will, then, said the little Red Hen, and she took the wheat to the mill.
Next, she brought the flour home she said, Who will make some bread
with this flour?
Not I, said the Goose.
Not I, said the Duck.
I will, then, said the little Red Hen.
Then, the bread was baked, she said, Who will eat this bread?
I will, said the Goose
I will, said the Duck
Instantly, the little Red Hen said, No, you wont. I shall eat it
myself. Cluck! cluck! And she called her chickens to help her.
EP
E
209
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
____13. The little Red Hen did not allow the goose and the duck to eat the bread.
What is not a possible cause for this?
a. because they did not help the little Red Hen
b. because they are lazy
c. because they might not thank the hen for that
C
O
PY
Caterpillar
by Christina Rossetti
Brown and furry
Caterpillar in a hurry,
Take your walk
To the shady leaf, or stalk,
Or what not,
Which may be the chosen spot.
No toad spy you,
Hovering bird of prey pass by you;
Spin and die,
To live again a butterfly.
____14. The word stalk in line 4 means_____.
a. follow
b. hunt
c. stem
EP
E
____16. Which sentence about the poem follows the correct order of adjectives?
a. The poem is about brown furry one caterpillar.
b. The poem is about one furry brown caterpillar.
c. The poem is about one brown furry caterpillar.
__________
walks or crawls
A. butterfly
C. caterpillar
210
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
laptop
mainframe
microcomputer
minicomputer
mobile device
tablet
PY
C
O
EP
E
_____24. Like the glossary, the _____also gives the meanings of alphabetically
arranged words together with their correct pronunciation. It has guide
words on top of every page.
a. index
b. map
c. dictionary
_____25. It is a list of words with their synonyms and antonyms.
a. dictionary
b. index
c. thesaurus
_____26. This is also an alphabetical listing but of topics discussed in the book.
The pages of the topics are also indicated.
a. dictionary
b. index
c. timeline
211
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Browsers,182
MS PowerPoint, 160
Programming, 239
Internet, 172
PY
C
O
EP
E
_____31. Based on the given page, what do you think is the book about?
a. environment
b. computer
c. social studies
Mother: Ana, Im going to the market. Please get me one big basket.
Ana:
Will this be okay, Mother?
Mother: Well, this one is big but I want a bigger basket since I need to buy
our one-week supply of groceries, too. (Ana gave Mother another
basket.) Wow! This is perfect. I think this is our biggest basket;
enough to hold the supplies Ill buy for the family.
Ana:
Can I to come with you, Mother? I can help you carry the
goodies.
Mother: How sweet of you, dear. But Ill be fine. Your Kuya is driving me to
the market.
C
O
PY
EP
E
_____36. The above pie shows the items bought by mother in the market and
their amount. Which food stuff has the biggest amount?
a. vegetable
b. pork & beef
c. fish
_____37. Which three did Mother buy in equal amounts?
a. vegetable, pork, fish
b. chicken, fish, pork & beef
c. canned goods, chicken, vegetable
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Quarter 3
Theme: Special People, Places, and Days (Heroes and their Heroism)
Week 1 - Heroes are Around Us
I. Objectives for the Week
A. Expressive Objective
Admire the selflessness and bravery of the character in the poem
B. Instructional Objectives
PY
Oral Language
Talk about famous events
Fluency
Read aloud a poem with proper expression
C
O
Composing
Write a paragraph describing a person, animal, place, thing or event
Grammar
Identify and use adjectives that describe a person, animal, place, thing
or event
EP
E
Listening Comprehension
Distinguish reality from fantasy
Reading Comprehension
Note significant details in the poem
B. Materials
Pictures,
chart,
thesaurus,
real objects (ball, pebble, picture of elephant, flower)
C. References
Online Resources, Lampara Books, Fetch by Becky Bravo
III. Procedure
Objectives
1. Admire the selflessness and bravery of the character in the poem
2. Listen attentively to a poem
3. Read aloud a poem with proper expression
4. Guess the meaning of unfamilliar words through context clues.
C
O
I.
PY
Day 1
C. Pre-Listening
1. Vocabulary Development
Find a synonym for the underlined word. Choose your answers from the
words in the box.
brave impressed
destroyed
nose
courageous
EP
E
1. The fearless soldiers are ready to defend their country against the
enemies. They are not afraid to fight with the enemies.
2. The lions snout is similar to that of the dogs.
3. The strong typhoon wrecked some houses. The men were busy
repairing their houses after the typhoon.
4. When the clown moved his stick, a rabbit appeared. The kids were
awed by the clowns magic trick.
5. Our ancient heroes were bold enough to fight for our freedom.
2. Motivation
Ask:
What is your dogs name?
What does your dog love to do?
Where does it love to stay?
215
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3. Motive Question
We are about to read a poem about a dog named Kabang. As I read the
poem, find out:
What did Kabang love to do?
Where did she love to stay?
D. While Listening (Refer to Read and Learn LM)
Read the poem to the pupils, observing proper phrasing and expression.
Reread it to the pupils and have them follow along.
Group the class into four and assign each a stanza to read.
I.
Objectives
Note significant details in a poem listened to
C
O
PY
Day 2
Say: Listen as I read to you again the poem that we learned yesterday.
Read the poem by group.
Cooperative Group Activities:
EP
E
Group 1
Draw the scene in the first stanza, showing the things which Kabang
saw around.
Group 2
Read stanza 2. Dramatize the scene where Kabang greeted the
two girls, who both smiled at her sweetly in return. The others will
act as jeepney, bus, motorcycle. One will act as the screeching
vehicle.
Group 3
Draw Kabang after the accident. Your drawing should show the
bruises on Kabangs face and the lost snout. Write a sentence or two
under your drawing.
216
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Group 4
Pretend that you were one of those saved by Kabang. Write a Thank
You letter to her or dramatize what you will tell Kabang.
_________________
C
O
___________________,
Thank you for ________________________________
__________________________________________________
_______________________________.
Love,
_________________
EP
E
Group 1
Present the drawing that you made.
4. Who did Kabang greet?
5. What did the two girls do when Kabang greeted them?
6. Would you do the same if you were the girls?
7. What happened next?
Group 2
Present your dramatization.
8. What happened to Kabang?
9. What do you think did Kabang feel?
10. What do you think did the two girls feel?
11. If you were one of the girls, what would you feel?
12. How do you think Kabang looked after the accident?
217
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Group 3
Present your drawing and read the sentences that you wrote.
13. Were the two girls hurt? Why or why not?
14. What do you think would have happened to the girls if Kabang did
not bump the motorcycle?
15. Who should they thank for being saved from the accident?
Group 4
PY
Present the Thank You letter that you wrote to Kabang. (This may be
done as an introductory lesson on composing a thank you letter.)
Day 3
Objective
I.
EP
E
Poem Study
Refer to LM - Talk About It
C
O
16. Did Kabang think of herself and of what would happen when she
saved the girls?
17. What trait did Kabang show in this situation?(She did not think of
herself; she thought of the girls and how they would be saved from
the accident.)
18. Think of an incident when you thought of others first before thinking
of yourself.
Identify and use the adjective that best describes a person, animal, place, thing
or event
Write a paragraph describing a person, animal, place, thing or event
1. Teaching/ Modeling
Read the following sentences.
1 Kabang is a true hero.
2. The two girls saved.
3. They looked frightened.
218
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
2. Guided Practice
Activity 1: Give words that describe the given pictures.
C
O
Activity 2:
Facilitate a simple guessing game.
Describe a certain object in the classroom. Mention its color, shape or
kind. Make sure it is easily seen in the classroom.
Call a volunteer to guess the object that is being described.
The pupil who is able to give the correct answer takes his/her turn in
asking classmates.
This goes on until most of the pupils have taken their turns or after the
pupils can confidently give describing words or adjectives.
EP
E
Activity 3: Go back to the poem and point out all the adjectives used
Write them on the board then let the pupils read them
3. Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn Try and Learn
A. Underline the adjective in each sentence. (Refer to LM - Find Out and
Learn)
B. Which adjective best describes the picture? Underline your answer. (Refer
to LM Try and Learn - Exercise 1)
C. Copy the correct sentence that will describe the picture. (Refer to LM Try
and Learn - Exercise 2)
D. Look closely at the picture. Write a three to five sentence paragraph with
adjectives to describe anything that you can see in the picture. (Refer to
LM - Write About It)
Day 4
I.
Objectives
Distinguish reality from fantasy
Note significant details in the story read
A. Pre-Reading
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
219
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
wobble
When she stands, my grandmothers knees wobble.
(Act it out then ask the pupils to do the same later.)
What does wobble mean?
shake
dance
steady
fetch
Our grandparents who can hardly move around often call us and
ask us to fetch something for them.
What does fetch mean?
buy
get
throw
weaken
love
C
O
make happy
PY
amuse
When my grandparents are sad, we tell jokes, sing, dance or do
something to amuse them.
What does amuse mean?
pleased
Yesterday, Lito was sad because his pet was sick. Now that his pet
is well, he is pleased.
What does pleased mean?
excited
happy
lonely
EP
E
banduria
My sister plays the banduria.
(Use a picture or a real banduria)
2. Motivation
What good things does your dog do for you?
3. Motive Questions
Refer to LM, Read and Learn
What good things did the pet dog do for the old man?
Listen to this story and find out why Fetch is a good pet for the old man.
Comprehension Check:
1. Who are the characters in the story?
2. Where did the old man live?
3. Who was with him?
4. What gifts did Fetch bring the old man?
5. Which do you think made the old man very happy? Why?
6. Do stories like this happen in real life? Are there parts of the story that
are impossible to happen? What are they?
220
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. Teaching / Modeling
An event that actually happens in life is reality.
An event that is impossible to happen is fantasy. It is not real.
It is just a product of the imagination.
PY
B. Introduction
Read the event in this story. Put a check / on the ____ before each sentence
that can happen in real life and X if it cant happen.
_____1. The old man live with his dog Fetch.
_____2. Fetch got a banduria from a man in the village.
_____3. Fetch told the village people one thing that would amuse the old man.
_____4. The village people build their houses around the old mans home.
_____5. The old man was very happy when people lived near his house.
C
O
5. Guided Practice
Write R if the sentence tells what can happen in real life; F if the sentence
tells what cant happen in real life.
______1. Many passengers are waiting for a bus.
______2. A fairy came and let them enter a big room.
______3. Many poor people are being helped by the government.
______4. Many students study hard in order to get good grades.
______5. The ghost let the pupil enter the haunted house.
EP
E
Day 5
I.
Objective
Use a thesaurus to find synonyms and antonyms of words
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Words like: round and circle, small and tiny, big and huge, and fragrant
and sweet have the same meaning. These are called synonyms.
Now, try replacing the underlined words with the following.
C
O
1. big
2. small
3. foul
EP
E
222
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
I.
EP
E
A. Expressive
Realize the importance of obeying parents and elders
Show appreciation of the remarkable landmarks in the country
B. Instructional
Oral Language
Talk about famous places
Fluency
Read aloud grade level text accurately and with expression
Composing
Write sentences that show comparison of adjectives
Grammar
Identify the words that show the degrees of comparison of adjectives
Vocabulary and Concept Development
Identify multiple meanings of words
223
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Listening Comprehension
Note details in a story heard
Reading Comprehension
Note significant details in a selection read
Attitude towards literacy, literature and language
Show interest in reading a travelogue
Study Skill
Interpret a map
C
O
PY
EP
E
B. Materials
Pictures of tourist spots chart
mystery box containing objects
maps
C. References
Scott Lee Chuas Top 10 Pinoy Travels Manila to Cebu
Online resources
III. Procedure
Day 1
Objective
Note details from a story heard.
I.
A. Pre-Listening
Refer to LM, Think and Tell
Show the meaning of words through
1. pictures
2. action
hovered
flapped
gasping, panting
hugged
224
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3. context clues
A speck of light is not enough to brighten our way.
(bright ray tinyray big piece)
It was dusk and I was afraid to go out alone in the dark.
(early evening noon time
morning)
The birthday girl is so curious that she is in a hurry to open her gifts.
(disappointed sad
interested)
4. Motivation
Are you an obedient child? Why do you need to obey your parents?
C
O
B. Listening Text
Refer to LM - Read and Learn
PY
5. Motive Question
In the story The Moth and the Flame did Moymoy obey his mothers
advice?
C. Post Listening
Refer to LM -Talk About It
EP
E
Day 2
I. Objectives
Note significant details
Show interest in reading a travelogue
Talk about famous places
1. Unlocking of Difficulties Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn and Do and Learn
Choose the meaning of the underlined words from the given choices. Be guided
by the pictures and context clues.
2. Motivation
Display pictures of tourist spots. Have the pupils do a picture walk.
Ask: Which of these places have you been to?
3. Motive Question
What tourist spots in Luzon, Visayas and Mindanao are mentioned in the
article?
Visayas
Mindanao
C
O
PY
Group 2
Show the location of the landmarks using the Philippine map.
Group 3
Role play a scene showing your familys journey to one of the
mentioned places.
Group 4
Through a poster, show a scenic or historical place you have been
to. Present to the class your experience in this place through your
drawing.
2. Discussion
EP
E
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Read aloud grade level text accurately
Read words with the consonant blends pl and fl
Use adjectives showing the different degrees of comparison
226
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. Introduction / Presentation
Say: We are going to read words with consonant blends /pl/ and /fl/.
Read the following words with emphasis on the initial blends
pl
plant
plate
plug
plot
place
fl
flag
flow
flute
flower
flip
red flag
smooth flow
long flute
PY
C
O
EP
E
Set A:
Set B:
Set C:
smallest
longest
biggest
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
flip
flute
flows
flag
plants
plate
play
places
plot
PY
Objective
Identify multiple meanings of words
C
O
1. Introduction
Words may have multiple meanings. The meaning attached to the word
will depend on how this word is used in meaningful context.
2. Teaching / Modeling
Say: Let us examine the sentences:
EP
E
1. The Heritage Village in Vigan, Ilocos Sur mirrors great history and
culture.
The word mirrors as used in the sentence means reflects or something
that shows.
2. There are mirrors around the palace.
The word mirrors in this sentence means a device.
Furthermore, the first sentence shows the word mirrors as a verb while
the second sentence shows the word as a noun.
1. People from around the country flock to the Shrine of the Lady of
Manaoag in Pangasinan.
A flock of birds is seen flying in that direction.
The word flock in the first sentence is used as a verb that means to
come to. On the other hand, flock in the second sentence means a
group. It is used as a noun.
2. Right in the Philippines, there are a number of exciting places that truly
serve as important landmarks to all Filipinos and foreign tourists alike.
It is your right to have the case investigated.
228
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Facing north, you can find the church on the right side of Galvan St.
The first means exact location; the second means privilege; while the
third means the opposite of left.
3. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
What is the meaning of the underlined word?
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
What does the highlighted word mean as used in the sentence? Choose
and underline your answer in the parenthesis.
I.
PY
Day 5
Objectives for the Week
Interpret a map
C
O
1. Introduction
Show a map to the pupils.
Ask: What is this? What is it used for?
EP
E
Example:
2. Teaching / Modeling
Say: Tell us how you get to school from your house. Name things that you
see as you go to school.
Create a simple map to show the route.
229
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Teaching Chart
A map is simply a drawing or picture. Using a map can
help you find the place you want to go to. There are
landmarks and features that will help you get to the place
quickly.
PY
3. Guided Practice
Activity 1:
Take the children out of the classroom. Tour them around the
campus. As you walk, verbalize the directions.
Example:
You are going to the canteen. From this point (classroom), walk a few
steps straight ahead until you reach the flag pole. Then, turn right to
the main building. You are going to pass by two classrooms. The next
room is the library. It is bigger than the other rooms in the school. It is
full of books.
EP
E
Example:
1. Ilocos Norte
2. Ilocos Sur
3. La Union
4. Pangasinan
5. Manila
C
O
Activity 2:
Post a Philippine map on the wall.
Ask volunteers to point to the three main regions: Luzon, Visayas, and
Mindanao.
Then, ask where a certain place is located in the map. Call a group of at
least four pupils for every place.
6. Tagaytay
7. Baguio City
8. Palawan
9. Cebu
10. Davao
4. Independent Practice
Look closely at the map.
Do the following:
1. Color the leaves of the trees green.
2. Color all roads brown.
3. Put an X at the starting point, your house.
230
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
I.
PY
C
O
A. Expressive
Realize how self-confidence and talent can work wonders in the fulfillment
of ones dreams
B. Instructional
Oral Language
Talk about famous people
Fluency
Read aloud grade level text accurately
EP
E
Composing
Write about a significant event using sequence signals
Grammar
Use appropriate word signals to show sequence of events
A. Topics
Biography: Who is Randy Halasan?
Time Connectors
Word Meanings From Restatements
Paragraph Showing Time Order
Use of Card Catalog
Value Focus: Pride of ones talent
B. References
Online resources
PY
C. Materials
pictures
real objects
chart
C
O
III. Procedure
Day 1
I.
Objectives
EP
E
Say: What do you think of when you see or hear the word famous?
Complete the semantic map in your notebook.
B. Pre Listening
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
Give the meaning of the underlined word through context clues.
1. Vic Sotto and Vice Ganda tell humorous stories. They always make
the audience laugh.
a. funny
b. wise
c. lazy
2. Her career as a talk show host is bringing her a lot of money.
a. car
b. job
c. life
3. Mindas talent is singing. She loves to sing and she can do it very well.
a. ability
b. work
c. habit
4. She is very popular. Almost everybody knows her.
a. poor
b. well-known
c. talented
232
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
5. My classmate Nida topped the test again. Everyone admires her wit.
a. health b. intelligence
c. laziness
2. Motivation
Have you watched The Voice Kids on TV? What talents do these kids
showcase?
PY
3. Motive Questions
We shall read the biography of Randy Halasan
What admirable traits does Randy have?
Refer to LM - Read and Learn
C
O
4. Post Listening
Refer to LM - Talk About It
Ask: Where does Randy Halasan teach?
How does he travel to school? What does this show of him?
Why did he choose to stay in that very far school for years?
When was he given the Ramon Magsaysay award?
What did he do that made him deserve the award?
Describe his sacrfices mentioned in his biography.
What do you admire most about Randy Halasan?
Try to examine yourself. What qualities do you possess that will
make you popular, too? Explain.
EP
E
Day 2
I. Objective
Identify sequence of events
Group 1:
Make a character web to show important details about Randy Halasan.
Randy
Halasan
233
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Group 2:
(Give the group an illustration of a timeline.)
Highlight the important events in the life of Randy Halasan. Come up with a timeline
that looks like the given model. Use drawings to show every event mentioned in
the timeline.
PY
Group 3:
C
O
Role play a round table interview. One member of the group will play the
role of Randy Halasan. The others will serve as interviewers. Ask questions
about Randy Halasan.
Group 4:
EP
E
___________________________________________
Activity:
In your journal, complete these sentences:
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Read words with the consonant blend dr
Use appropriate word signals to show sequence of events
Write about an event using sequence signals
Phonics Drill on dr
Read the following words:
drag
dream
drift
drop
drug
234
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
1. Introduction / Presentation
Say: Many significant events happened in the life of Randy Halasan.
Let us try to recall them.
Make a list of all responses the pupils will give.
C
O
Examples:
Randy Halasan grew up in a poor family.
He studied very hard.
He was able to graduate from college.
He became a substitute teacher.
He became a Head Teacher.
He was granted the Ramon Magsaysay Award.
2. Teaching / Modeling
Have the pupils read the sentences.
EP
E
Ask:
Which of these events in Randys life happened first? second? third? etc.
What was his life like as a small child?
At first, Randy lived with his poor family. She could not even afford to have a
birthday party.
235
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Ask: What words are used to show the order of events in the life of Randy?
(first, then, next, after)
Say: These are called signal words. They signal time order.
Teaching Chart
The sequence of events in a story is the order in which things happen.Signal
words like first, next, then, after, before, and finally are used to show the order
of events.
PY
C
O
Objective
Use a timeline to show the order of events.
I.
EP
E
1. Introduction
One effective way of organizing events in the order of their occurrence is
through the use of timelines.
2. Teaching / Modeling
Below is an example of a timeline. It is about the significant events in the
life of Randy Halasan as enumerated in the LM. Try to complete the details.
2006
2003
2007
2006
2014
He became
the Head
Teacher
He became
a substitute
236
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Teaching Chart
A timeline is a visual technique. It is an effective way to show a
continuum of events.
This study skill:
helps you organize dates, numbers, and other information,
helps you visually remember when events occurred, and
gives you a framework to add more pieces of information as
they happen.
PY
3. Guided Practice
C
O
EP
E
4. Independent Practice
Make a timeline using the given pictures. Write something about the time line.
Refer to LM, Write About It
Day 5
I.
Objective
Give the meaning of unfamiliar words through restatements
Say: Tell the class about the things you did at home before coming to school today.
1. Introduction
Learning how to use context clues will greatly increase your reading
ability. Using context clues well can also increase your vocabulary. First,
you need to fully understand how the clues work.
237
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
The easiest context clue to recognize and use is a definition or restatement clue. If the writer thinks the reader wont know a word he is using, he
may provide a definition.
2. Teaching / Modeling
Try to get the meaning of the underlined words.
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
The word or provides the clue for the given definition or restatement.
Here are other examples, taken from the biography of Randy Halasan:
C
O
PY
Teaching Chart
The meaning you get from a context clue is usually enough
to help you understand the sentence. Learning how to use
context clues well is a valuable skill to have.
EP
E
3. Guided Practice
Group the class into three. Give each group a set of sentences to work on.
Each group will find out the meaning of the underlined words through
definition or restatement. Each group will present its output.
4. Independent Practice
Circle the meaning of each underlined word.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Assignment:
Bring cartolina and some pictures:
1.
2.
3.
4.
238
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Expressive Objective
Show appreciation and pride for the family customs and traditions
PY
Reading Comprehension
Identify cause and effect relationship
Fluency
Read grade level texts with accuracy, appropriate speed, and expression
C
O
Study Strategy
Locate meaning of words in the dictionaries
Grammar
Identify and use the correct order of adjectives
Writing Composing
Write / Compose clear and coherent sentences using the correct order
of adjectives
EP
E
A. Topics
Selection:
Our Family Customs and Traditions by Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
Eduardos Dream (Adapted from Soaring High with Reading 4 Abiva,
Josephine M. Calamlam, et.al)
Using expressions appropriate to the grade level
Identifying different meanings of content specific words
Cause and effect relationship
Locating meaning of words from the dictionary
Correct order of adjectives
Value Focus: Close family ties, taking pride of our family traditions /
customs / family heritage
B.
Materials
Word Cards poster
charts
pictures dictionary
native delicacies like puto or suman
239
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C. Reference
English for You And MeLanguage Textbook Grade Four Benita N. Miranda
Spectacles 4- Melinda D.C. Jadrin, et.al.
Fun in English 4 Language/ Reading- Justine Balajadia, et.al
IV. Learning Activities
PY
Day 1
I. Objectives
Use expressions appropriate to grade level
Identify different meanings of content words
A. Oral Language
Sharing story / news about family.
Show pictures of family activities like going to church together, having
picnics, family reunions.
Say: What do you do together with your family?
C
O
B. Pre-Listening Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
(excited, native delicacies, family reunion,streamer)
Say: The Grade IV class of Mrs.Delizo will have a field trip to Baluarte
on Saturday. The pupils are all happy and excited.
Excited means _________.
a. very noisy
b. very eager
c.very worried
EP
E
a. gather together
b. spend their vacation
c. leave to work somewhere else.
Have the pupils do activity in LM - Think and Tell
2. Motivation Question
Say: Today,we are going to read the story, Our Family Customs and
Traditions
Let us find out the different customs and traditions the Ortega family
observes.
3. Motive Question
Say: What did the family do to prepare for the coming of visitors?
240
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C. During Listening
Refer to LM, Read and Learn
Refer to LM, Talk About It
Day 2
I.
Objective
Use indirect speech to clarify the speakers ideas
A. Post listening Activities
1. Preliminary Activities
PY
C
O
Divide the class into four groups. Let the groups do the following
activities. (Prepare activity cards for the activities.)
Group 1:
Make a streamer to welcome the Johnson family.
EP
E
Group 2:
Dramatize the scene The arrival of the Balikbayans
Group 3:
Write a Thank You letter for the pasalubong given to you.
Group 4:
Draw the happy faces of the Ortega and Johnson families and
compose a song or yell about families.
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C
O
PY
1. What did the relatives of the Ortega and Johnson families celebrate?
2. Why were they happy?
3. What did Andrew and Kenneth say about Filipino families?
4. Do you think Andrew and Kenneth enjoyed their stay in the Philippines? Why? How did they feel?
5. Why did Andrew and Kenneth say that Its more fun to stay in
the Philippines?
6. If you were Andrew and Kenneth, would you like to stay in the
Philippines? Why?
7. Pretend you are Andrew and Kenneth. Draw the happy faces of
the Ortega and Johnson families. Compose a yell or song about
the families.
Day 3
EP
E
A. Oral Language
Let the pupils recite the poem (whole class, groups, individual)
MY FAMILY
This is mother, kind and dear,
This is father standing near,
This is brother, see how tall,
This is sister not so tall,
This is baby, sweet and small.
What can you say about mother? How about brother? sister? baby?
How do you show your love for your family?
PY
1. Presentation / Introduction
Say: Can you still remember the story Our Family Customs and Traditions?
What were the presents the Ortega family received from the
Johnson family?
(Write their answers on the board.)
Possible answers:
A beautiful doll was given to Ana.
Mark had ten small,green toy cars.
Father got three new,blue polo shirts.
Mother received two red, leather bags.
C
O
2. Teaching / Modeling
Say: Lets read the sentences taken from the the story. (Refer to the
above sentences)
Ask: What kind of doll was given to Ana? a beautiful doll
Describe the toy cars Mark received? ten ,small,green ,toy cars
Describe the poloshirts father got? three,new, blue polo shirts
What kind of bag did mother receive? two, red, leather bags
EP
E
Teaching Chart
Adjectives tell about the number, kind, and color of a person,
animal, or thing. When several adjectives are used in one
sentence, the order of adjectives is as follows: number, kind or
quality, and color.
3. Guided Practice
Activity 1 Show and Tell
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn A
Say: Get anything from your bag or in the room and describe the object.
Use several adjectives. Describe its number or quantity, kind or quality,
or color.
Example: pencil
How many pencils do you have? two
What kind of pencils are they? sharp
What colors are your pencils? Yellow
I have two, sharp, yellow pencils.
243
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Activity 2
Pick out a picture from the box. Say how many objects are there, kind
or quality and color of the picture.
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn
Arrange Us Please!
Arrange the adjectives in the correct order.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Underline the adjectives used in each sentence.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
PY
4. Independent Practice
C
O
Activity 1
Arrange the adjectives inside the parentheses in correct order.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Activity 2
Choose at least five nouns from the list. Describe each of the following
using the correct order of adjectives. Write a sentence about it.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
5. Writing Activity
Day 4
Objectives
Identify the cause and effect relationship
Read grade level texts with appropriate speed and expression
A. Oral Language
Say: Do you have a dream for your family? Explain what it is.
I have a dream for my family. I want my family to _________.
1. Presentation / Introduction
a) Reading of phrases.
Present the following phrases in word cards.
Say: These are phrases taken from the story. Lets read them.
a jar of basi
kept thinking of the future
a large sum of money
has many sons and daughters
very popular and rich
broke into hundred pieces
laughed with him
I.
EP
E
244
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
b) Vocabulary Development
Say: Here are some words we will be meeting in the story.
(future, gain,popular, motion)
1) future Ana wants to become a teacher in the future.
Future means ___________.
a.yesterday b. today
c.in the to days to come
C
O
PY
EP
E
PY
1. When Eduardo threw back his head, the jar of basi fell .
Ask: Why did the jar of basi fall ?
What happened to the jar of basi?
Cause
Effect
(Why did it happen?)
(What happened?)
C
O
3. Eduardo was able to buy a pig because the mayor gave him
money.
What is the cause?
What is the effect?
Teaching Chart
EP
E
2. Guided Practice
Activity 1
Look at each pair pictures. Say something about them. Identify the
cause and the effect.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
Activity 2
Tell whether the underlined group of words is a cause or an effect. Put
a check mark in the correct box.
246
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. Andrew got perfect score in the test because he studied his lessons
very well.
Cause
Effect
2. Mother prepared much food because there was a visitor.
Cause
Effect
3. The children must eat nutritious foods everyday so that they will
become strong and healthy.
Effect
PY
Cause
4. Father came home very tired because he worked the whole day in
the farm.
Cause
Effect
C
O
5. Rita got up very early in order to catch the first trip of the train to
Bicol.
Cause
Effect
3. Independent Practice
EP
E
Activity 1
Match the given effects to their causes.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Activity 2
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
A. Arrange the adjectives inside the parentheses in correct order.
1. Mother gave Ana (beautiful yellow a) dress on her birthday.
2. I ate ( sweet red ten) strawberries last night.
3. There are (brown seven big) cows on the farm.
4. Father bought (sweet green a dozen) apples for the children.
5. Andrew has (fat white six) rats as his pet.
Complete the following sentences by writing the cause for the given effect.
Choose from the list of sentences in the box.
the fog is very thick
they received a gift from their teacher
she is kind and helpful to everyone
the children clean it everyday
the super typhoon hit the place
247
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PY
Activity 3
Refer to LM - Learn Some More
Combine each pair of sentences into one showing cause-effect
relationship. Use the words so that, in order to, or because
Example: We must eat nutritious food everyday.
We will be healthy.
Answer: We must eat nutritious food everyday in order to be healthy.
C
O
EP
E
Day 5
Objective
I.
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
cloud (klowd) n. masses of water particles that form over the earth;
anything that darkens or threatens
condensation (konden s shon) n. the changed form of a gas to liquid
core (kr) n. 1.the layer of the earth under the mantle. 2. The center of
the innermost part of a thing 3.the fibrous or membrenous central part of
a fruit, containing the seed.
EP
E
Questions:
1. What is the first entry word on this page?
2. How many definitions are there in the word cloud?
3. What is the definition of condensation?
4. What word means the center or innermost part of a thing?
5. What is the last entry word on this page?
Teaching Chart
3. Independent Practice
Study the sample page of a dictionary and answer the questions.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
249
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Activity 1
Write the meaning of the italicized word in each sentence. Use the dictionary.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Week 5
Expressive Objectives
Realize the health benefits that one can get from eating vegetables
Show appreciation of native cuisine in the different regions
PY
I.
Activity 2
Say: Read the poem Dictionary. List at least three words from the poem
that you think are difficult. Opposite the words, write their meanings
and use them in sentences.
C
O
Writing / Composing
Write / Compose clear and coherent sentences using adverbs of place
EP
E
Attitude
Browse and read books for various purposes such as for learning or for
pleasure
III. Subject Matter
Objectives
Use expressions appropriate to the grade level
Show appreciation of native cuisine in the different regions
250
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
A. Oral Language
Have pupils talk about their favorite viand.
My favorite viand is__________ because it is ________.
B. Pre-Listening Activities
c.water
C
O
PY
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
Pinakbet, an Ilocano dish, is stewed vegetables. The usual vegetables
included in the dish are eggplant, bitter melon, okra and tomatoes. The
dish is seasoned with bagoong isda or fermented fish paste.
EP
E
Ingredients mean_________________.
a. component of a mixture
b. materials
c. directions
2. Motivation Question
Say: What dish can you cook? How do you cook it?
3. Motive Question
Say: Today,we are going to read about a vegetable recipe from the
Northern Philippines particularly in Ilocos Region. Find out: How
is pinakbet cooked or prepared?
C. During Listening
Present the recipe for cooking pinakbet written on a chart.
Do the first reading of the recipe for modeling, followed by the pupils.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn
251
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Day 2
Objective
Give ones reaction to an event
C
O
Learning Activities:
A. Postreading Activities
1. Recall the recipe in cooking pinakbet. Say: What are the ingredients in
cooking pinakbet? How do you cook it?
B. Engagement Activities
Group 1
Draw the ingredients needed and the utensils used in cooking pinakbet.
EP
E
Group 2
List the steps or procedures in cooking pinakbet.
Group 3
Make an advertisement of the dish pinakbet.
Group 4
Create a song / poem / jingle about pinakbet.
Group 5
Write a Thank You letter to your mother who cooks the dish pinakbet
for you.
C
O
PY
Objective
Identify various text-types according to structure (procedural, informational,
narrative)
1. Presentation / Introduction
Say: Let us take a look at the recipe of pinakbet written on a chart.
Have the pupils read.
I.
EP
E
2. Teaching / Modeling
Say: Let us study the recipe presented on the chart.
What is the purpose for writing the text?
What does the text show?
How are we going to prepare a recipe?
What do you notice about the format of the text?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Teaching Chart
There are different types of texts:
Texts that tell information about a topic are called informational
texts.
Examples are news articles, travelogues, feature article, content area
materials like Mathematics, Science, etc.
Some texts tell the procedure, directions or steps on how to do a
process. These are called procedural texts.
Examples: recipe, steps in solving word problems, dance steps, etc.
Texts that show a list are called texts that enumerate.
253
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3. Guided Practice
Show different types of texts written on a chart.
Say: Let us read and analyze the following texts.
Identify the kind of text shown.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
What type of text is this selection? Text that enumerates
4. Independent Practice
PY
Activity 1
Read each selection and identify the text-type shown.
C
O
EP
E
Birds build their own nests. They use their bills to build
them. They use grass. They use roots, too. They use
soft things in their nest.
38 Session Road,
Baguio City
October 25, 2015
254
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Day 4
I.
Objectives
Identify and use adverbs of place
Write / Compose clear and coherent sentences using adverbs of place
Learning Activities
PY
1. Introduction / Presentation
Refer to LM - Read and Learn
Let the pupils read the dialog. The teacher will ask questions about the
dialogue.
A Day in the Market
C
O
One Saturday morning, Mother and Jenny went to buy the things they
need at the market.
EP
E
2. Teaching / Modeling
Say: Let us read the sentences written on the board.
Mother and Jenny buy the things they need at the market.
There are vendors everywhere.
They sell their products around the town.
Put the fish and vegetables in the basket.
Say: What do the underlined words tell? (They tell where an action is done)
What question do these words answer? (Where)
255
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Teaching Chart
Adverbs of Place
A word that tells where an action is done is an adverb of
place.
Here are other examples of adverbs of place:
there
behind
inside
away
forward
here
upward
everywhere
around
PY
3. Guided Practice
Activity 1
Where do things happen?
Say: Answer the following questions. (Process pupils answers.)
EP
E
C
O
Example:
Where does Mother cook our food?
- in the kitchen
What does -in the kitchen tell?
- It tells where the action is done.
What kind of adverb is it?
- Adverb of Place
Refer to LM - Try and Learn
1. Where do we buy our snacks?
2. Where do we borrow books?
3. Where do we play?
4. Where do we go to when we are not feeling well?
5. Where can we see our principal?
Activity 2
Tell Me Where
Identify the adverbs of place in each sentence. Underline them.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn A
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Do and Learn B
Activity 1
Complete the sentences by writing the appropriate adverbs of place.
Choose your answer from the words below.
in the library
outdoors
at the park
everywhere
on the seashore
Think-Pair-Share
Refer to LM - Learn Some More A
Get a partner. Ask and answer questions about where they will be going
this coming weekend.
Refer to LM - Learn Some More B
Write five sentences using adverbs of place.
Choose the adverbs of place from the list below.
here
behind
everywhere
there
in the church
around
PY
in the office
outside
on the farm
C
O
I am inside, outside,
everywhere.
You cant see me, I know
But I refresh you
Everytime I blow.
EP
E
5. Writing / Composing
Refer to LM - Learn Some More D
Say: Look at the pictures and write sentences about them using adverbs
of place.
1.
2.
257
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3.
I.
Objective
Locate information from glossary
A. Oral Language
Say: Lets recite the poem Dictionary.
Dictionary
C
O
PY
Day 5
EP
E
Questions:
1. Presentation / Introduction
Say: Look through the last pages of your book. Do you see pages with
words and their meanings? This section is called a glossary.
The entry words in a glossary are arranged in alphabetical order.
Some glossaries include the pronunciation of the words.
Study the sample page of a glossary written on a chart.
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn
258
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Glossary
abdomen /abdomen/ n.
stomach
boundary /boundary/ n. limit
captive /captive/ n. a prisoner
depart /depart/ v. go away
elegant / elegant/ adj.
graceful; refined
handsome /handsome/ adj.
good-looking
C
O
PY
2. Teaching/Modeling
Say: What is the first word listed?
What does elegant mean?
What word means a captive ?
How many syllables are there in the word captive ?
What word comes after depart ?
How are the words arranged in the glossary?
What information does the glossary give?
What is a glossary?
Teaching Chart
EP
E
3. Guided Practice
Activity 1
Say: Study the sample glossary. Answer the questions that follow.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Questions:
1. What is the first word in the list? ________
__________
a. attendant
b. brigade
c. exile
c. expel
259
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
d. limb
d. 4
Activity 2
Say: Study the sample glossary. Answer the questions that follow.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn A
c. to bite or chew
d. Aim
C
O
PY
Questions:
1. Which word means to bite or chew on with the teeth?
a. fancy
b. fragment
c. frantic
d. gnaw
d. goal
EP
E
4. Independent Practice
Say: Study this page of a glossary. Answer the questions that follow.
Glossary
T
tactic \taktik\ adj. a plan, procedure or system for promoting a desired end
tragic \trjk\ adj. saddeningly or regretably serious or unpleasant; sad;
grievous
trample \trmpl\ , v. to tread heavily so as to bruise, crush or injure
V
vigilance \vjln(t)s\ n. watchfulness;awareness; attentiveness
W
worry \wur.|\ n. mental distress or agitation resulting from concern usually
for something impending or anticipating
260
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Questions:
What word means awareness ? ____________________
What part of speech is trample? ____________________
What is the meaning of worry ? _____________________
Is tactic a plan? ___________________________________
What is the meaning of worry? _______________________
Enrichment Activity
Refer to LM - Do and Learn and Learn Some More B
C
O
PY
I.
Oral Language
Use expressions appropriate to the grade level
Listening Comprehension
Give ones reaction to an event or issue
Vocabulary Development
Identify different meanings of content specific words
EP
E
Reading Comprehension
Make comparison and contrast
Fluency
Read grade level texts with appropriate speed
Study Strategy
Locate information from Indices
Grammar
Use appropriate adverbs of time
Writing / Composition
Write / Compose clear and coherent sentences using adverbs of time
Viewing
Identify the visual elements used in a print / non-print material
Attitude
Browse and read books for various purposes such as for learning or
for pleasure
261
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
2. Materials
Word Cards
Pictures of Vigan City
Charts
C
O
Objectives
Use expressions appropriate to the grade level like ________.
Take pride in preserving and promoting Vigan City as one of the Worlds New
Seven Wonder Cities
I.
EP
E
A. Oral Language
Present a picture of a nipa hut and talk about it.
Say: What can you see in the picture?
What can you say about the nipa hut?
Would you like to live in a nipa hut? Why? Why not?
B. Pre-Listening Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
Vigan City is one of the few Hispanic towns in the country. Its
structures have been wonderfully preserved as a cultural heritage.
It is famous not only for its unique colonial architecture lined by
cobblestone streets but also its distinct cuisine.
Hispanic means derived from _____________.
a. America
b. China
c. Spain
Governance means ____________________ of the government.
a. action and function
b. officials
c. people
Cultural Heritage refers to the_________________of a given people
in a given period.
a. houses and land
b. skills and arts c. animals and places
262
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
3. Motive question
C
O
EP
E
263
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
(Have the pupils predict: Why do you think Vigan City was able
to preserve its colonial heritage?)
It has been wonderfully preserved as one of the few Hispanic towns
in the country, with structures intact due to best practices in management,
governance, stakeholder involvement, and awareness on cultural
heritage, Paje added.
EP
E
Day 2
Listening Comprehension
I. Objective
Give ones reaction to an event or issue
A. Post Listening Activities
264
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Group3
Write a thank you letter to the people of Vigan for preserving
and promoting this city.
Group4
Draw colonial houses and the cobblestone streets found in Vigan.
Write a sentence or two of how you will preserve these houses.
C
O
EP
E
Day 3
Grammar / Writing / Composing
I. Objectives
Identify and use adverbs of time
Write / Compose clear and coherent sentences using adverbs of time
265
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
A. Oral Language
Let the pupils recite the poem (whole class, group, individual).
Tell Me When
by Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
PY
C
O
1. Presentation / Introduction
Let the pupils read the selection. Refer to LM - Read and Learn
EP
E
Last Wednesday, the Flores family from Baguio City decided to visit
Vigan City. They started very early in the morning. They had a stopover
at Candon City to have their snacks at 8 oclock am. They continued
their trip and reached Vigan City at 10 oclock am .They had a great time
walking on the cobblestone streets of Calle Crisologo. Andrew and Gina
rode in a kalesa .They were amazed to see the different colonial houses.
In the afternoon, they went to Baluarte and saw different animals. In the
evening, they all went to watch the Dancing Fountain at the plaza. They
decided to visit The Hidden Garden the following day. That night, they
had a peaceful sleep at Villa Angela.
Discussion questions:
Refer to LM - Talk About It
1. Who decided to have a trip to Vigan City?
2. When did they go?
3. When did they watch the Dancing Fountain?
4. Do you think the Flores family enjoyed their trip to Vigan City?
Why did you say so?
2. Teaching / Modeling
Present some sentences taken from the selection.
Say: Let us read the sentences.
1. Last Wednesday, the Flores family had a trip to Vigan City.
When did the family have a trip to Vigan City? - last Wednesday
2. They decided to visit The Hidden Garden the following day.
When will they visit The Hidden Garden? - the following day
266
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Say: What do the expressions last Wednesday and the following day tell ?
What question do they answer? (They answer the question when)
Words that tell about time are called adverbs of time.
Teaching Chart
Adverbs of time - tell when an action is done.
Example:
yesterday
last Monday
today
in July
PY
3. Guided Practice
tomorrow
tonight
in the morning
C
O
4. Independent Practice
EP
E
Activity1
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
Complete each sentence by adding the appropriate adverb of time.
Choose your answer from the group of words in the box.
on Sunday
at 8:00 AM
at night
once a month
early in the morning
267
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Day 4
Reading Comprehension
Objectives
Make a comparison and contrast.
A. Pre-Reading Activites
1. Unlocking of Difficulties:
Choose the meaning of underlined words in the sentence.
C
O
PY
3. Motive Question
Say: What do you think will the story be about this two animals?
Who can make a guess?
EP
E
4. Post Reading
Refer to LM, Talk About It
5. Teaching / Modeling
The underlined words both, also, and too are clues that tell a
comparison is being made. It also shows that the cow and the
carabao are alike or similar in some ways.
Words like however, but, while signal that a contrast is being made. They also
show how a cow and a carabao is different.
Let us compare and contrast the two animals. Use the Venn diagram shown
in the LM, Find Out and Learn.
Show a Venn diagram. Say:This is a Venn diagram. We use this graphic
organizer to compare persons,places things,animals, stories, and ideas. The
center portion where the two circles overlap is for attributes that both things
being compared have in common.
268
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Teaching Chart
When you compare things, you tell how they are alike.
When you contrast things you tell how they are different.
Words such as also, too, both, and similarly show that a
comparison is being made.
Words such as but, yet, still, although signal that contrast
is being made.
Cow
C
O
PY
Carabao
EP
E
Sun:
Moon:
Sun:
Earth:
Sun:
Moon:
Sun:
Moon:
Earth:
269
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C
O
PY
EP
E
During their time, Rizal and Bonifacio did good things for the
Filipinos. They did good things for our country. They are heroes. Our
heroes were little children like you, once upon a time.
When Andres was a little boy, his parents died. So he took care of
his younger brother and sisters.
Andres worked very hard to earn a living. He made paper fans
and carved toys from wood. He sold them along the streets. He also
ran errands for others.
As a little boy, Jose Rizal used his time wisely. He read a lot of
books. He drew and painted pictures. He molded figures out of clay.
He carved things from wood. He also wrote poems, stories, and
playlets.
270
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Activity 2
Refer to LM - Learn Some More (The City and the Barrio).
Say: Read the story then compare and contrast the city and the barrio
The City and the Barrio
EP
E
C
O
PY
Day 5
I.
Objective
A. Oral Language
Present the poem: My Index Finger writtten on a chart.
Say: Answer the quetions after reciting the poem.
What finger do you use to point? Is the index finger useful? Why?
My Index Finger
by Mary Jane T. Ganggangan
271
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. Presentation / Introduction
Show a book. Have a review on the parts like the Front and Back cover,
Title Page, Copyright Page, Preface, Table of Contents, Pages and the
Glossary.
Show the Index of a book and say: This is the index of a book. It is
usually found on the last pages of a book. Just like an index finger, it
points to a particular topic.
Show a sample page of an index written on manila paper.
INDEX
C
O
Acronyms, 286
Blended words, 240
Compound words, 6, 103, 277
Denotation,137
Fantasy, 258
Glossary, 244
Parts of a book, 10
Prefixes, 230, 251
Synonyms, 18, 37
PY
2. Teaching / Modelling
Say: Let us study the sample Index below.
EP
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching Chart
The index is a listing of topics in a book, arranged
alphabetically. It has more detailed information than the
table of contents .
It also gives the pages where you can find these topics.
An index is located at the back of the book.
3. Guided Practice
Refer to LM - Try and Learn
Show a part of an index page written on a chart.
Say: Study the given index. Then answer the questions that follow.
272
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
INDEX
PY
EP
E
C
O
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
Say: Study the given part of an index page then answer each of the
questions that follow
273
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
INDEX
Intonation
correct intonation, 130-131
falling, 3-5
rising, 3-5
shift, 3,12, 70, 80
Nouns
count nouns, 47
mass nouns, 46- 48
singular and plural, 40-44
C
O
PY
Poems
The Boy Who Never Told a Lie, 123
What We Do, 66
December, 132-133
This Happy Day, 14-15
Sentences
commands, 83-84
declarative , 74-78
exclamatory, 85-88
interrogative, 79-82
requests, 89-90
EP
E
Questions:
1. How many main topics are there?
_________________________________________________
2. Which main topic has the most number of subtopics?
_________________________________________________
3. Which has the least number of subtopics?
_________________________________________________
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objective
Show respect for the different beliefs of Muslim people
B. Instructional Objectives for the week
Oral Language
Tell / Retell familiar stories and short conversations by using appropriate
gestures and expressions in complete sentences
PY
Listening Comprehension
Give ones reaction to an event or issue
C
O
Vocabulary Development
Identify different meanings of specific content words (Science)
- Denotation
- Connotation
Reading Comprehension
Make generalizations
Fluency
Read grade-four level texts using intonation, expression, and punctuation
marks
EP
E
Study Strategy
Locate information from indices
Grammar
Use appropriate adverbs of manner
- adverbs of manner
Writing / Composing
Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures:
- adverbs of manner
Viewing
Describe various types of viewing materials
Attitude
Browse and read books for various purposes such as for learning or
for pleasure
PY
EP
E
Materials
Sentence strips
syllable cards
semantic web
picture cards
book
C
O
References
A Muslim Holiday English for You and Me Grade 4 by Benita N. Miranda
One Happy Holiday, 100 Selected Poems for Young and Adults by Cristina
S. Canonigo
The Farmers Festival, Adapted from English for You and Me Grade 4 by
Benita N. Miranda
The Index and the Index, Spectacles by Melinda D.C. Jadrin
Objectives
Tell/Retell familiar stories and short conversations by using appropriate
gestures and expressions in complete sentences.
Give ones reaction to an event or issue.
I.
Learning Activities:
A. Oral Language
Refer to LM - Think and Tell
Say: What holidays do we celebrate in our country? What activities do you
do on a holiday? Share your experiences.
B. Pre-Listening
Unlocking/Vocabulary & Concept Development
276
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
EP
E
Motivation Question
Say: What holidays are celebrated in our country?
When is each holiday celebrated?
How is it celebrated?
Motive Question
Say: I will read a story about a Muslim holiday. Find out: What kind of
holiday do the Muslims celebrate? How do they celebrate it?
(Note: Instead of the Motivation Question-Motive Question tandem, you
can use semantic mapping as an alternative strategy. Have children
think of words that come to their mind when they hear the words Muslim
Holiday. Write their answers as strands around the word, as shown in
the figure. Say: In the story that I will read to you, Muslims celebrate
277
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Muslim Holiday
C
O
C. During Listening
Read the story. Stop at indicated points, to ask the children what they think
will happen next in the story.
A Muslim Holiday
EP
E
Ask: What is the most colorful holiday celebrated by the Muslim people?
Ramadan is the ninth month in the Islamic calendar. Ramadan
is an Arabic word meaning to turn. During the whole month of
Ramadan, Muslims go through thirty days of fasting in order to burn
away their sins. During the day, Muslims do not eat or drink from
sunrise to sunset. After sunset until midnight they can eat and drink.
Then they start fasting again the next day.
278
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Have the pupils predict: What do you think the Muslim people do after a
month of fasting?
After the month of fasting, comes a week of happiness. The datu
in a barrio sometimes gives a feast. His house is decorated with lighted
candles and lanterns. There is a display of fireworks that is always a
part of the Hari Raya Puasa celebration. There is much banging of
bamboo guns or lantakas. The datu kills a cow and plenty of meat is
cooked. There is food for everybody.
C
O
PY
Have the pupils predict: What will the children do on the Hari Raya Puasa day?
EP
E
Discussion:
1. What holiday do Muslims celebrate?
2. How do they celebrate it?
Day 2
I.
Objectives
Tell / Retell familiar stories by using appropriate gestures and expressions in
complete sentences
Making generalizations
A. Oral Language Development
Let the pupils retell the story A Muslim Holiday
B. Post Listening
279
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. Engagement/Enrichment
Divide the class into four groups. Let them do the following activities:
Group 1
Arrange the jumbled syllable cards to form words. Present the
jumbled syllable cards through body movement.
Ra
sa
ri
ya
Ha
Pua
C
O
PY
Group 2
Write the activities done during Hari Raya Puasa using a
Semantic Web
Group 3
Act out. What should you do if you are with your Muslim friend
who is fasting?
EP
E
Group 4
Get the picture cards. Say something about each picture. What
do the picture cards show?
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn
280
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2. Discussion Questions
PY
C
O
EP
E
2. Modelling / Teaching
Say: Read the sentences.
1. Muslim people are praying.
2. He is reading the Quran.
3. They go inside the mosque to pray.
Say: How are the three pictures alike? What do they have in common?
How are we going to generalize?
(Possible answer: Muslims are religious people.)
Teaching Chart
What you read and what you already know helps you make a general
statement about a person, situation, or an event. This is called
generalization.
In making generalizations, think about the similiraties about the
gathered information and observations. Making generalizations is
important because it helps you know how much you understand
about what you read.
281
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Write in your notebook the correct genralization in each situation.
Day 3
Grammar: Adverbs of Manner
I.
Objective
Use Adverbs of Manner
Read words with initial l blends.
PY
Drill:
Read the words, phrases, and sentences with l blend: bl, cl, fl, gl, pl
plan
plant
plane
planet
platypus
EP
E
C
O
clam
close
clap
club
clean
cliff
new club
big clam
Claudias clothes
steep cliff
old closet
clown
black
clam
flat
glad
blank
class
flash
glass
blue
close
flag
glue
blanket
closet
flute
globe
blister
clip
flakes
gloves
blood
chip
1. Clarence climbs on a steep cliff.
2. Claudias clothes are in the old closet.
3. Mother bakes big clams for the party.
Read the tongue-twister by groups then individually.
Refer to Activity at LM - Learn Some More A and B
Claudia closed the closet full of clean clothes.
1. Presentation/Introduction
Say: Let us recall the story A Muslim Holiday.
How is Hari Raya Puasa celebrated?
Write the answer on the board.
(Hari Raya Puasa is celebrated happily)
2. Modeling / Teaching
Read the sentences. Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn and take note of the
underlined words.
Hari Raya Puasa is a happy celebration. Muslims celebrate it happily.
The Muslim women do a silent prayer. They pray silently.
282
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
3. Guided Practice
Divide the class into seven groups. Each group will get a chart. They will
read the stanza of the poem One Happy Holiday on the chart.
C
O
EP
E
Say: In the second stanza of the poem One Happy Holiday, how did
Father ask what could the matter be? (Father asked merrily.)
How did Annie Lee ask where her mommy was?
(Annie Lee asked sadly.)
Divide the class into six groups. Give the directions for each activity.
Activity 1
(Groups 1 & 2) Show the word cards and have the children read them. Say:
283
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Answers:
1. lovingly
2. easily
3. hardly
4. instantly
5. truthfully
Reminder: Be sure that the pupils understand what each adverb means.
C
O
Exercise 2
(Groups 3 & 4). Present the following sentence cards and have the children
read them.
Say: Underline the adverb of manner in each sentence.
People prayed silently before the
festival started.
EP
E
Activity 3
(Groups 5 & 6) Cut out from the newspaper five (5) words that are adverbs
of manner. Write a sentence using each of the adverbs of manner.
4. Independent Practice
A. Box the adverbs of manner in the sentence.
1. Mila joyously watched the fireworks.
2. Mother prepared the food well.
3. Our visitor speaks softly.
4. The children happily go from house to house.
5. The victorious performers marched triumphantly down the street.
B. Write a sentence using each of the following adverbs of manner.
1. happily
2. beautifully
3. well
4. quickly
5. calmly
284
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
5. Enrichment
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Choose the letter of the correct adverb of manner and write it on the blank to
complete the sentence.
PY
C
O
1.. Presentation/Introduction
Say: Ill read some sentences and after I read them, I want you to draw what
you imagined based on what you heard. (Teacher reads sentences in Box A).
Sams chicken won First Place in the contest. It was the heaviest
chicken in the Fair.
EP
E
Whats the matter, are you chicken? Sams friends asked him
when he didnt join the pole-climbing contest. They didnt know that
he is afraid of heights.
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Knowing the connotative meaning of a word can lead you to be more tactful. It
also leads you to use a more appropriate word to narrate what is happening.
Consider this:
That boy is fat.
That boy is healthy.
C
O
EP
E
The words in the set almost have the same meaning. However, each one is
used in different situations.
For example, to describe a flower, would you say a cute flower or a lovely flower?
When do you think classes might be suspended, when there is a shower or
when there is a deluge?
Study the following sentences:
Sentence 1:
When the group members discuss, they often disagree about
something.
Sentence 2:
When the group members discuss, they often argue about
something.
What do you imagine with Sentence 1? How about Sentence 2? The sentences
seem to mean the same. However, a closer look will tell you that there is a
degree or shade of difference in their meaning. The word argue in sentence 2
shows that the members more than disagree with each other.
Remember
Denotation is the specific, exact and concrete meaning
of a word. This is the meaning you will find in a dictionary.
Connotation- is an idea or quality that a word makes in
addition to its meaning. It can be positive or negative.
3. Guided Practice
What is the connotative meaning associated with the following animals?
286
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Connotative Meaning
motherly, caring
wise, night-person
gentle
ruthless
dangerous, deceptive
hen
owl
dove
shark
snake
* answers given here are the usual meaning however they may vary depending on the
culture;
accept answer as long as the learner can explain/reason out for his/her given answer .
C
O
PY
EP
E
Day 5
Study Skill
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
1. home
4. minute
2. starving
5. thrifty
3. antique
I.
Objective
287
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
EP
E
1. Presentation/ntroduction
Say: In the first stanza of the poem, The Index and The Index, what
index are we referring to? What index are we referring to in the
second stanza.
Say: Get a book. Open it. Look at the parts of the book. What are the
different parts of the book?
Write down their answers.
2. Teaching/Modeling
Ask: What is an index?
Say: Let us see if you still remember how to locate information from an
index.
Study the sample index below then answer the questions about it.
288
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
INDEX
Sentences:
commands, 83-84
declarative, 74-75;78
exclamatory, 85-88
interrogative, 74-76;79
requests, 83-84
Verbs:
future, 140-145
simple present, 120-126
simple past, 130
PY
Adjectives, 149
comparison, 155-164
order of adjectives, 149-150
Following directions, 12; 18-19
Intonation:
falling, 3
rising, 2
Nouns:
count nouns, 47
mass noun, 46-48
singular and plural, 40-44
C
O
EP
E
Knowing how to use the index can save a lot of time in locating
the topics in the book.
3. Guided Practice
Say: Let us study the sample Index and answer the questions that follow.
Index
Density
temperature, 115-119
liquid, 12-13
volume, 112-115
Regular solid, 10-11
Science
Graphs
nature, 5
bar, 27
Scientific methods, 51
line, 26
collecting data, 64-66
pictograph, 29-30
experiments, 60-63
pie, 28
hypothesis, 57-59
Lab Safety, 17-19
looking at data, 53-54
Metric System, 98-130
scientific inquiry, 66-70
length, 100-102
variables, 55-56
mass and weight, 98-100
measurement, 103-105
metric conversion, 106-110
289
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
INDEX
EP
E
C
O
Pollution, 109-120
Effect, 111-114
Craters, 336-338
Butterflies, 77-79
Animals, 20-46
Habitats, 21-23, 34, 40
Life cycles, 24, 26, 29
Clouds, 310-315
Kinds, 312-314
Climate, 253-268
Earth, 387-406
Air, 400-404
Land, 389-394
Water, 395-399
PY
Study the data in the box Index below. What is wrong with this Index?
Copy this in your notebook and do the necessary changes
A. Expressive Objective
Realize the beauty of giving and sharing
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Make predictions about a selection listened to
Oral Language
Refer to LM - Think and Tell
Tell / Retell familiar stories and short conversations by using appropri
ate gestures and expressions in complete sentences
Vocabulary Development
Build vocabulary through word associations
290
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Reading Comprehension
Use appropriate graphic organizers for texts read
Study Strategy
Interpret charts
Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose
- Making requests
II. Subject Matter
PY
Topics
1. Story: Hurry, Santa!
2. Word Analogy
3. Graphic Organizer
4. Interpreting charts
5. Kind of Sentence for a specific purpose
- Making requests
C
O
References
Hurry, Santa! by Julie Sykes
Christmas Vacation by Ma. Rita Teresa V. Rioza
Materials
picture cards
book
graphic organizer Story Star
EP
E
Listening Comprehension
Objectives
Make predictions about a selection listened to
Use appropriate graphic organizers for texts read
I.
A. Oral Language
Refer to LM - Think and Tell
Sharing experiences
Say: What gifts did you receive last Christmas? Who gave you those gifts?
B. Pre-Listening
1. Unlocking / Vocabulary & Concept Development
Show a picture and let the children tell a story about it. Present the
vocabulary words in word cards while telling the story.
291
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
sleigh
snowdrift
presents
PY
C
O
EP
E
2. Motivation Question
Say: Have you experienced sleeping before Christmas eve? What was
your feeling when you woke up few minutes before Christmas eve?
What did you do?
3. Motive Question
Say: What did the animals do when Santa woke up late on Christmas
Eve?
4. During Listening
The teacher will first read the story. Stop at set points, to ask the
children what they think will happen next in the story.
292
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Hurry, Santa!
by Julie Sykes
It was Christmas Eve, Santas busiest time of the year. But Santa
was fast asleep, snoring under his blanket.
Wake up! squeaked Santas little mouse, tugging at his beard.
Hurry, Santa! You cant be late tonight.
Ouch! cried Santa, sitting up and rubbing his chin. Goodness, is
that clock right? The alarm didnt go off and Ive overslept.
PY
Santa leapt out of the bed and began to pull on his clothes. He
was such in a hurry that he put both feet in one pant leg and fell flat
on his face.
(Have pupils predict: What was Santa going to do?)
C
O
Hurry, Santa! meowed the cat. You cant be late tonight. No, I
cant, agreed Santa, getting back up. I cant be late delivering the
presents.
When he was finally dressed, Santa hurried outside to his sleigh.
He picked up the harness and tried to put it on the reindeer.
But the reindeer werent there! Oh no! cried Santa. Where can
they be?
EP
E
(Have pupils predict: Who said the reindeer are in the woods?)
No, I cant, agreed Santa, running toward the trees.
Deep in the woods, some of the reindeer were having a snowball fight.
Aaaaah! shouted Santa as a snowball hit him in the face.
(Have pupils predict: Who wil tell Santa that he doesnt have time to play
in the snow?)
293
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C
O
PY
Hurry, Santa, hooted Owl. You dont have time to play in the snow.
But I wasnt playing! said Santa.
He searched all over for the other reindeer, but they were nowhere to
be found. I hope you four can pull the sleigh by yourselves, he said.
Come on, weve got work to do.
At last, Santa took off, steering the sleigh toward the moon.
Go, Reindeer, go! he shouted. We cant be late tonight!
Around the world they flew, delivering their presents.
Down again, called Santa, turning the sleigh toward a farm.
Hurry, Santa! answered the reindeer. Were miles from anywhere,
and the nights almost over.
Im doing my best, boomed Santa, flicking the reins.
Before he knew what was happening, the reindeer quickened their
pace.
Whoa, Santa cried, but it was too late. Landing with a bump, the
sleigh skidded crazily across the snow.
Ooooooh deeeaar! cried Santa.
(Have pupils predict: What do you think happened to Santa?)
CRASH!
The sleigh had gotten stuck in a giant snowdrift. Santa scrambled to
his feet and rubbed his bruised bottom. Nothing broken, he said.
But we must hurry!
EP
E
(Have pupils predict: What will Santa and the animals do after they stuck
in the snow?)
When the reindeer had untangled themselves, they tried to dig out the
sleigh. They tugged and pulled and pushed as hard as they could, but
the sleigh was completely stuck in the snow.
Its no use, wailed the reindeer. We cant move this sleigh on our
own.
We must keep trying, said Santa. The sky is getting lighter, and
were running out of time.
Suddenly, Santa heard a loud neigh.
294
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
EP
E
C
O
(Group reading follows after the reader reads the story. Group reading may
be done by paragraph)
Discussion:
Say: Let us use the Story Star as a graphic organizer in answering the
questions.
295
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C
O
PY
I.
EP
E
Day 2
Objectives
Tell / Retell familiar stories and short conversations by using appropriate
gestures and expressions in complete sentences
Drill:
Read the words, phrases and sentences.
sleigh
slipknot
a slipknot
quick slurp
slug
slogan
sledge
slurp
slew
slew
sly
sideways
PY
Group 2
Act out how Santa put on his clothes.
C
O
Group 3
Arrange in sequence the animal pictures based on the events of
the story.
Group 4
Act out how Santa and the animals got out from the snow.
Group 5
Draw an alarm clock.
EP
E
2. Discussion Questions
1. Who woke up late on Christmas Eve?
(Group 1 will present their work)
2. What did he do when he woke up late?
(Goup 2 will act out how Santa put on his clothes)
3. Who told Santa that he couldnt be late in delivering the presents?
(Group 3 will present their work)
4. How did Santa and the animals get out from the snow?
(Group 4 will present their work)
5. What present did Santa receive from the animals?
(Group 5 will present their work)
6. Why did they give him an alarm clock?
7. If you see your friend stuck in a hole, what will you do?
Day 3
Christmas Vacation
by Ma. Rita Teresa V. Rioza
James and Pacoy come home from their dance practice. Mother
is cooking dinner.
James:
Mother:
Pacoy:
PY
James:
Mother:
Pacoy:
C
O
Mother:
Ok, you can take your vacation for three days. Be sure
to
be here before New Years Eve.
Pacoy:
Will you help us tell Father about it?
Mother:
Yes, I will tell your father.
James
and Pacoy: Thank you, Mother. We love you!
Mother:
I love you too!
Discuss by answering the guidance after the dialogs.
EP
E
Say: Look at the sentences. What do you notice about the sentences?
What do these sentences tell us about? Does the first sentence
state a purpose? What is it? How about the second sentence?
What do you think is its purpose? Look at the third sentence. What
is the purpose of the third sentence?
Give more examples of kinds of sentences that make requests.
Teaching Chart
There are kinds of sentences that have a specific purpose
such as making requests. They tell us to do something but it is
done politely. We use: can, could, will , would, would you mind
+ ing to make polite requests.
7. Guided Practice
Refer to LM - Try and Learn
Exercise 1
298
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
8. Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
Read the telephone conversation. Circle the words that make requests.
EP
E
C
O
Vic:
Ramon:
Vic:
Ramon:
Miss Lopez:
Vic:
Miss Lopez:
Vic:
Miss Lopez:
Vic:
Miss Lopez:
Day 4
Objective
Build vocabulary through word associations
A. Oral Language
Show pictures of things that are associated with the different celebrations.
Say: Share your experience when you encountered these things.
299
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. Presentation / Introduction
Say: What are the things associated with Christmas?
Write the answers on the board.
Christmas tree
belen
carols
baby in a manger
heart
cupid
reindeer
poinsettia
fireworks
sleigh
hat
C
O
trumpet
PY
2. Modeling / Teaching
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn
Say: Read the words associated with Christmas, New Year and
Valentines Day. Put the words in their proper columns.
red rose
Christmas tree
bow and arrow
Valentines Day
fireworks
reindeer
heart
EP
E
poinsettia
sleigh
Christmas tree
trumpet
heart
Example:
Gift is to Christmas Day as Red rose is to Valentines Day
Trumpet is to New Years Day as carol is to Christmas Day
Teaching Chart
3. Guided Practice
Refer to LM - Try and Learn
Exercise 1
Choose from the box. Write the word that completes each sentence.
300
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
church
New Year
Santa Claus
Christmas
heart
PY
Exercise 2
Interview your seatmate. Ask the following questions:
1. What celebrations do you observe in your school?
2. What activities do you do during such celebrations?
C
O
Possible answers:
Nutrition Month is to Nutri-jingle as Scouting Month is to Encampment.
Linggo ng Wika is to Sayawit as United Nations is to Parade of Flags
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
Choose the word that completes the sentence.
Day 5
Objective
Interpret charts
EP
E
I.
A. Oral Language
Say: Share your experience about how you spent your Christmas vacation
last year.
1. Presentation / Introduction
Say: Name the different celebrations in our country.
In what places do we celebrate this events?
2. Modeling / Teaching
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn
Say: This is a chart. Show a chart. When do we use a chart? What does
it contain?
Look at the chart. Let us study the chart. Interpret it by answering the
questions.
301
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Name of Festival
Bangus Festival
Mangunguna Festival
Panagbenga Festival
Ansakket Festival
Basi Festival
Mango-Bamboo Festival
Place
Dagupan City
Bolinao
Baguio City
Aguilar
Naguilian
San Carlos City
Month of Celebration
April
April
February
July
May
April
PY
C
O
Country
Philippines
Saudi Arabia
Sudan
Sweden
United States
EP
E
Manila
Riyadh
Khartoum
London
Wahington, D.C.
Continent
Asia
Asia
Africa
Europe
North America
302
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
D
EP
E
C. Clothing
D. Light-Water
303
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
Listening Comprehension
Make predictions about a selection listened to
Vocabulary Development
Classify words
Study Strategy
Interpret graphs
C
O
Reading Comprehension
Use appropriate graphic organizers for texts read
Grammar
Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose
- Asking permission
EP
E
A. During Listening
The teacher will first read the story. Stop at indicated points, to ask the
children what they think will happen next in the story.
III. Learning Activities
304
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Day 1
Listening Comprehension
I.
Objective
Tell / Retell familiar stories and short conversations by using appropriate
gestures and expressions in complete sentences.
Make predictions about a selection listened to.
B. Pre-Listening
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
PY
A. Oral Language
Sharing story / news
Say: What festivals have you attended? What did you see during the festival?
C
O
EP
E
2. Motivation Question
Say: Do you have a pet? What is your pet? Has your pet joined any
contest? How did you prepare your pet for the contest?
3. Motive Question
Say: What is Itoys pet? What is the name of his pet? What did he do
to prepare Cara for the contest?
305
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
But the most thrilling contest is the carabao race. The finish line
is in front of the church where the statue of San Isidro Labrador stands.
As the carabaos reach at the center, the church bells ring and as if on
signal, the carabaos kneel as a sign or respect to their patron saint.
(Have the pupils predict: What do you think Itoy did to prepare
Cara for the contest?)
EP
E
Itoy spent many hours teaching Cara how to kneel. He was sure
that even if Cara failed to win any award, she would make the best
kneeling ever seen.
306
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
(Have the pupils predict: How do you think Cara looked during
the beauty contest?)
PY
C
O
(Have the pupils predict: What did Cara do when they gathered
at the patio after the race?)
When the bells rang, all the carabaos slowly made their salute.
All except Cara. Itoy was dismayed. He tried giving Cara their secret
cue: a slight flick in the left ear. Nothing.
(Have the pupils predict: What do you think Itoy felt when Cara
did not kneel? What did Itoy do?)
EP
E
Although most of the people did not notice Caras not having
knelt, Itoy was very embarrassed. He wondered if Tatay, Nanay, and
the rest would blame him. He jumped from the carabaos back and
flicking her left ear. Itoy whispered in Caras ear, Cara, now! But
Cara did not listen.
(Have the pupils predict: Why do you think Cara not kneel in the
patio?)
She was looking at a flower that dangled over her nose. During
the race, her coronet loosened and the flower dropped exactly in front
of her eyes. No whisper, nor ringing bells, no flick meant anything to
her. All that mattered was the pink flower tickling her nose.
307
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
(Have the pupils predict: What did Itoy and his family do to Cara
when she did not kneel?)
PY
Disappointed, Itoy led her out of the patio to join the rest at the
fiesta table where finger food was being served.
Itoys family was very nice about Caras disapppointing
performance. They fixed the offending coronet and even fed Cara as
lovingly as before.
Itoy, said his father. Take Cara home now. She needs rest.
Besides, there will be guests in time for lunch. Ill be joining you
shortly.
Itoy climbed on Caras back, took Caras reins and headed
home. They had to pass the church again and as they crossed the
patio, the bells started to ring to signal the start of the mass.
C
O
(Have the pupils predict: What do you think Cara do when they
passed the church?)
To Itoys surprise, Cara stopped, faced the church and Itoy felt
the animal slowly bending her knees. She was making her graceful
salute!
EP
E
Some children playing in the patio saw her and clapped their
hands. Cara flicked her tail. Itoy jumped from his perch and hugged
his carabao around the neck.
You did it, Cara! That was perfect! Itoy said happily. Cara
replied with a low grunt.
Discussion:
1. What is Itoys pet?
2. How did Itoy prepare Cara for the festival?
3. What did Cara do when they passed the church?
4. What did Itoy do when Cara refused to kneel?
Day 2
I.
Objective
Tell / Retell familiar stories and short conversations by using appropriate gestures
and expressions in complete sentences
Use appropriate graphic organizers for texts read
A. Oral Language Development
Say: Arrange the picture cards based on the story The Carabao Who
Refused to Kneel. Read the story
308
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
B. Post Listening
1. Engagement / Enrichment
Divide the class into five groups. Let them do the following activities:
Group 1
Draw the pet of Itoy. Cut out letters and form the name of Itoys
pet. Paste it below the drawing.
Group 2
Act out what Itoy taught Cara before the festival.
PY
Group 3
Draw how Cara looks on the day of the festival.
Group 4
Draw how Cara looks after the race.
C
O
Group 5
Act out what the family did to Cara even if she did not kneel.
Group 6
Prepare a kind of clap (example: Firecracker clap or Very
Good clap). Make a congratulations placard.
2. Discussion Questions
EP
E
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
PY
C
O
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Day 3
EP
E
Drill:
Read the words, sentences and phrases
fruit
fragrance
frisky kittens
friend
fragile
our freedom
frill
frizz
fresh fruit
frisky
freedom
Read the tongue-twisters by group. Call the pupils individually to recite the
tongue-twisters.
Fruit french-fry Frisky free
A. Oral Language
Refer to LM - Read and Learn
Divide the pupils into five groups. Assign each group based on the characters
of the story. Let the pupils read the short story, Mangunguna Festival.
310
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Mangunguna Festival
by Ma. Rita Teresa V. Rioza
Mandy:
Lolo Mar:
Lola Zita:
EP
E
Luke:
Lolo Mar:
Mandy:
Lola Zita:
PY
Luke:
Lolo Mar:
C
O
Mandy:
Lola Zita:
Luke:
Lolo Mar:
Luke and
Mandy:
Luke and Mandy ate their breakfast, prepared themselves and went with
Lolo Mar. They were so excited and happy.
1. Presentation / Introduction
Refer to LM - Talk About It
Ask the following questions:
1. Where did the story happen?
2. Why is the festival called Mangunguna Festival?
3. What did Mandy ask her Lola?
4. What are the events in the festival?
5. What did Luke ask Lolo Mar when he wanted to join the carabaoswimming race?
6. Why do you think didnt Lolo Mar allow Luke to join the race?
7. When can Luke and Mandy ride in the canoe?
8. If you were Luke and Mandy, would you also want to ride in a
canoe? Why?
311
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2.
Modeling / Teaching
Say: Read the sentences.
Refer to LM - Find Out and Learn
May I join Kuya Karlos in the carabao-swimming race?
Can Mandy and I ride in the canoe?
Please allow us to go and watch the different contests.
PY
Say: Look at the sentences. What do you notice about the sentences?
What do these sentences tell us? Does the first sentence state
a purpose, what is it? How about the second sentence, what do
you think is its purpose? Look at the third sentence. What is the
purpose of the third sentence?
C
O
Examples:
Do you mind if I join in your group presentation?
Would you mind if I ask you something?
Is it okay if I sit beside you?
Would it be alright if I borrow your costume?
Teaching Chart
EP
E
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4.
Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
Put a check ( / ) if the sentence asks a question, ( x ) if it does not.
C
O
PY
_____ 1. Aunt Mila, can I go with my friends to the plaza to watch the
dance contest?
_____ 2. I will join the street dancing.
_____ 3. Luke, can I join your group presentation in the 100 Ways To
Cook Bangus?
_____ 4. I am invited to sing in the opening program for our town
fiesta. May I come home at 9 oclock in the evening?
_____ 5. My classmates will rent costumes for their play.
_____ 6. Could we join in the street dancing?
_____ 7. Jane, can you go with us to the plaza?
_____ 8. Can you buy our tickets for the ferris wheel ride?
_____ 9. We can ride on the train.
_____ 10. Will you carry my bag, please?
Day 4
EP
E
1. Presentation / Introduction
Ask: (Write the answers on the board)
What are the activities during your fiesta?
How do you feel while watching street dancing?
2. Modeling / Teaching
Read to LM - Find Out and Learn
Say: Study the web below and answer the questions that follow.
Bangus Festival
1.
Festival
Ati-Atihan Festival
Moriones Festival
Panagbenga Festival
313
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
2.
3.
C
O
Activities
during
festival
PY
feelings
Say: Under what specific heading will you classify Ati-Atihan Festival
and Bangus Festival? joy and merry? street dancing and cooking
contest? Write the word inside the ring.
Add more words associated with the heading.
EP
E
Say: What can you say about the words in Web A? in Web B? and in
Web C?. Are they arranged in a group? How are they groupe
3. Guided Practice
Refer to LM - Try and Learn
Exercise 1
Read the words in each group. Write the classification of the words in
each set.
314
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
1. engineer
doctor
lawyer
_______
3. Ferdinand Marcos
Corazon Aquino
Ramon Magsaysay
______________
4. pupil teacher
principal
________
1.
nephew
baby
2.
magazine
A. things to wear
3.
April
A. holidays
drum
4.
EP
E
A. noise
5.
rainy
A. climate
teacher
B. people
C. relatives
book
newspaper
C
O
A. children
PY
Exercise 2
Underline the word or group of words that best describes the words in
the box.
B. things to clean
C. things to read
December
September
B. days
C. months
guitar
piano
B. instruments
C. music
sunny
cloudy
B. weather
C. typhoon
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Do and Learn
Find the right classification of the words. Encircle the letter of the
correct answer.
1.
cupcakes
brownies
cookies
milk
juice
tea
315
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
3.
dentist
teacher
scientist
banana
santol
orange
butter
saw
screw driver
C
O
6.
cheese
PY
5.
shark
dolphin
whale
EP
E
skirt
pants
shorts
Independence Day
Ramadan
Labor Day
9.
10.
shepherd
farmer
veterinarian
316
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Day 5
Study Skill: Interpret Graph
I. Objective
Interpret graph
A. Oral Language
Say: Retell the story Mangunguna Festival through a dialogue.
PY
1. Presentation/Introduction
Say: What were the activities during the Mangunguna Festival .
I am going to present to you the number of contestants in the
different contests held during the festival.
How was the number of contestants presented?
C
O
2. Read the labels on the side and bottom of the bar graph.
These labels give you the information you need to understand
the graph.
EP
E
3. Choose a bar and read the label below it. Then, go to the top
of that bar and look to the left to see which number matches
the height of the bar.
70
68
66
64
62
60
58
56
54
Carabao-swiming
Race
Canoe Race
Swimming with
Bamboo Poles
317
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Teaching Chart
PY
EP
E
C
O
4. Independent Practice
Refer to LM - Try and Learn
Study the given graph. Write the correct answer.
Say: Last actvity.Let us have group work. Look at the graph. Write the
answer on the blank. (Refer to LM - Do and Learn)
Number of Players during the Division Athletic Meet
Swimming
X
X
X
X
Basketball
X
X
X
X
X
X
Volleyball
X
X
X
X
X
X
Track and Field X
X
X
X
X
X
Badminton
X
X
X
318
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Legend:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
= 20 players
C
O
PY
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
EP
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
319
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
ENGLISH GRADE IV
Quarter 3-Post Test
TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS
Item Placement
7,8
PY
5,6
EP
E
No. of Items
1,2,3
C
O
Learning
Competencies/
Objectives
Note significant details.
(explicit)
Note significant details.
(implied)
Use context clues to find
meaning of unfamiliar
words.
Identify sequence of
events.
Use appropriate word
signals to show the
sequence of events.
Identify the kind of adverb
used. (manner)
10
11,12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19,20,21,
22,23
24
25
320
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
29,30,31
32
33
34,35
C
O
36,37,38
39
40
3
1
EP
E
26,27,28,
PY
321
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
QUARTER 3
Post Test
I. Directions: Read the short selections carefully then answer the questions
that follow. Write only the letter of your answer.
It was a cold morning by the beach. Totoy and some of his friends were
walking along the shore. Their small feet dug small holes in the sand as they
walked. Totoy noticed something moving in one of the holes. Looking closely,
it was a tiny crab trembling in the cold. Sorry, little crab. Go, get yourself
warmer deep into your haven, said Totoy.
EP
E
C
O
PY
The wind and the sun argued one day over which one was the stronger.
Spotting a man traveling on the road, they sported a challenge to see which one
could remove the coat from the mans back the quickest.
The wind began. He blew strong gusts of air, so strong that the man could
barely walk against them. But the man clutched his coat tight against him. Then, the
wind blew harder and longer. The harder the wind blew, the tighter the man held
his coat against him. The wind blew until he was tired, but he could not remove
the coat from the mans back.
It was now the suns turn. He gently sent his beams upon the traveler. The
sun did very little, but quietly shone upon his head and back until the man became
so warm that he took off his coat and headed for the nearest shady tree.
322
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
C
O
PY
EP
E
The Rainbow
by Christina Rossetti
323
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
_____16. Which sentence about the rainbow follows the correct order of
adjectives?
A. The rainbow is like a lovely, bow-shaped bridge.
B. The rainbow is a bow-shaped, lovely bridge.
C. The poem is about the bow-shaped, lovely rainbow.
_____17. In stanza 2, the poet compared the bridges in the river and in the
sky after comparing the boats and the clouds in stanza 1. What
kind of an adverb is the underlined word?
A. place
B. manner
C. time
_____18. Based on the poem, what word will complete box 2?
boats - rivers ships - _______ clouds - sky rainbow - heaven
C. sail
PY
axil
axillary
calyx
corolla
drupe
lenticels
panicle
pedicel
B. seas
C
O
A. treetops
EP
E
324
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
Idioms, 160
Debate, 233
Hyperbole, 200
Voice, 404
C
O
PY
EP
E
Lina:
Vicky:
Lina:
Vicky:
Lina:
Empty Bottles
plast
ic ba
gs
Empty Bottles
old magazines
az
thes
-o
worn
ag
m
d
plastic bags
C
O
ol
old newspapers
ut clo
es
in
old
PY
per
pa
ews
worn-out clothes
EP
E
_____36. The above figure shows the amount of Linas garbage collection.
Which stuff shows her biggest collection?
A. old newspapers
B. plastic bags
C. empty bottles
_____37. Which items did she collect in the same amount?
A. old magazines and worn-out clothes
B. old newspapers and old magazines
C. empty bottles and plastic bags
_____38. What can you infer from this chart?
A. Plastic bags are environment-friendly.
B. Empty bottles are easy to collect.
C. Many people nowadays are using bottled drinks.
_____39. In what other form can these data be possibly presented?
A. graph
B. map
C. timeline
_____40. If you want to go around a bigger place like the city so you can
collect more garbage, which tool will show you the way?
A. timeline
B. graph
C. map
326
All rights reserved. No part of this material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without written permission from the DepEd Central Office. First Edition, 2015.
4
English
Teachers Guide
Unit 4 4
Unit
Department of Education
Republic of the Philippines
i
English Grade 4
Teachers Guide
First Edition 2015
Republic Act 8293, section 176 states that: No copyright shall subsist in any
work of the Government of the Philippines. However, prior approval of the government
agency or office wherein the work is created shall be necessary for exploitation of such
work for profit. Such agency or office may, among other things, impose as a condition
the payment of royalties.
Borrowed materials (i.e., songs, stories, poems, pictures, photos, brand names,
trademarks, etc.) included in this book are owned by their respective copyright holders.
DepEd is represented by the Filipinas Copyright Licensing Society (FILCOLS), Inc. in
seeking permission to use these materials from their respective copyright owners.
All means have been exhausted in seeking permission to use these materials. The
publisher and authors do not represent nor claim ownership over them.
Only institution and companies which have entered an agreement with
FILCOLS and only within the agreed framework may copy from this Teachers Guide.
Those who have not entered the agreement with FILCOLS must, if they wish to copy,
contact the publishers and authors directly.
Authors and publishers may email or contact FILCOLS at filcols@gmail.com or
(02) 439-2204, respectively.
Layout Artists:
Camille Francesca Mondejar
Ezekiel Quijano
Cheradee B. Lumitap
ii
iii
330
Week 1
............................ 223
Week 2
............................ 235
Week 3
............................ 245
Week 4
............................ 255
Week 5
............................ 267
Week 6
............................ 278
Week 7
............................ 287
Week 8
............................ 300
Week 9
............................ 314
vi
Writing and
Composition
Reading
Comprehension
Vocabulary
Listening
Comprehension
Fluency
Oral Language
Domain
Use literal information from texts to aptly infer and predict outcomes
The learner
actively creates and participates in oral theme-based activities
efficiently delivers oral presentations
Performance Standard
The learner
demonstrates understanding of verbal cues for clear expression of ideas
demonstrates understanding of verbal and non-verbal cues for effective
oral presentation
demonstrates understanding of information derived from multi-media
sources for clear and creative presentation
demonstrates understanding that English is stress-timed language to
achieve accuracy and automaticity
The learner listens critically to news reports and other radio broadcasts and expresses ideas accurately in oral and in written
forms; demonstrates confidence in the use of the language to meet everydays needs; and reads independently and gets relevant
information from various text types.
Content Standard
FIRST QUARTER
ENGLISH GRADE 4
vii
uses the classes of words aptly in various oral and written discourse
uses the classes of words aptly in various oral and written discourse
applies knowledge of non-verbal skills to show respect when
communicating with others
uses paralanguage and non-verbal cues to respond appropriately
EN4OL-Ia-d1
Speak clearly
using
appropriate
pronunciation
and intonation.
EN4LC-Ia-1
Note details in a
selection listened
to.
EN4LC-Ib-2
Note details in a
selection listened
to, to identify
setting
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4V-Ia-d-2
Use context clues
(synoynms) to
find meaning of
unfamiliar words.
EN4V-Ia-d-1
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words.
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4RC-Ia-b-2
Analyze a
narrative in terms
of its setting.
EN4RC-Ia-b-1
Analyze a
narrative in terms
of its characters.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel a
sound
EN4F-Ib-2
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel e
Phonological
EN4SS-Ib-2
Locate
information
using print and
non-print
resources
EN4SS-Ia-1
Locate
information
using print and
non-print
resources
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4G-Iab-1
Use plural
form of
regular
nouns
G
Grammar
EN4WC-Ia-b1
Write 2-3
sentences about
the characters
in a literary text
listened to or
read.
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 2 of 14
EN4A-Ia-1
Show
willingness
and
enthusiasm
in reading or
listening to
literary text
A
Attitude
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-Ia-1
The learner
The learner
Week
Viewing
Study
Strategies/
Research
Attitude
Grammar
Domain
Content Standard
viii
EN4OL-Ie-2
Give oral
directions
EN4LC-Ie-5
Sequence events
in a story listened
to
OL
Oral
Language
EN4LC-Id-4
Sequence events
in a story listened
to
EN4LC-Ic-3
Note details in a
selection listened
to
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4V-Ie-f-2
Use context clues
(definition) to
determine the
meaning of
unfamiliar words.
EN4V-Ia-d-2
Use context clues
(antonym) to
determine the
meaning of
unfamiliar words
EN4LC-If-1
EN4OL-If-3
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4RC-If-4
EN4RC-Id-e-3
Sequence events
in a story or
narrative
EN4F-If-6
EN4F-Ie-5
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel u
sound
EN4F-Id-4
Read words,
phrases,
poems or
stories with
long vowel o
sound
EN4SS-Ie-i-5
EN4SS-Ie-i-5
Use graphic
organizers to
show
understanding
of texts (story
sequence
organizers)
EN4SS-Id-4
Arrange words
in alphabetical
order with the
same first letter
but a different
second letter
EN4G-Ic-2
Use plural
form of
irregular
nouns
G
Grammar
EN4WC-Ie-f-4
Write different
forms of simple
composition
(thank you
card, note,
poster,
slogan) as a
response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to
- notes / letters
EN4WC-Ic-2
Write two or
three sentences
about the
characters,
setting, or
events in a
story listened to
or read
EN4WC-Id-3
Write 2-3 step
directions using
signal words
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 3 of 14
EN4A-IIb2
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
A
Attitude
ix
EN4OL-Ig-4
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
EN4LC-Ig-1
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
EN4OL-Ih-5
press ones
ideas and
feelings clearly
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters from
selections
listened to
EN4LC-Ih-1
Infer about
feelings, traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4V-Ih-4
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words
(exemplification)
EN4V-Ig-3
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words (definition)
Week
EN4RC-Ig-5
Make inferences
and draw
conclusions
based on a
literary or
expository text
EN4F-Ig-8
Read aloud
grade level
texts with
accuracy and
proper
expression
EN4F-Ih-i-8
Read words,
phrases,
poems, and
stories with
diphthongs
accurately
EN4F-Ig-7
Read words,
phrases,
poems, and
stories with
accuracy
EN4G-Ih-7
Use
collective
nouns
Compose
clear and
coherent
sentences
using
appropriate
grammatical
structures:
Kinds of
Nouns
(Possessive
Nouns)
EN4G-Ig-6
Identify and
use concrete
nouns and
abstract
nouns
G
Grammar
EN4WC-Ig-h6
Write forms of
simple
composition as
a response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to -notes /
letters descriptive
EN4WC-Ig-h5
Write a friendly
letter as a
response to
stories / poems
read or listened
to
- Descriptive
paragraph
- Another
ending to a
story
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 4 of 14
EN4A-IIa1
Demonstrate
respect for
the ideas,
feelings and
culture of
the author
of the text
listened to.
A
Attitude
EN4LC-Ii-1
Infer feelings,
traits of
characters in
selections
listened to
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4OL-IIa1
Restate or
retell
information
from a text
listened to.
EN4LC-IIa-1
Identify main
idea and
supporting details
from a text
listened to.
EN4V-IIa-1
Identify
meanings of
unfamiliar
words through
structural
analysis
(compound
words and
their
components:
one word
compound
(backyard),
two word
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4V-Ii-5
Use context clues
to find meaning
of unfamiliar
words
(exemplification)
Week
OL
Oral
Language
EN4OL-Ii-6
press ones
ideas, feelings
clearly
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
SECOND QUARTER
Week
EN4RC-IIa-1
Identify the
important story
elements such as
setting, character
and plot.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
EN4RC-Ih-4
Infer the theme
of literary text
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IIa-1
Read with
automaticity
grade level
frequently
occurring
content area
words.
Read aloud
grade level
texts
EN4F-Ih-i-9
Read with
accuracy
words,
phrases,
poems,and
stories with
silent letters.
EN4SS-IIa-1
Arrange 8-10
words with
different
beginning
letters in
alphabetical
order.
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4G-IIa-b1
Identify and
use personal
pronouns in
sentences.
G
Grammar
EN4G-Ii-8
Use simple
present
tense of
verbs in
sentences
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIa1
Write
sentences
following
correct
mechanics of
capitalization
and
punctuation.
WC
Writing
Composition
paragraph
EN4WC-Ii-6
Write a
response to a
story / poem
read or listened
to -notes /
letters
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 5 of 14
EN4A-IIa-1
Demonstrate
respect for the
ideas, feelings
and culture of
the author of
the text
listened to.
A
Attitude
A
Attitude
xi
EN4LC-IId-4
Follow a set of
three-to-five step
directions.
EN4OL-IId4
Give three-tofive step
directions.
EN4OL-IIc-3
Listen and
answer
questions
about a story
read/listened
to.
EN4OL-IIb2
Use courteous
expressions
EN4LC-IIb-2
Recall
information from
conversations.
EN4LC-Iib-3
Note details from
news
reports/selections
listened to.
EN4LC-IIc-3
Note details by
asking/answering
questions about
a story/poem
listened to
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4LC-IIe-5
EN4OL-IIeEN4V-IIe-4
Interpret a story
5
Use prefixes
through
Relate story
and root words
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4RC-IIe-5
Give possible
endings to stories
EN4F-IIe-5
Read with
automaticity
EN4SS-IIc-3
Follow
instructions
EN4G-IIc-3
Identify and
use s form of
verbs.
EN4G-Ii-9
Use the
pronoun that
agrees in
gender,
number with
the
antecedent.
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIe5
Outline a
EN4WC-IId4
Write a twopoint sentence
outline
EN4WC-IIc3
Write a
friendly letter
using correct
format.
EN4WC-IIb2
Write a short
story with the
elements.
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4A-IId-4
Take part in
creative
Page 6 of 14
EN4A-IIc-3
Express love
for stories and
other texts.
EN4A-IIb-2
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
A
Attitude
xii
EN4OL-IIg7
Retell bestliked part of a
story heard.
EN4LC-IIg-7
Give a possible
ending to a story
heard.
EN4OL-IIi-8
Connect
events in a
story heard to
a personal
experience
EN4OL-IIf-6
React to what
the characters
said in the
story listened
to.
EN4LC-IIf-6
Infer traits of
characters based
on what they do
or say in a story
listened to.
EN4LC-IIh-i-8
Sequence events
in a story listened
to.
events to
ones
experience.
OL
Oral
Language
dramatization
songs or art
activities.
LC
Listening
Comprehension
Week
EN4V-IIi-8
Identify and
use
personification.
EN4V-IIh-7
Identify and
use simile and
metaphor in a
story read.
EN4V-IIg-6
Identify and
use simile and
metaphor in
the poem
read.
EN4V-IIf-5
Use suffixes
and root words
as clues to get
meaning of
words.
EN4RC-Iii-8
Note important
details in an
informational
text.
EN4RC-IIg-h-7
Infer the feelings
and traits of the
characters in the
story.
EN4RC-IIf-6
Predict outcomes
of events in the
story
EN4F-IIi-9
Read words
with
consonant
blends /pr/,
and /gr/
EN4F-IIh-8
Read words
with
consonant
blends /br/,
and /gr/
EN4F-IIg-7
Read words
with
consonant
blends /tr/,
and ,/cr/
EN4F-IIf-6
Read using
correct
intonation and
expression.
EN4SS-IIg-7
Get
information
from the news
page.
EN4SS-IIf-6
Use dictionary
in getting the
meaning of
words.
EN4SS-IIe-5
Get
information
from the news
page of a
school paper.
EN4SS-IId-4
Fill out forms
giving the
appropriate
instructions.
EN4G-IIh-i9
Use the past
form of
regular and
irregular
verbs.
EN4G-IIh-i8
Use the past
form of
irregular
verbs.
EN4G-IIg-7
Use the past
form of
regular verbs.
EN4G-IIf-6
Use correct
time
expressions to
tell an action
in the present.
pronouns that
agree in
gender with
antecedents.
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIi-9
Write a news
report using
the facts
given.
EN4WC-IIg7
Write a
paragraph
a out ones
personal
experience.
EN4WC-IIh8
Compose
slogan from a
given stimuli.
EN4WC-IIf-6
Write a
paragraph
based on a
two-point
outline.
paragraph
with explicitly
given main
idea.
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 7 of 14
EN4A-IIh-8
Listen
attentively
and react
positively
during story
reading.
responses in
preparing
logs, journal,
and other oral
presentation.
EN4A-IIe-5
Take part in
creative
responses in
preparing
logs, journal,
and other oral
presentation.
EN4A-IIf-6
Browse and
read news
page for
information of
a school
paper.
EN4A-IIg-7
Request for
more stories
to be read.
A
Attitude
xiii
EN4LC-IIId-4
Use indirect
speech to clarify
the spea ers
ideas.
EN4V-IIId-4
Identify
different
meaning of
content
specific words.
EN4V-IIIc-3
Get the
meaning of
unfamiliar
words through
restatements.
EN4LC-IIIc-3
Point out details
from a
biographical
account.
EN4OL-IIIb2
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
places.
EN4V-IIIb-2
Identify
multiple
meaning of
words.
EN4V-IIIa-1
Use context
clues
(synonym and
antonym) to
find meaning
of unfamiliar
words.
V
Vocabulary
Development
EN4RC-IIId-4
Identify cause
and effect
relationship
EN4RC-IIIc-3
Identify
sequence of
events.
EN4RC-IIIb-2
Note significant
details.
EN4RC-IIIa-1
Note significant
details.
RC
Reading
Comprehension
EN4F-IIId-4
Read grade
level texts
with
appropriate
speed,
accuracy and
expression
EN4F-IIIc-3
Read aloud
grade level
texts
accurately.
EN4F-IIIb-2
Read aloud
grade level
texts
accurately.
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IIIa-1
Read a poem
aloud with
proper
expression.
SS
Study
Strategy
EN4SS-IIId4
Locate
meaning of
words from
the dictionary.
EN4SS-IIIc3
Use a timeline
to show order
of events.
EN4SS-IIIb2
Interpret a
map.
EN4SS-IIIa1
Use a
thesaurus to
find synonyms
and antonyms
of words.
EN4LC-IIIb-2
Note details from
a story listened
to.
EN4OL-IIIa1
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
events.
EN4LC-IIIa-1
Distinguish reality
from fantasy.
Week
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
THIRD QUARTER
EN4G-IIIb-2
Identify and
use words
that show
degrees of
comparison of
objectives in
sentences
EN4G-IIIc-3
Use
appropriate
word signals
to show the
sequence of
events in
ssentences
EN4G-IIId-4
Identify and
use the
correct order
of adjectives
in a series in
sentences
EN4G-IIIa-1
Identify and
use adjectives
in sentences
G
Grammar
EN4WCIIId-4
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using the
correct order
of adjectives.
EN4WC-IIIc3
Write simple
sentences
using
sequence
signals.
EN4WC-IIIa2 Rewrite
pairs of
sentences
using
connectors
EN4WC-IIIa1 Write
sentences
describing
persons,
places, things
and animals
WC
Writing
Composition
Page 8 of 14
EN4A-IIId-4
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
EN4A-IIIc-3
Show interest
in reading a
biography.
EN4A-IIIa-1
Show love for
reading by
listening
attentively
during story
reading and
making
comments or
reactions.
EN4A-IIIb-2
Show interest
in reading a
travelogue.
A
Attitude
xiv
EN4RC-IIIh-8
Use appropriate
graphic
organizers to
show the
sequence of
events in a text
read
(Story)
EN4V-IIIh-8
Use word
associations
(analogy)
EN4V-IIIi-9
EN4RC-IIIg-7
Make
generalizations.
EN4V-IIIg-7
Identify
different
meanings of
content
specific words
-denotation
-connotation
EN4LC-IIIg-7
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4RC-IIIf-6
Make comparison
and contrast.
EN4V-IIIf-6
Identify
different
meanings of
content
specific words.
EN4OL-IIIc3
Use
appropriate
expression to
talk about
famous
people.
OL
Oral
Language
EN4LC-IIIf-6
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4LC-IIIe-5
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
LC
Listening
Comprehension
EN4OL-IIIg4
Tell / retell
familiar stories
by using
7
appropriate
gestures and
expressions in
complete
sentence.
EN4LC-IIIh-8
EN4OL-IIIhive ones
5
reaction to an
Tell / retell
event or issue.
familiar stories
by using
8
appropriate
gestures and
expressions in
complete
sentence.
9
EN4LC-IIIi-9
EN4OL-IIIiK to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
EN4F-IIIi-9
EN4F-IIIh-8
Read correctly
grade level
texts with
intonation,
expression.
EN4F-IIIg-7
Read correctly
grade level
texts with
intonation and
expression.
EN4F-IIIf-6
Read grade
level texts
with
appropriate
speed.
EN4SS-IIIi-
EN4SS-IIIh8
Interpret
charts.
EN4SS-IIIg7
Locate
information
from indices.
EN4SS-IIIf6
Locate
information
from indices.
EN4G-IIIi-9
EN4G-IIIh-8
Use a
particular kind
of sentence
for a specific
purpose
-making
requests
EN4G-IIIg-7
Use adverbs
of manner in
sentences
EN4G-IIIf-6
Use
appropriate
adverbs of
time in
setences
EN4G-IIIe-5
Identify and
use adverbs
of place in
sentences.
G
Grammar
EN4WC-IIIi-
EN4WCIIIh-8
Write a oneparagraph
essay on a
particular
topic.
EN4WC-IIIe5
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of place.
EN4WC-IIIf6
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of time.
EN4WCIIIg-7
Write /
compose clear
and coherent
sentences
using adverbs
of manner.
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4A-IIIi-8
Page 9 of 14
EN4A-IIIh-7
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as for learning
or for
pleasure.
EN4A-IIIf-6
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
EN4A-IIIe-5
Browse and
read books
for various
purposes such
as learning or
for pleasure.
A
Attitude
xv
ive ones
reaction to an
event or issue.
EN4LC-IVb-2
Tell whether an
action or event
is reality or
fantasy
EN4OLIVa-1
State a fact
and
opinion
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
EN4V-IVa-1
Use
knowledge of
context clues
to find the
meaning of
unfamiliar
words
-synonyms
EN4OLEN4V-IVb-2
IVb-2
Use
Express
knowledge of
whether an context clues
2
action or
to find the
event is
meaning of
reality or
unfamiliar
fantasy
words
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4LC-IVa-1
Distinguish fact
from opinion
6
elate ones
own
experiences
and ideas
related to the
topic using a
variety of
words with
proper
phrasing.
OL
Oral
Language
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehension
FOURTH QUARTER
Week
EN4RC-IVb-2
Interpret
direction in
authentic texts
i.e.,
medical
prescriptions
RC
Reading
Comprehensio
n
EN4RC-IVa-1
Distinguish fact
from opinion
EN4F-IVb-2
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with accuracy
rate of 95 to
100%
F
Oral
Reading
Fluency
EN4F-IVa-1
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with accuracy
rate of 95 to
100%
EN4SS-IVa1
Take note of
relevant
information
from a given
text
SS
Study
Strategy
G
Grammar
EN4G-IVb2
Use
prepositions
nn
sentences
-to and from
EN4G-IVa1
Identify
prepositions
in sentences
EN4WCIVb-2
Write 3-4
sentences in
giving
directions
WC
Writing
Composition
EN4VC-IVb2
Identify the
visual
elements
used in a
print/non
print
EN4VC-IVa1
Identify
visual
elements
used in a
print/non
print
materials
VC
Viewing
9
Write a oneparagraph
essay on a
particular topic
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
EN4WCIVa-1
Write
sentences
expressing
fact and
opinion
Use a
particular kind
of sentence
for a specific
purpose
-asking
permission
G
Grammar
EN4A-IVa1
Express
interest in
different
texts by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVb2
Expess
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
Page 10 of 14
A
Attitude
Browse and
read books for
various
purposes such
as for learning
or for
pleasure.
A
Attitude
xvi
EN4LC-IVf-6
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
a narrative
EN4OLIVe-5
State
conclusion
to
humorous
or
cumulative
poem
heard
EN4OLIVd-4
State
conclusion
to realistic
fiction
EN4LC-IVd-4
Give conclusion
to realistic
fiction listened
to
EN4LC-IVe-5
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem listened to
EN4OLIVc-3
State if a
story could
really
happen
EN4LC-IVc-3
Evaluate the
likelihood that
story/event
could really
happen
EN4V-IVe-5
Identify
meaning of
word with
suffixes ful
and less
EN4V-IVd-4
Identify
meaning of
words with
prefixes
Un,in,im,dis,
mis and re
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
-antonyms
EN4V-IVc-3
Identify the
meaning of
words with
multiple
meaning
EN4OLEN4V-IVf-6
IVf-6
Identify
State facts
meaning of
6
or opinion
words with
in a
suffixes er
narrative
and or
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
OL
Oral
Language
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4RC-IVf-6
Distinguish fact
from opinion
from a narrative
EN4RC-IVe-5
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem read
EN4RC-IVd-4
Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative
poem read
EN4RC-IVc-3
Distiguish reality
from fantasy in
stories read
EN4F-IVf-6
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
Read aloud a
cumulative
poem
EN4F-IVe-5
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVd-4
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVc-3
Read aloud
grade four
level texts
with
accuracy rate
of 95 to
100%
EN4SS-IVf5
Interpret bar
and line
graph
EN4SS-IVe4
Use almanac
to get
information
EN4SS-IVd3
Use the index
to locate
information
EN4SS-IVc2
Use a
glossary get
meaning of
words
EN4G-IVf6
Use simple
sentence
-simple
subject and
EN4G-IVe5
Use
prepositional
phrases in
sentences
EN4G-IVd4
Use
prepositions
in, on,
under and
above in
sentences
between
EN4G-IVc3
Use
prepositions
in sentences
-among and
G
Grammar
EN4WCIVf-6
Write 3-4
sentences
expressing
opinion
EN4WCIVd-4
Write 3-4
sentences
showing
conclusion
of a given
topic or
situation
EN4WCIVe-5
Write 3-4
sentences
showing
conclusion
EN4WCIVc-3
Write 3-4
sentences
using
among and
between
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
materials
EN4A-IVc3
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVd4
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVe5
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
materials
EN4VC-IVc3
Make
connection
between
information
viewed and
personal
experiences
EN4VC-IVd4
Make
connection
between
information
viewed and
personal
experiences
EN4VC-IVe5
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustrations
contribute to
wht ia
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVf6
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
EN4A-IVf6
Express
interest in
text by
reading
Page 11 of 14
A
Attitude
VC
Viewing
xvii
EN4OLIVh-8
Express
fact or
opinion in a
narrative
text
EN4LC-IVh-8
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
a narrative text
EN4LC-IVi-9
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
informational
text
EN4OLIVg-7
Express
fact or
opinion in
an
information
al text
EN4LC-IVg-7
Distinguish fact
from opinion in
an informational
text
OL
Oral
Language
EN4V-IVh-8
Identify
meaning of
words with
suffixes ly
and y
EN4V-IVg-7
Identify
meaning of
words with
prefixes de
and dis
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
EN4OLEN4V-IVi-9
IVi-9
Identify
Express
meaning of
9
fact or
words with
opinion in
suffixes able
an
and ible
information
K to 12 English Curriculum Guide December 2013
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
EN4RC-IVi-9
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
informational
text
EN4RC-IVh-8
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in a
narrative text
EN4RC-IVg-7
Distinguish
between fact or
opinion in an
informational
text
EN4F-IVi-9
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVh-8
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4F-IVg-7
Read grade
level texts
with 118
words
correctly per
minute
EN4SS-IVi8
Follow steps
in a process
EN4SS-IVh7
Use
strategies in
takin`g test
EN4SS-IVg6
Use the
encyclopedia
to get
information
EN4G-IVh8
Use simple
sentences
with simple
subject and
compound
predicate in
giving
suggesting
solutions to
problems
EN4G-IVi9
Use
compound
sentences in
comparing
contrasting
EN4G-IVg7
Use simple
sentences
with
compound
subject and
simple
predicate in
giving fact
and opinion
predicate
G
Grammar
EN4WCIVi-9
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about given
topic or idea
EN4WCIVh-8
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about given
topic or idea
EN4WCIVg-7
Write 5-6
sentence
paragraph
about a
given topic
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVg7
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVh8
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
EN4VC-IVi9
Explain how
specific
aspects of a
text
illustarions
VC
Viewing
EN4A-IVi-9
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
Page 12 of 14
EN4A-IVh8
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
EN4A-IVg7
Express
interest in
text by
reading
available
print
materials
available
print
materials
A
Attitude
xviii
al text
OL
Oral
Language
V
Vocabulary
Developme
nt
Week
LC
Listening
Comprehensio
n
G
Grammar
WC
Writing
Compositio
n
contribute to
what is
conveyed by
the words in
a text
VC
Viewing
Page 13 of 14
materials
A
Attitude
xix
First Quarter
Quarter
Competency
Week six
Grammar
Domain/Content/
Component/ Topic
Week
Grade 4
English
SAMPLE
Grade Level
Arabic Number
Lowercase Letter/s
Roman Numeral
Uppercase Letter/s
First Entry
LEGEND
2.5
EN4
Sample: EN4G-If-2.5
DOMAIN/ COMPONENT
SS
VC
V
WC
Study Strategies
Viewing Comprehension
Vocabulary Development
Writing and Composition
Page 14 of 14
RC
Reading Comprehension
Spelling
PA
PWR
Phonological Awareness
OL
LC
Listening Comprehension
Oral Language
BPK
AK
CODE
Grammar
Fluency
Alphabet Knowledge
QUARTER 4
TABLE OF SPECIFICATION
PRE-ASSESSMENT
Domain
LC
RC
Competencies
1. Distinguish fact from
opinion
2. Tell whether an
action or event is a
reality or fantasy
3. Evaluate the
likelihood that a story
or event could really
happen
4. Give conclusion to
realistic fiction
5. Give conclusion
to humorous or
cumulative poem
heard
6. Distinguish between
fact or opinion in a
narrative text
7. Distinguish between
fact or opinion in an
informational text
8. Use context clues
to find meaning of
unfamiliar words
(synonyms)
9. Use context clues
to find meaning of
unfamiliar words
(antonyms)
10. Identify meaning
of words with multiple
meaning
11. Identify meaning
of words with prefixes
(un-, in-, mis-, re-, de-,
dis-)
327
Item
Placement
1
No. of
Items
1
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Domain
SS
Competencies
12. Identify meaning
of words with suffixes
(-ful, -less, -er, -or, -ly,
-y, -able, ible)
13. Interpret medical
prescriptions
14. Take down relevant
information
15. Use glossary to get
meaning of words
16. Use index to locate
information
17. Use almanac to get
information
18. Interpret bar and
line graphs
19. Use encyclopedia
to get information
20. Use strategies in
test taking
21. Use steps in a
process
328
Item
Placement
15
16
17
18
19
No. of
Items
4
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Domain
G
WR
WC
Competencies
22. Identify
prepositions in
sentences
23. Use preposition in
sentences (to, from,
among, between, in,
on, under, above)
24. Use prepositional
phrases in sentences
25. Use simple
sentence (simple
subject + simple
predicate)
26. Use simple
sentence (compound
subject + simple
predicate)
27. Use simple
sentence (simple
subject + compound
predicate)
28. Use compound
sentence
29. Decode words with
ei/ie, ue/oo and silent
letter
30. Write 5-6 sentence
paragraph
329
Item
Placement
28
No. of
Items
1
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
QUARTER 4
PRE-ASSESSMENT
Listen well as your teacher reads a story. Then answer the questions that follow.
The Sleeping Beauty
Adapted
In a place many years ago, the most beautiful princess was born to king and
queen. They named her Rosamond and gave a great party during her baptism.
All the wise women were invited except the thirteenth wise woman.
On the day of the party, the thirteenth wise came. She was so angry for she
did not have a golden plate. She left the palace hurriedly and said, Rosamond will
not die of hurting her finger with a spindle but she will sleep for a hundred years
instead.
The king ordered his servants to burn all the spindles in the palace.
Rosamond grew up and become the loveliest princess in the kingdom. On
her fifteenth birthday, she went around the palace. She entered in one of the rooms
and saw a woman with spindle. She borrowed the spindle and was wounded.
Immediately she fell into a deep sleep. All people in the kingdom went asleep too,
including the animals.
After a hundred years, a handsome young prince came to the palace. He
was suprised of the thick vines that covered the palace. He went inside and saw
the lovely sleeping princess. For him, she was the most beautiful princess he ever
saw. He fell in love with an instant. He knelt down and kissed her.
The princess woke up. All the people and animals woke up, too.
Answer each question with one of the given choices. Choose the letter of the correct
answer.
1. Which of the following sentences expresses an opinion?
a. The king and the queen had a daughter named Rosamond.
b. They gave a great party during her baptism.
c. The king ordered the servants to burn all the spindles.
d. The prince thinks Rosamond is the most beautiful princess he ever saw.
2. Identify which sentence is a fantasy.
a.
b.
c.
d.
The king and queen were very happy when Rosamond was born.
There were many visitors during her baptism.
On her fifteenth birthday, she went around the palace.
She slept for more than a hundred years.
330
331
Doggy Heaven
All doggies go to heaven (or so Ive been told).
They run and play along the streets of Gold.
Why is heaven such a doggie-delight?
Why, because theres not a single cat in sight!
332
333
12. Which is the correct meaning of station from the given meanings below?
Station (n)
a. place where bus or train stops
b. a building for a definite purpose
c. a social position
d. a place where someone does his work
13. If rewrite means to write again, what does retell mean?
a. tell again
c. read again
b. said again
d. do it again
Study the sentences.
People around Albert Einstein could not make sense of what he
had in his mind. He was always misunderstood.
14. Which of the underlined words has a prefix? Write the word in the box.
Copy its meaning which is also found in the sentence.
___________________________________________
15. The potato chips I bought had no taste. They were _______________.
a. tasteless
b. delicious
c. nutritious
d. useless
334
Meaning
Suffix
to teach
happy
paint
-or
-ly
-ful
instructor
gladly
colorful
Meaning
one who teaches
manner of being happy
many color
Study the medical prescription below and answer the question that follows
For Veda Simmonds
24 Anystreet
current date
Tylenol #3
Sig 1 or 2 tablets every 6 hours
if needed for pain
Mitte 30 tablets
Assume physicians
Signature is original
Dr. N. Wong
335
INDEX
Adjectives, 149
comparison, 155-164
making description, 147-153
order of adjectives, 149-150
Poems
A Boys Dream, 145
Everyday Sounds, 165
22. In what page can you find the poem about dreams?
a. page 149
c. page 145
b. page 147
d. page 165
336
Confirmed
482
322
13
935
1752
Probable
141
674
1
37
853
Suspect
25
382
3
54
464
Totals
648
1378
17
1026
3069
23. How many confirmed cases of EBOLA virus are there in Nigeria?
a. 935
b. 13
c. 322
d. 482
Study the graph.
24. What is the favorite entertainment of the pupils as seen in the bar graph?
a. movies
c. tv
b. video games
d. books
337
338
b.
Fix the wheel with a drawing pin in the center into one end of the straw.
Blow on it or hold it against the breeze to make it spin.
Cut along the diagonal lines.
339
b. vase
c. the
d. table
d. among
31. What will your sentence be if you will write something about the picture
using the preposition under?
a. The boy sits comfortably.
b. The birds fly under the trees.
c. The boy rests under the tree.
d. There are trees under the birds.
340
a.
b.
c.
d.
________________________________________________________
341
____________________________________________________
37. Read the set of words. Supply a word that has the same sound. Write a
sentence about it.
true
clue
glue
_____________________________________________________
38. The following words have silent letter/s. Give a word with a silent letter/s.
Write a sentence about it.
knife
write
comb
_____________________________________________________
39-40. What is your favorite toy. Write a 5-6 sentence-paragraph about it.
_______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
342
11. a
12. d
13. a
21. b
22. c
23. b
4. b
31. c
32. b
33. It has a simple
subject and a simple
predicate.
34. It has a
compound subject
and a simple predicate.
35. Answers may vary
36. Answers may vary
37. Answers may vary
28. a
9. d
10. a
29. c
30. c
19. c
20. b
343
Objectives
A. Expressive Objective
Admire the bravery shown by the kite in facing his fear
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension
Distinguish between fact and opinion
Oral Language
State fact and opinion from a narrative
Vocabulary Development
Use context clues to predict meaning of unfamiliar words - synonyms
Reading Comprehension
Distinguish facts from opinion
Study Strategy
Take down relevant information from a given text
Grammar
Identify prepositions in sentences
Writing
Write sentences expressing fact or opinion
344
Day 1
I.
Objective
Admire the bravery shown by the kite in facing his fear
Ask: How would you describe the sea if the wind is not blowing?
trembling
Say: Imagine you are wet and cold because of the rain. Act out how
you would feel.
whirling
Ask: How does a wheel move? What other objects move like a
wheel? The wheels are whirling when the car is running.
345
thrilled
stirred at the sight
Our family were at the mall last Sunday. My two daughters were
thrilled when they heard that Daniel Padilla and Kathryn Bernardo
were also there. They were stirred at the sight of Kathniel.
Ask: How did the daughters feel when they heard that Kathniel were
also at the mall?
What other words mean the same as thrilled?
How did the daughters react when they saw Kathniel all of a
sudden?
Act out what would you do if you see something extraordinary or
amazing.
1. Motivation
Ask: What words come to your mind when you hear the word afraid?
Write your answers in the bubbles.
afraid
346
D. Post Listening
1. Answering of the Motive Question
2. Reading of the poem.
Day 2
I.
Objective
Admire the bravery shown by the kite in facing his fear
D. Learning Activities
1. Revisit of the Motive Question
2. Engagement Activities
Group 1
Comparison Chart
Describe the character traits of little kite at the beginning of the poem
and at the end of the poem.
Little Kite
Before
After
Group 2
Answer the question below.
If You were Chart
If you were the little kite, would you follow the
advice of the bigger kite? Why?
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
Group 3
Acting out
1. Before flying , how did the kite feel?
2. How did he feel when he sailed with the big kites?
3. How did he feel when he was able to fly up the clouds?
Group 4 & 5
Kite of Bravery
Was there a time in your life when you were like the kite; afraid at first
but became brave afterwards? Share your experience using the guide
below. Each member will post his answer.
I became brave when _________________________.
348
Discussion Questions
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
At the beginning, how did the little kite feel about flying?
Why did he feel this way?
What advice was given to him by the big kite?
Did the little kite follow the advice? Why not?
What were the character traits of the small kite?
Say: Let us see the presentation of Group 1
If you were the little kite, would you listen to the big kite? Why?
Say: Lets take a look at the work of Group 2
What did the little kite decide to do afterwards?
How did he feel when he sailed with the big kites and fly up the
clouds?
Say: Let us hear the ideas of Group 3
Was there a time in your life when you were like the kite; afraid at
first but became brave afterwards? Share your experience.
Say: Lets listen to the work of Groups 4 and 5
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Distinguish between fact and opinion
Identify prepositions in sentences
349
Teaching Points
A fact is something that is true and supported by evidence.
An opinion is only a belief. It is also an expression of a persons
feelings. Clue words like think, believe, feel, probably, or
seems signal an opinion.
4. Guided Practice
Listen as I read the following sentences. Draw a happy face before the
number if it is a fact and draw a sad face if it is an opinion.
____1. All boys enjoy kite flying.
____2. Reading is a worthwhile activity.
____3. I think playing online games is better than the traditional games like
sipa and patintero.
____4. Baking is only for girls.
____5. Playing games like basketball, badminton volleyball helps keep our
body healthy.
350
5. Independent Practice
a. The sentences that follow are taken from the paragraph in the box. In
the space before each number, write fact if the sentence states a fact.
Write opinion if it expresses a feeling or belief.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
b. Fact/Opinion Acrostics
Write the letters of your name or nickname on a piece of paper. Write
sentences stating fact or opinion using the letters of your name or nickname.
Read your sentences to the class. Ask your classmates to identify whether
it is a fact or opinion. Refer to LM, Write About It
Grammar
1. Presentation/Introduction
Let us read the short story below.
351
2. Modelling/Teaching
Look at the underlined words from the story Tessie and the Kittens. Notice the
words that come after the underlined words.
What kind of words is each one?
What do the underlined words show?
What do we call them?
What other prepositions show location?
(in, at, about, among, around, over, behind, by, along, insde, outside, near,
and others.)
Prepositions can also show time relationships.
I went to the store before I made dinner.
The preposition before describes the time relationship between going to
the store and making dinner.
We told ghost stories during the night.
The preposition during describes the time relationship between telling
ghost stories and the night.
Teaching Points
Prepositions are words that show location of persons or things.
Examples: in, at, around, over, behind, by, along, inside, outside, near and others.
Some prepositions also show time relationships.
Examples: before, after, for, from, during, through, and until.
1. Guided Practice
Choose the preposition in each sentence.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
2. Independent Practice
Underline the correct preposition in each sentence.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Day 4
I.
Objective
Identify meaning of word using context clues - synonyms
C. Materials
pictures
game cards
III. Learning Activities
A. Motivation
(Using picture of Girl Scout and Boy Scout)
1. Who are in the pictures? How many of you are members of the GSP or
the BSP?
2. What are the common activities of a girl scout and a boy scout?
Say: The story that we will read is about the trip and the activities of
Girl Scouts.
Lets find out: Why did the Girl Scouts conduct this activity?
B. Presentation
Read the paragraph and answer the comprehension questions.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn and Talk About It
C. Teaching/Modelling
Read the story again and guess for the meanings of the underlined words.
Circle the word or words that explain the meaning.
Discuss the answer for each underlined word.
How were you able to get the correct meaning?
Did you study/analyze how the word was used in the sentence or in context?
Did you study the words before or after the unfamiliar words?
Is there a word that signals the correct meaning?
How do we get the meaning of unfamiliar word through context clues?
Teaching Chart
353
E. Independent Practice
Read the sentences carefully. Give the meaning of the italicized words
used in the sentence by choosing the letter of the correct answer.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Day 5
I.
Objective
Take down relevant information
354
At the Zoo
There are animals at the zoo
There are birds of all kinds, too.
Theres an ostrich, theres an eagle
Theres an ugly crooked camel.
There are monkeys loud and crazy,
There are birds fat and lazy.
Theres a lion, theres a giraffe
His long neck makes you laugh,
Theres an elephant with a long nose
That looks like a hose.
There are animals short and tall,
There are birds big and small.
Say: Using the notes you have taken down, answer the following orally.
What animals are found in the zoo?
What birds can we find in the zoo?
Which animals are big?
Which animals are small?
Describe some of the animals found in the zoo?.
Teaching Chart
Taking notes helps you remember the most important points.
When taking notes remember the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C. Guided Practice
Read the following paragraph. Take note of the important ideas and
details then answer the questions that come after.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
355
D. Independent Practice
Listen to the following paragraphs and take note of the important ideas
and details. Answer the questions that follow.
Sarung Banggi (One Night)
Sarung Banggi (One Night ) is one of the most popular folk song
in Bicol region. This song was composed by Potenciano B. Gregorio in
1912 in the town of Libon, (now Sto.Domingo) Albay.
Gregorio was a member of the Philippine Constabulary Band.
When he was applying to be a member of the band, he was asked by
the conductor, Walter H. Loving to display his skill. He played Sarung
Banggi on the banduria, a string musical instrument.
The song was played with the permission of Gregorio at the Luneta
by the Philippine Constabulary. Later, the song became popular and
was translated into Tagalog.
1. What is the title of one of the most popular Bicolano folk songs?
_______________________________________________
2. Who is the composer of the song?
_______________________________________________
3. What was Gregorio asked to do before he was accepted in the Philippine
Constabulary Band?
_______________________________________________
4. What musical instrument did Gregorio use when he played the song
Sarung Banggi?
_______________________________________________
5. What does Sarung Banggi mean?
_______________________________________________
Vocabulary Development
Use context clues to find the meaning of unfamiliar words
- Antonyms
Reading Comprehension
Interpret directions in different authentic texts like medical
prescription and recipes
Study Strategy
Take down relevant information from medical prescriptions
Grammar
Use prepositions to and from
Writing Composition
Write three to four sentences in giving directions
Il. Subject Matter
A. Topics
1. The Poor Bunnys Magic Present
2. Fantasy and Reality
3. Medical Prescriptions
4. Antonyms
5. Prepositions to and from
6. Giving Directions
B. Materials
chart
organizer
pictures
C. References
http://freestoriesforkids.com/
English for You and Me IV (Reading)
www.google.com.ph/search?q=medical+prescription
www.elementary.ph
Day 1
Admire the bunny for being generous in sharing his blessings to others
I.
Learning Activities
A. Oral Practice (final or)
The boar fell on the floor and hit the door of the store.
Did the boar fall on the floor and hit the door of the store?
If the boar fell on the floor and hit the door of the store,
When did the boar fell on the floor and hit the door of the store?
357
B. Pre-Listening Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulty
Say: Choose the meaning of the underlined words from the given
meanings that follow.
1. Mr. Cruz is very annoyed because his car stopped at the middle
the road. If one is annoyed, he is __________.
a. angry
b. happy
c. excited
of
a.
b.
c.
b. typhoon
358
C. During Listening
Read the story. At indicated points, ask the children what they think will
happen next in the story
The Poor Bunnys Magic Present
by Pedro Pablo Sacristn
Once upon a time there was a place where animals were suffering
greatly from drought and hunger. A very poor bunny was walking
sadly through the fields when, all of a sudden, a wizard appeared in
front of him.
(Say: What do you think the wizard will do?)
The wizard offered the bunny a bag filled with little bouquets of
flowers.
They are magical, and theyre even more magical if you know
how to use them properly, said the wizard. The bunny was dying of
hunger, but he decided not to eat the bouquets. He wanted to put
them to good use.
On his way home, the bunny met a very old and poor sheep who
could hardly walk. Can you give me something? asked the sheep.
(Say: What do you think will the bunny give the sheep?)
The bunny had nothing except his bouquets, and since they
were magical, he was unwilling to give them to the sheep. But he
remembered how his parents had always taught him to share everything;
so he pulled a bouquet out of the bag and gave it to the sheep. As
soon as he did this, the bunch shone with a thousand colors. Magic
was at work.
The bunny continued on his way, feeling both happy and a bit
annoyed. He had given away one of the bouquets, but at the same
time it was obvious that the sheep needed it more than he did. As he
continued his journey, the very same thing happened to the bunny
when he met a blind duck and then a lame rooster. When the bunny arrived home, he had only one magical bouquet left. He told his
parents all about what had happened with the wizard.
(Say: What do you think will be the reaction of his parents?)
His parents were very proud of the bunnys behaviour. He was
about to pull out the final bouquet, when his little brother arrivedhome,
crying with hunger. The bunny gave his brother the magical bouquet.
359
D. Post Listening
Answering of the Motive Question
Day 2
Listening Comprehension/Oral Language
I.
Objectives
1. Admire the bunny for being generous in sharing his blessings with
others
2. Distinguish between fantasy and reality
3. State whether an action or event is a reality or fantasy
Group 5
List down three ways of showing generosity to others.
C. Discussion Questions
1. What problem was experienced by the animals in the story?
Say: Let us see the presentation of Group 1
2. Who appeared to the bunny?
3. What did he give him?
4. Who did the bunny meet first, second, third?
5. What did they ask from him?
6. If you were the bunny, would you also give the sheep, duck, and rooster
bouquet of flowers? Why?
7. If you were the sheep, duck or rooster, what would you tell the bunny?
Say: Group 2 and 3, please show your letters to the class
8. What did the bunny feel after giving away the bouquets?
9. What was the reaction of his parents when he told them the story about
the wizard?
10. If you were his parents, what would you feel? Why?
Say: Group 4, may present their skit now.
11. What character trait did the bunny show?
12. How can we show generosity to others?
Say: Group 5, please present your answer
13. Do you think this story could happen in real life?
Listening Comprehension/Oral Language
A. Introduction/Presentation
Say: Listen attentively as we recall some of the parts of the selection that I
read to you yesterday. Let us analyze them if they show reality or fantasy.
1. The wizard offered the bunny a bag filled with little magical bouquets of
flowers. (Fantasy)
2. The bunny was dying of hunger. (Reality)
3. He remembered how his parents had always taught him to share
everything. (Reality)
4. At that moment, with a great rumble of thunder, the wizard appeared
again. (Fantasy)
5. He pulled a bouquet out of the bag and gave it to the sheep. As soon
as he did this, the bunch shone with a thousand colors. Magic was at
work. (Fantasy)
B. Teaching/Modeling
Ask: Which of the sentences that you heard show fantasy and which show
reality?
Why did you say that they show reality?
Can they really happen in real life?
How about the sentences that tell fantasy? Can they happen in real
life?
361
Teaching Tips
Reality refers to situations that may happen in real
life.
Fantasy refers to situations that are magical or
make-believe and could not happen in real-life.
C. Guided Practice
1. Listening
Listen as I read the following sentences. Tell whether they are fantasy or reality.
1. Prolonged drought can lead to famine or hunger.
2. A superhero can make a storm in a snap of a finger.
3. Flowers bloom during spring season.
4. Many Filipinos share their blessings to others especially during
calamities.
5. The cat distributed some relief goods in the evacuation area.
2. Writing
Can you tell which is real and which is make-believe? Read the sentences
about the sun. Write Yes if it is real and No if it is a make-believe.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
D. Independent Practice
Read the paragraph below carefully. Group the underlined sentences into
reality and fantasy in the chart. Refer to LM, Do and Learn
E. Writing
Interview your grandparents or any older member of your family. Ask them
about the different beliefs in your area or region. Write these beliefs and
identify if them a reality or fantasy. Refer to LM, Write About It
Day 3
Reading Comprehension/Study Strategy
I.
Objectives
Interpret messages of the different authentic texts like
Take down relevant information
Write three to four sentences in giving direction
362
B. Presentation
Say: Let us read the continuing part of the story.
Say: Let us read what is written on the piece of paper.
Rx
MAGIC SYRUP
One bottle 80 mL
Sig 5 mL (1 tsp)
3x a day for 6 days
C. Teaching/Modelling
What Bunny gave is called a prescription.
1. What medicine was prescribed?
2. For how long will the squirrels son take the medicine?
3. How many times in a day will he take the medicine?
4. What do you think is the best time for him to take the medicine?
5. If the squirrel follows the instructions written on the prescription, what
will happen to his son?
Teaching Chart
In interpreting direction of authentic texts, do the following:
Read and understand the directions carefully.
Take note of the important words.
D. Guided Practice
Below is an example of a pancake recipe. Study it well then answer the
questions that follow.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
E. Independent Practice
Read the directions inside the box. Then answer the questions beside it.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
F. Writing
Using the given map, write directions in going to three different places.
363
Day 4
Grammar
I.
Objective
Use prepositions to and from
Expected answers:
1. The wizard gave his magic bag to the bunny.
2. Squirrel told his problem to the bunny.
3. Many animals went to the forest to look for food.
4. Bunny got the bouquet of flowers from the magic bag.
5. The Bunny learned the value of generosity from his parents.
B. Modelling/Teaching
The teacher writes the expected answers and underlines the words to and from.
Teaching Chart
To and from are prepositions.
To indicates direction or place.
From indicates where something comes from or is
taken.
Say: To and from are also prepositions.
What question does to answer? (To whom, where)
What does the preposition to tell? (direction or place)
What question does preposition from answer? (where, from whom)
What does the preposition from tell us? (tells where something
comes from or taken)
364
C. Guided Practice
Circle the correct preposition. Refer to Try and Learn, LM
D. Independent Practice
Talk about your topic of interest. Talk about your latest toy or gadgets, best friend
or favorite place. Say something about it using the prepositions to and
from. Refer to LM, Do to Learn
Day 5
Vocabulary Development
I. Objective
Use context clues to find meaning of unfamiliar words - Antonyms
II.
Learning Activities
A. Review
Read the sentences carefully. Underline the meaning of the italicized words.
1. Lea Salonga is a gifted lady. She is a talented singer.
2. A persons manner reveals his personality so you must develop good
habits.
3. Mr. Enriquez is a hardworking man. He was given the Most Industrious
Employee Award last month.
4. The boy saw an unusual animal. It was his first time to see such a
strange creature.
5. Boracay Beach is renowned all over the world. It is a famous tourist spot.
Say: What is the meaning of gifted? manner? hardworking? unusual?
renowned?
What do we call each pair of words?
What are synonyms?
B. Presentation
Say: Let us try to remember some of the events that happened in the story
The Poor Bunnys Magic Present
Read and analyze the sentences. Find the opposite meaning of the underlined word in the sentence. Refer to LM, Find out and Learn
C. Teaching/Modelling
Say: Let us read and analyze the sentences. Find the opposite meaning of
the underlined word as used in the sentence.
Discuss the answer for each underlined word.
How did you get the correct opposite meaning?
Did you study/analyze how the word was used in the sentence or in context?
Did you study the words before or after the unfamiliar words?
Is there a word that signals the correct opposite meaning?
D. Guided Practice
Read the underlined word of the first sentence. Encircle its antonym in the
second sentence. Refer to LM, Try and Learn
365
E. Independent Practice
Read the sentences and identify the antonym of the italicized word. Write
your answer on the blank before each number. Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Week 3
Kite Flying is Fun
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive Objective
Appreciate kite flying as a worthwhile activity
Admire the creativity of different countries in making kites
Show respect for the customs of different countries in kite flying
B. Instructional Objective
Listening Comprehension
Evaluate the likelihood that a story can really happen
Oral Language
State if a story could really happen
Vocabulary Development
Identify meaning of unfamiliar words with multiple meanings
Reading Comprehension
Distinguish if a story could really happen
Study Strategy
Use the glossary to find meaning of words
Grammar
Use the prepositions among and between
Writing Composition
Write three to four sentences using among and between in sentences
366
D. Materials
organizer
pictures
charts
E. Value Focus: Respect for the customs of other countries
Day 1
Listening Comprehension
I.
Objectives
Appreciate kite flying as a worthwhile activity
Admire the creativity of different countries in making kites
Show respect for the customs of different countries in kite flying
367
B. Pre-Listening Activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulty
carp and current
Show a picture of a carp swimming in a river
C. During Listening
Read the story. At indicated points, ask the children what they think will
happen next in the story.
Kite Flying
In Japan, kite flying is celebrated every fourth
day of May. Kites shaped like carps are flown by the
boys in every household. It is believed that kite flying
makes boys persistent and successful in any worthwhile
activity.
The carp, which is a kite fish is a symbol of patience and perseverance. The fish tries to swim against
the strong currents although it is small.
In India, the kites look like shields, while in Australia, they look like boats. In Brazil, the kite is shaped
like a falcon which is a small eagle (lawin).
Say: How about in our country, what design do we usually make for our kites?
369
He made them think that a new star had appeared as a sign of divine help. Very much inspired,
the soldiers fought like wild cats. They won the battle
and thanked the dragon-shaped kite which had brought
them victory.
Kites also played important role in China. In
olden days, an emperor was held prisoner in a castle
tower. His loyal men made a huge kite and sent it flying
near the tower window. The emperor reached out, held
onto the kite and safely escaped from the tower.
My English Workbook 4
by Alexes Anne F. Cruz
D. Post Listening
Answering of the Motive Question
Day 2
I.
Objectives
Appreciate kite flying as a worthwhile activity
Admire the creativity of different countries in making kites
Show respect to the customs of different countries on kite flying
370
Group 2
Write an entry in your diary. Which custom about kite flying would
you like to believe, the Japanese or Koreans? Why?
Dear Diary,
I believe I like the customs of _______________because
________.
Group 3
If you were the Korean general, how would you have inspired
your soldiers?
If I were the Korean general, I would have inspired my soldiers
by _________________________________________________
___________________________________________________.
3. Discussion Question
a. What does kite flying symbolize in Japan? Do you agree with the Japanese?
Why?
Say: Group 1, please present your work
b. Draw the kite designs made by the different countries in the selection.
Write a sentence or two about the drawing.
Say: Let us see the output of Group 2
c. When do Koreans celebrate the kite flying festival?
d. What makes this festival special?
e. Which custom about kite flying would you like to believe, the Japanese
or the Koreans? Why?
Say: Group 3, please share with the class your ideas
f. If you were the Korean general, would you have done the same thing? Why?
g. If you were the general, how would you have inspired your soldiers?
Say: Let us listen to Group 4
h.
i.
Do you think it is a good idea to use a kite in escaping just like what the
Chinese did? Why?
In your own opinion, what makes kite flying enjoyable?
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Evaluate the likelihood that a story/event could really happen
Explain if a story/event could really happen
371
1. Warren loves his pets. He has a dog and two puppies, a kitten and
a bird. Often when he is alone in the house, Warren and all his pets
become comfortable and watch television together. Sometimes
they tell each other stories. He shares jokes with them and they all
laugh together.
2. Warren loves his pets. He has a dog and two puppies, a kitten, and
a bird. He feeds them twice a day, once in the morning before he
leaves for school, and another time in the afternoon. When he gets
home, his pets show they love him, too.
B. Modelling/Teaching
Ask: Which of the two stories can really happen? Why do you say so?
Which of them is a reality and which is a fantasy?
When do we say that a story is likely to happen?
Teaching Tip
C. Guided Practice
Listen as I read again some of the details from the selection Kite Flying.
Explain if they are likely to happen in reality.
1. In Japan, kite flying is celebrated every fourth day of May. Kites
shaped like carps are flown by the boys in every household.
2. Every man, woman, boy, or girl flies kites in Korea. Children write
their names on the kites on January 14 of each year.
3. In the olden days an emperor was held prisoner in a castle tower.
His loyal men made a huge kite and sent it flying near the tower
window. The emperor reached out, held onto the kite and safely
escaped from the tower.
4. They won the battle and thanked the dragon-shaped kite which had
brought them victory.
5. In India, the kites look like shields, while in Australia, they look like
boats. In Brazil, the kite is shaped like a falcon which is a small
eagle (lawin).
D. Independent Practice
Read the following short stories carefully and evaluate if they can happen
in real life. Refer to LM, Do and Learn
372
Day 4
Vocabulary Development
I.
Objectives
Identify meaning of words with multiple meanings
C. Guided Practice
Exercise 1
Read the sentences and draw a line from the italicized word in each sentence to
the meaning which explains that word. The first two numbers are done for you.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
373
Exercise 2
Give the meaning of the underlined word in each sentence. Choose the
letter of the correct answer from the list.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
D. Independent Practice
Look the multiple-meaning card. Given is a set of meanings for a certain word.
Guess the word and write it in the lucky card/blank card.
Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Day 5
Grammar
I.
Objective
Use the prepositions among and between in sentences
Use the glossary to get meaning of words
374
Teaching Chart
Preposition is word written before a noun or pronoun.
It connects the noun or pronoun to the other words.
Between is used when talking about two persons or
objects.
Among is used when talking about more than two
persons or objects.
C. Guided Practice
Read the following sentences. Fill each blank with between or among.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
D. Independent Practice
1. Oral Practice
Say: Look carefully at the pictures. Make sentences based on the
pictures using among and between. Refer to LM, Talk About It
2. Written Practice Refer to LM
Make your own sentence using the guide words and the suggested
preposition
Example: The money- among - group members.
Refer to LM, Write About It
Study Skill
A. Presentation
Say: Let us study the glossary below.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
B. Teaching/ Modelling
Ask: In which part of the book can we find a glossary? (At the back of the book.)
What information does it contain? (It contains words used in the
books with their meanings.)
How are the words listed? (Alphabetically)
What is another name for a glossary? (Small dictionary)
Teaching Chart
The glossary is a special dictionary. It is an essential part of the
book that helps us understand the meaning of the difficult terms/
words used in the book.
C. Guided Practice
Refer to the glossary above to answer the questions.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
3. Independent Practice
Read the article and look for the meaning of the underlined words in the
glossary.
375
Quarter 4
Week 4: Fun with Tubby
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive
Understand the importance of early bedtime for a child.
Understand the grandfathers clever way of solving the problem.
B. Instructional Objectives
Listening Comprehension / Reading Comprehension
Give conclusions to realistic fiction heard
Oral Language
Provide conclusions to realistic fiction heard
Vocabulary Development
Identify meaning of words with prefixes un-, in-, im-, dis-, mis- and reOral Reading Fluency
Read aloud realistic fiction
Study Strategy
Use index to locate information
Grammar
Use prepositions in, on, under, and above in sentences
Writing Composition
Write three to four sentences showing the conclusion about the
topic presented
Attitude towards Literacy, Literature and Language
Express interest in the text by reading available print materials
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
1. Tubby, the Pot Bellied Cat
2. Giving conclusions for story heard
3. Prefixes un-, in-, im-,dis-, mis-, and re4. Repetitive reading of the story
5. Use of Index
6. Prepositions in, on, under, and above
7. Writing three to four sentences showing a conclusion about the
topic presented
8. Expressing interest in a text by reading available print materials
376
B. References
English for You and Me
English Beyond Time
http//:freestoriesforkid/realistic fiction
C. Materials
pictures
flashcards
D. Value: Importance for a child to go to bed early
III. Procedure
Everyday Activity
Mrs. Cat, Im bringing back your kitten
Im completely done with baby sittin
She cried all day
Not worth the pay
And, I am so sorry, I couldnt find her mitten
Day 1
I.
Objective
1. To understand the importance of early bedtime for a child
2. To understand the grandfathers clever way of solving the problem
3. Give conclusions to a narrative heard
377
pushed over
Use the same illustration used for the word pot bellied cat
The boy was pushed over to one corner of the bed.
Ask: Why is the boy pushed over to one corner of the bed?
(Expected Answer: The cat is sleeping on his bed.)
2. Motivation
Ask: What time do you sleep at night? Why do you sleep early or late?
3. Motive Question
What made Andy decide to sleep early?
B. During Listening
Tubby, the Pot Bellied Cat
by Pedro Pablo Sacristan
Adapted by Michelle Mercado
Andy never wanted to go to bed on time. His parents had explained
to him how important it was to go to bed early and get a good rest.
But Andy paid no attention to them, and his parents didnt know what
to do. That was, until one weekend when they were visiting Andys
grandparents.
Grandpa Peter heard all about it and said: This sounds like a job
for Tubby, my pot bellied cat, They loaded the cat in the car and
returned home. Tubby was a slow, and very fat cat. He wasnt much
of a bother because most of the time no one knew where he was.
That night, at bedtime, the same problem arose. Andy had no intention
of going to bed, and even though his parents waited a while to see if
Tubby would solve the problem, nothing happened.
Grandpa really does make up some nonsense, said Andys
father, I really think hes starting to lose it. Andys father is quite
disappointed.
Hours later, Andy finally decided to go to bed. But what a surprise
when he entered his bedroom!
(Ask: What do you think surprised Andy?)
Tubby was in his bed, totally sprawled out, pot belly in the air, and
snoring like an express train. That was impolite to be sleeping on my
bed, Andy tried to push the cat, but there was no way of moving him
an inch. That night he hardly slept a wink, being pushed over into one
tiny corner of his bed.
378
The next day the same thing happened, even though Andy was
much more tired from not having slept.
On the third day, he had understood that if he wanted to sleep
on his bed, he would have to get into it before Tubby did. That
night, when his parents merely started hinting at the topic of bedtime,
Andy shot upstairs like a bullet, and dived into bed. His parents could
not believe it. It was unbelievable. They knew nothing about Tubby in
the bed. They misunderstood why Andy went to bed on time, without
complaint. They were so happy about this that they stayed up quite
late, celebrating, but... can you guess where Tubby slept that night?
Answering of Motive Question
Ask: Who is Tubby in the story? (the pot bellied cat).
Who else are the characters in the story?
What was the problem in the story?
What made Andy decide to sleep early?
(Possible answers: He wanted to sleep on his bed comfortably.
He wanted to be in bed before Tubby.)
Day 2
I.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
-ird
bird
gird
third
-irk
quirk
shirk
smirk
-irt
dirt
flirt
shirt
skirt
squirt
birds chirp
third birth
gird the shirt
flirt with her shirt
379
-irth
birth
firth
girth
mirth
Ask: What word in the rhyme has the -ir controlled vowel?
B. Post Listening Activities
1. Group Activities
Say: Divide the class into five groups. Each group should select a
leader.
Say: Leaders please come forward and pick an envelope.
Inside the envelope is the task that you are going to do. Do the
task with your group cooperatively and silently.
Please do this in 5 minutes.
Group 1
Draw the characters in the story and label each.
Group 2
Act out how the parents of Andy convinced him to sleep on time.
Group 3
Draw a masks for Grandpa and for Tubby. Choose two members of the group who will act as Grandpa and Tubby.
Scene:
Grandpa: Tubby, come here.
Tubby: (walk towards Grandpa)
Grandpa: (pet Tubby on his head)
Please teach Andy his lesson.
Group 4
Act out how Tubby sleeps on Andys bed during the first and
second nights.
Group 5
Write a three to four sentence paragraph about how the story
will end.
380
2. Discussion
Ask the pupils to answer the following questions:
1. Who is the boy in the story who never wanted to go to bed on time?
Say: Group 1 will present their work. The pupils will introduce the
characters in the story by showing their drawings and point out
that Andy is the boy in the story who never wanted to go to bed
on time.
2. What did his parents do to convince him to go to bed on time?
Say: Group 2 will present their dramatization.
3. How did grandpa solve the problem?
Say: Group 3 will present their output showing how grandpa solved
the problem.
4. What can you say about how grandpa solved the problem?
5. How did Tubby teach Andy to sleep early?
Say: Acting out of Group 4
6. If you were the writer of the story, what conclusion/ending will you
give to the story?
7. What part of the story did you like best?
8. If you were Andy, how would you react to Tubby?
9. How would Andy feel when he had enough rest and sleep?
10. Why should a child sleep early?
Ask the class: Why should a child sleep early?
Write on the board the pupils answers.
Say: We have learned the value of going to bed early. In response to
the story, please write on a piece of paper reasons why a child
should go to bed early?
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Identify meaning of words with prefixes un-, in-, im-, dis-, mis-, and reInterpret chart
Root Word
Syllables
added before
the root word
Meaning of
the syllable
inattentive
impossible
unbelievable
misunderstood
replaced
attentive
possible
believable
understood
placed
in
im
un
mis
re
not
not
not
not
again
Meaning of the
word based on
the sentence
given
not attentive
not possible
not believable
not understood
placed again
382
Day 4
I.
Objective
Use the prepositions in, on, under, and above in sentences
383
f.
2. Teaching/Modelling
Let the pupils read each sentence. Then ask the following questions:
What do the underlined words show?
Where is the cat in the picture?
What preposition is used to show that the cat is inside the car?
In the second picture, where is Tubby in the picture?
What preposition is used to show where Tubby is?
Where is Tubby sleeping?
What preposition is used to tell where Tubby sleeps?
Where does Andy sleep?
What preposition is used to tell where Andy sleeps?
Where is the cap of Andy?
What preposition is used to tell where the cap is?
When is in used in the sentence?
When is each of the underlined word used in the sentence?
Introduce the word preposition. What do these prepositions
show?
(Prepositions in, on, over, above, under show position or location.)
384
3. Guided Practice
Activity 1
Fill in the blanks with prepositions that show position or place.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Activity 2
A. Work in Pairs
1. Work with a partner. One of you will act out a sentence while the other
one will guess the sentence. Ask a classmate to show an action with
preposition that shows location. A student will ask his/er partner, What
am I doing? His seatmate may answer, You are putting your book in
your bag.
2. Ask: Who will present their conversation in front? The teacher will
process the sentences of the class.
Ask: What preposition did they use?
Why did they use this preposition?
If there is something wrong, the teacher will tell the class:
I think we can do something to make the sentence correct.
She will ask the class, Who will help make the sentence
correct?
Activity 3
B. Work in Groups
Each group will be given a picture. They will write three to five sentences
about the picture using prepositions learned. (Note: The output does
not need to observe mechanics in writing a paragraph.)
385
Objectives
Use the prepositions in, on, under, and above in sentences
Write three to four sentences giving a conclusion about the story Tubby, the
Pot Bellied Cat.
386
3. Teaching/Modelling
Say: Describe each picture. Write your answers on the board.
(Expected Answers: Andy is the boy who does not like to sleep early.
Tubby the pot bellied cat sleeps on his bed. Andy hurriedly goes upstairs
when he is about to sleep. He cannot push Tubby out of his bed so
Andy sleeps on a small corner of his bed.)
Ask: What conclusion can you give for the story?
Say: Write it on the board.
(Expected Answers: Andy decides to sleep earlier but the cat sleeps
there. The next day, he goes to bed earlier than yesterday. But the cat
sleeps earlier than him. Finally, Andy sleeps earlier than Tubby. Andy
has a very sound sleep.)
Ask: How did you come up with your conclusion? What are your basis?
(Expected Answers: The past events in the story are our bases in giving conclusion.) (As the children are giving their sentences, remind
them to use prepositions properly.)
4. Guided Practice
Say: Let us write the sentences on the board. This is how we are going to
write our conclusion in paragraph form. (The pupils will write on the
board and be guided by the teacher.)
5. Independent Practice
Say: Tubby is an exceptional pet. Do you want a pet like Tubby? What is
your dream pet? Use the following questions to form a paragraph.
1. What is the name of your pet?
2. What is the color of your pet?
3. How do you take care of it?
4. What does your pet eat?
5. Where does it sleep?
6. How do you feel when you take care of your pet?
Show paragraph pattern on the board.
_______________________
_______________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________.
Teaching Point
An index is placed at the end of the book and lists all the major
topics in alphabetical order and their corresponding page number.
387
Study Strategy
A. Review
Ask: What is an Index?
B. Presentation
Say: Study the Index of you English book.
C. Teaching/ Modeling
How are the topics in the Index arranged? What are the topics that start
with A?
If I would like to read about birds, what pages can I find it? What lesson is
found on page 189?
D. Guided Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Study the above index in the Read and Learn and answer the following
questions.
E. Independent Practice Refer to LM
Work in a group. Give different textbooks with an index to each group.
Example:
Group 1- Science
Group 2- Math
Group 3- English
Group 4- other textbooks
Objectives
A. Expressive
Appreciate the humor and absurdity of a poem.
Enjoy the rhyme, rhythm, and repetitive quality of the poem
B. Instructional
Listening Comprehension/Reading Comprehension
Give conclusions for humorous/cumulative poem heard
Oral Language
Provide conclusions for humorous/cumulative poem heard
388
Vocabulary Development
Identify meaning of words with suffixes full and less
Oral Reading Fluency
Read aloud cumulative poem
Study Strategy
Interpret chart
Grammar
Use prepositional phrases in sentences
Writing Composition
Write three to four sentences showing conclusion about the topic
presented
Attitude towards literacy, literature and language
Express interest in text by reading available print materials
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B. References
English for You and Me Reading Textbook for Grade Four by Benita
Miranda pp. 171-176
Me and My World p. 193
C. Materials
charts
flashcards
pictures
Value: Appreciate the repetitive rhythm of the poem.
389
Day 1
I.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
II. Procedure
Everyday Activities: Show and Tell
Every day, one pupil will show an object and ask the class: What do I have?
Where is it?
The pupil will then tell the class the name of the object, describe its color, size
and shape and where he/sge got it.
Example: What do I have? Where is it? Youre right. I have a ball here inside
the box. (He will show it) It is blue. It is round. I use it every day in playing.
Mother bought it from the market.
A. Pre- listening activities
1. Unlocking of Difficulties
(swallowed, catch, absurd)
swallowed (through action)
The teacher will demonstrate through action. Pretend I have a biscuit.
She will put it inside his/her mouth and then exaggeratedly swallowed the
food.
Say: I swallowed the biscuit.
catch (through action using a ball)
The teacher will throw a ball and instruct somebody to catch the ball.\
Ask: What did your classmate do with the ball?
absurd (through contextual clues) The boy does absurd things because
he put a frog on the food of his sister, kept the other pair of his sisters
slipper and locked her inside the room. He is so foolish.
2. Motivation
Ask: What will happen if you accidentally swallowed a fly?
3. Motive Question
Say: I am going to read to you a story. Its title is, The Old Woman Who
Swallowed a Fly. What do you want to find out from the story? (What
happened to the old woman who swallowed a fly?)
390
B. During Listening
There Was an Old Lady Who Swallowed a Fly
Poor old lady, she swallowed a fly.
I dont know why she swallowed a fly.
Poor old lady, I think shell die!
Poor old lady, she swallowed a spider,
It squirmed and wriggled and turned inside her.
She swallowed the spider to catch the fly.
I dont know why she swallowed a fly.
Poor old lady, I think shell die!
Ask: What do you think will be the next animal the old woman
will swallow?
Poor old lady, she swallowed a bird.
How absurd! She swallowed a bird.
She swallowed the bird to catch the spider.
She swallowed the spider to catch the fly.
I dont know why she swallowed a fly.
Poor old lady, I think shell die!
Ask: What do you think will be the next animal the old woman
will swallow?
Poor old lady, she swallowed a cat.
Think of that! She swallowed a cat.
She swallowed the cat to catch the bird.
She swallowed the bird to catch the spider.
She swallowed the spider to catch the fly.
I dont know why she swallowed a fly.
Poor old lady, I think shell die!
Ask: What is next after the cat?
Poor old lady, she swallowed a dog.
She went the whole hog when she swallowed the dog.
She swallowed the dog to catch the cat.
She swallowed the cat to catch the bird.
She swallowed the bird to catch the spider.
She swallowed the spider to catch the fly.
I dont know why she swallowed a fly.
Poor old lady, I think shell die!
Say: Oh, no! Ask: Can you swallow a dog?
What do you think will be the next animal?
391
Day 2
Post Listening activities
I.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
392
-ord
cord
lord
chord
sword
-ork
cork
fork
stork
-orm
dorm
form
storm
-orn
born
corn
horn
morn
-ort
fort
port
sort
short
torn
snort
worn
sport
scorn
sworn
thorn
Phrases:
cord and sword
sort the corn
scorch the torch
Sentences:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Group 3 and 4 Do you believe that an old woman could swallow animals?
Write at least 3 to 4 sentences explaining why/
Group 5 Write a three-to-four sentence paragraph stating what the old
woman would do if she swallowed a fly.
D. Discussion
1.
2.
3.
4.
Objectives
Give the meaning of words with suffixes -full and -less
The old woman was so powerful that she could swallow a lot of animals.
The old woman was careless to have swallowed a fly.
The old woman is beautiful.
She had a sleepless night when she swallowed the fly.
394
powerful
careless
beautiful
sleepless
Root
Word
power
care
beauty
sleep
Syllable added
after the root
word (Suffix)
ful
less
ful
less
Meaning of
suffix
full of
without
full of
without
Meaning of
the word
full of power
without care
full of beauty
without sleep
Ask: What is the root word of the word powerful? What syllable was added
after the root word? What does suffix -ful mean? What is the meaning of
the word? What does a suffix do to the word? (It changes the meaning
of the word.) What is counterpart of powerful? What is counterpart of
careless? Does the word beautiful have counterpart? Does the word
sleepless have counterpart? What other words with suffixed -full or
-less do not have counterparts?
B. Guided Practice
Notice these:
1. joy (happy)
2. power (strength)
3. hand (part of the body)
Try this:
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Circle the words with syllables -ful and -less.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
C. Independent Practice Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
Match each word in Column A with the meaning in Column B. Write the
letter of the correct answer on the blank.
395
Day 4
GRAMMAR
I. Objectives
Use prepositional phrase showing location in sentences
II. Learning Activities
A. Presentation
Prepositional phrase
Say: Study the following. Underline the preposition in each phrase.
These are prepositional phrases. Ask: What made up a prepositional
phrase? Is there a noun or pronoun in each phrase?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
on the desk
above the trees
below the ground
under the sun
in the closet
B. Teaching/Modeling
Study the following sentences. Underline the prepositional phrase in the
sentence.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The old woman drives away the flies around the table.
She watched the food until her children and grandchildren arrived.
While waiting, she heard the screech of the car from the garage.
The children happily got out of the car.
It was about seven o clock in the evening when they started eating.
Her son told the family that they saw a beggar along the road.
The children told grandmother that they gave all the food at the back of
the car to the beggar.
8. How happy grandmother was!
Say: Aside from other prepositional phrases that we have studied, there
are more prepositional phrases. Encircle the preposition in each
sentence. Remember that a prepositional phrase is made up of a
preposition and a noun or pronoun and all the other words in between.
C. Guided Practice
Group Work
Say: We will have a contest by groups. (Show them envelopes with the
phrases inside them.)
396
Say: Here are jumbled phrases. Arrange the jumbled phrases to form a
sentence with a prepositional phrase. The first group that arranges
the phrases correctly will be the winner. (Post a picture illustrating the
following sentences.)
Objectives
Spell correctly the words in the vocabulary list and the words in the selection/
poem read.
Write a three to four sentence paragraph giving conclusion of a poem heard.
Read the poem aloud.
397
absurd
woman
spider
catch
pot bellied
disappointed
attentive
impolite
sprawled
398
Week 6
Fishing is Fun
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive
Admire the little girls smart way of solving the problem
Realize that big things can come from small things
Appreciate the humor in the story
B. Instructional
1. Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative
2. Express facts or opinion in a narrative
3. Identify meaning of words with the suffixes -er and -or
4. Read grade level text correctly
5. Interpret bar and line graphs
6. Use simple sentences with simple subjects and simple predicates
7. Write three to four sentences expressing opinion in a narrative text
8. Explain how specific aspects of text illustrations contribute to what is
conveyed by the words in a text
B. Materials
chart, illustration of the story
C. Reference
Me and My World pp. 171-173
Every day: Bankers Wife Blues (Jazz Chant)
Where does John live?
He lives near the bank.
Where does he work?
He works at the bank.
What does he do?
He ________ at the bank.
When does he work?
He works all day and he works all night, at the bank, at the
bank at the great big bank.
399
Day 1
I.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ask: What does foolish mean in the paragraph? What other words in
the paragraph mean the same as foolish? Where did the bone
fall? Is there really another dog in the water? How much fish did
his master brought home?
400
2. Motivation
Call five pupils in front. Ask: Will you count yourselves? How many are
you?
3. Motive Question
How did the five fishermen count themselves?
B. During Reading
Day 2
Post-Listening Activities
I.
Objectives
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
-urb
curb
suburb
spur
-url
burl
curl
furl
-urn
burn
turn
churn
hurl
spurn
purl
churl
Phrases
cats fur
curse the nurse
curb on the suburb
nurses purse
spurt and blurt
churn, turn, and burn
402
-urse
curse
nurse
purse
-urt
curt
blurt
spurt
Sentences
The car bumped on a curb.
The nurses purse was burned.
The man cursed the nurse for the big purse.
Rhyme:
Little bird, little bird fly away home
Your house is on fire
Your children will burn
Reading of the story, The Five Foolish Fishermen by the teacher and by
some pupils
B. Cooperative Group Activities
Group 1
Draw the scene, showing the five fishermen going to fish.
Group 2
Act out the scene where the fishermen are counting themselves.
Group 3
Dramatize the scene where they thought one of them fell into the sea
until the girl helped them count themselves.
Group 4
Write a three to four sentence paragraph about your opinion on how
the fishermen should thank the little girl. Could a little girl carry a
basket full of fish?
If we were the fishermen, we should give the girl
___________________.
Objectives
Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative.
Interpret bar and line graphs.
II.
Learning Activities
A. Presentation
Say: Here are some sentences from the story, The Five Foolish
Fishermen. Ask: Which are opinions? What makes them opinion?
Which are facts? What makes them facts?
1)
2)
3)
4)
B. Teaching/Modeling
A fact is a true statement. It is a thing or an event that really
happened or existed. It can be proven by means of observation
and experience.
An opinion is a view or guess which may or may not be
true. It is a feeling or attitude. Clue words like think, believe,
feel, must be, must, probably, seems, and often signal an
opinion.
Ask: Is each sentence a fact or an opinion? Did the first sentence really
happen? What makes it a fact? How about the second sentence? Did it
really happen? Say: Study the third sentence. Ask: Did it really happen?
What words in the sentence makes it an opinion?
404
C. Guided Practice
Say: Read the following paragraph and answer the questions that follow.
Study the bar graph presented.
Refer to Try and Learn, LM
D. Independent Practice Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Enrichment Refer to LM, Learn Some More
Below are sentences about different games. Write F on each blank if it
states a fact or O if it states an opinion.
Day 4
I.
Objective
Use simple sentence with simple subject and simple predicate
405
Sentence 1
Sentence 2
Subject
Predicate
fishermen - one
subject
girl - one subject
Expected answers:
The tortoise wanted to fly.
The eagle taught him how to fly.
He couldnt fly because he had no wings.
He fell to the ground but he was not hurt.
Do not ask for the impossible but know your limits.
The turtle will be contented.
Ask: Which sentences have simple subjects and simple predicates?
Which sentences are simple and which are not?
Group Work Refer to LM, Read and Learn
Work in groups. Read the story once more. Then pick out simple sentences with simple subject and simple predicate. Write them on the
Manila paper. Be ready to post your work on the board.
D. Independent Practice Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Say: Look at the pictures. Construct a simple sentence for each picture.
406
Day 5
I.
Objectives
Identify meaning of words with suffixes -er and -or
fool - ish
B. Teaching/Modeling
Present the poem, Work.
Pick out the words that show roots with suffix er/-or. Write them on the
chart.
Word
Root
word
Suffix
driver
drive
-er
Meaning
of the
suffix
one who
keeper
keep
-er
one who
teacher
teach
-er
one who
sailor
sail
-or
one who
actor
act
-or
one who
Meaning
of the
word
one who
drives
one who
keeps
one who
teaches
one who
sails
one who
acts
Week 7
Fun in Summer
I.
Objectives
A. Expressive
Realize that one should be proud of speaking out ones reason/s
B. Instructional
Oral Language
Express fact and opinion from an informational text
Vocabulary Development
Identify meaning of words with prefixes de-, disReading Comprehension
Distinguish fact and opinion from an informational text
Study Strategy
Use the encyclopedia to get information
Grammar
Use simple sentences in giving facts and opinions
(Compound Subject + Simple Predicate)
Writing Composition
Write a 5-to-6-sentence paragraph about a given topic
B. Materials
Charts,
calendar
pictures
assessment sheets
408
C. References
Selections:
Will You Go to School This Summer?
(Source: ReadWorks.org)
Summer is the Best Season
(Source:http://sirajibir.blogspot.com/2012/11/summer-is-bestseason.htm)
De-, Dis- Activities
(Source Our World of Reading, On the Horizon Workbook
p.47, Grade 3, Anvil Publishing, Inc.)
Value Focus: Interest in learning
III.
Procedure
Day 1
I.
Objectives
1. Realize that one should feel proud of those who express their own reasons
2. Distinguish fact and opinion from an informational text
3. Express fact and opinion from an informational text
Using the calendar, let pupils mark the start and the end of the school
year.
Say: We go to school from June to March while from April to May is
our vacation break.
boring (Context Clues)
Let the pupils read the sentences.
The movie we saw was boring.
We did not have fun watching it.
We did not enjoy it.
Ask: What is the underlined word? (boring)
What group of words in the second and third sentences tells us
the meaning of the word boring? (did not have fun, did not enjoy)
summer (Semantic Web)
Ask: What can you say about summer?
Motivation
Show these pictures of childrens activities during summer.
a child
painting a
picture
a girl taking
a piano
lesson
some boys
playing
basketball
two boys
playing
kites
410
3.
Setting of Purpose
Say: The selection we are going to read today offers a different
activity which children may do during the summer. Its title is
Will You Go to School This Summer?
4.
Motive Question
Ask: Will you go to school this summer? Why or why not?
B. During Reading
Say: Now, you will read the selection silently. As you read, take note if the
reasons given are the same as yours.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn
C. Post Reading
After reading the selection, ask the pupils if their answers / reasons are
the same as those in the text.
Ask pupils to raise their hands if their answers / reasons are the same as
the given one in the text.
D. Assignment
Show and tell: Drawing / picture / photo of what they did last summer
Day 2
I.
Objectives
1. Realize that one should feel proud of those who express their own
reasons
2. Distinguish fact and opinion from an informational text
3. Express fact and opinion from an informational text
4. Use simple sentences in expressing fact and opinion
Reading Comprehension
B. Post Reading
1. Check-up of motive question
2. What do many schools learn about pupils going to school all year
long?
3. What does this mean for pupils?
4. What does the survey show regarding this?
5. According to the survey, why do a number of pupils find it good
to go to school even during summer?
6. Why dont other pupils like to go to school in the summer?
411
7. If a similar survey is taken in your school, what will your answer be?
Be ready to give a reason for your answer.
Will you go to school this summer?
Post on the board:
Distribute small strips of paper and ask pupils to write their answer yes
or no.
Say: On Thursday, we will announce the result of the survey and find out
if many of you would like to go to school this summer or not.
Assign a group of pupils to count the results and report the next day.
C. Small Group Activities
(Engagement Activity #1: If pupils will go to school...Chart)
Say: Group 1 will list down what will happen if the pupils will go to
school in summer.
If pupils will go to
school in summer
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
Reading Comprehension
A. Introduction/Presentation
Say: Let us go back to the selection. I have divided the text into four parts:
the first two paragraphs and the given good and bad reasons.
Show the text chart as shown.
412
Text
Will You Go to School
This Summer?
Many schools find that
pupils learn better and
remember more when they
go to school all year long.
Think Aloud
Read the first part aloud.
Then say: I think the first
sentence is a fact because
it says that Many schools
find. Finding is a result
of studies made. So this
statement is a FACT. A fact
is a statement based on
truth and can be proven to
be true. It is not an opinion
because an opinion is a
statement based on feelings,
beliefs or emotions.
Ask: Do you agree that this
statement is a fact?
Read the next part
Say: I think this statement
is also a FACT because it
explains what it means by
having all year long school.
Say: Now lets go to the next
part.
Ask a pupil to read each line.
After each line ask the class
if it is a FACT or OPINION.
Ask: Why do you say it is a
fact / opinion?
Say: This line is a fact/opinion.
Ask: Why is it a fact /opinion?
Do the same in the last part.
Ask: Can you add more fact/s or opinion/s about this topic?
Say: Answer the Individual Assessment Sheet.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
414
Reading Comprehension
A. Guided Practice
Show a diary entry.
Say: Here is a diary entry. As I read it, listen for facts and opinions. Let the
pupils read next.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn, Reading Comprehension: Fact and Opinion (A)
- (B)
Ask: How many sentences are there? Lets identify if they are facts or
opinions. Lets answer the chart.
B. Independent Practice
Say: Now, read the selection silently. Study the sentences in the boxes.
Copy each in your paper or notebook then identify the sentence as
fact or opinion.
Refer to LM, Do More and Learn
Grammar
A. Introduction/Presentation
Say: Here are statements taken from the selection we discussed yesterday.
Ask pupils to read the sentences.
Refer to Find Out and Learn, Grammar: Simple Sentence, LM
B. Teaching/Modelling
Give pupils a few moments to study the group of sentences.
Say: Let us now study sentences 1-3.
Ask: What is a subject? What is a predicate?
What is the subject in sentence 1?
What is the predicate in sentence 1?
Put identifying marks to give visual emphasis.
Example: I can remember more of what I learned.
How many subjects? How many predicates?
Say: If a sentence has only one subject and only one predicate it is called
a SIMPLE sentence.
Do the same for sentences 2-3.
If there is only one subject, it is called a SIMPLE SUBJECT.
If there is only one subject, it is called a SIMPLE PREDICATE.
Say: Let us now study sentences 4-6.
Ask: What is the subject in sentence 4? What is the predicate?
How many subjects are there?
415
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Distinguish fact and opinion in an informational text
Use simple sentences in expressing fact and opinion
Use the encyclopedia to get information
Decode words with ie and ei sounded as /iy/
Word Recognition
A. Introduction/Presentation
Read the words in the chart. Let the class read next.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Words with ie and ei
416
B. Teaching/Modeling
Say: Let us learn the meaning of some of the words with ie and ei.
Study the sentences and look for the word with the same meaning as the
given word.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Words with ie and ei (b)
Ask: Can you add more examples to our lists?
Let pupils give more examples.
Pupils will read next (by group, by pair, individual)
Say:Sometimes it is difficult to remember whether a word is spelled with -ieor -ei-. There is a very simple rule about this:
Use i before e except after c when sounding like ay as in
neighbor and weigh.
Say: Now, let us read the following phrases and sentences.
Read first the set of phrases then the sentences. Then let the pupils read
by groups, by pairs, or individrually.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Phrases and Sentences with Words with ie
and ei
C. Guided Practice
Reading a Short Story
Ask pupils to read the short story and then answer the questions.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Words with ie and ei (a)
Words: Words with ie and ei.
Let pupils complete the chart by looking for the words with ie and ei in the
short story.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Words with ie and ei (b)
Say: Look for the words with ie and ei sounded /iy/ in the short story.
Write the words on the chart.
(Answers: Charlie, niece, Jackie, believes, piece, shield)
Let the pupils read the words by group, by pair then individually.
Remember:
Say: The words in the left column have ie sounded as /iy/. The words in
the right column have ei sounded as /iy/, too.
417
D. Independent Practice
Say: Here is another short story. Notice the words with ie/ei sound. But
before we read it and answer the questions, read these words.
robbers and thieves
Which of the pictures show robbers and thieves?
A thief usually secretly and the victim becomes aware of the theft only
after something has been stolen.
A robber is not only seen by the victim, but also often injures or
threatens to injure the victim (or use some other type of force) during
the robbery.
(Source: http://www.english-test.net/forum/topic16595.html)
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Let the class read the ie/ei list once again.
Assignment
Write 2 sentences with ie/ei words.
1. _______________________________________________
2. _______________________________________________
Study Strategy
A. Introduction/Presentation
Ask: If we want to learn more about summer, where do we look for the
information that we need?
Show a picture or a sample of an encyclopedia. (Preferably the volume
where the topic summer is found)
(Option: Bring the class to the school library and show sets of encyclopedia.)
418
Objectives
Use the encyclopedia to get information
Decode words with suffixes de and dis
Write a five to six sentence paragraph about a given topic or idea
Vocabulary Development
A. Introduction / Presentation
Read the words aloud. Then let the pupils read the words after you.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Words with Prefixes de- and dis- (a)
419
B. Teaching/Modelling
Say: The words in the first box are different from the words in the second
box. Although both sets begin with de- or dis-, they are different in
structure.
Ask: Why are they different?
Say: The words in the second box have prefixes while the words in the first
box do not have prefixes. Let us identify the prefixes and the root words.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Words with Prefixes de- and dis- (b)
Say: The prefix de- means to do the opposite of the action or to do a
completely different action. The prefix dis- means not to or do not.
Ask: What do the words mean without the prefixes? What do they
mean if we add the prefixes de- and dis-?
code
flate
plane
rail
secret message
put air in
get in the plane
on the rail
allow
own
band
engage
let
belonging to
stay together
connect
Objective
Decode words with the prefixes (de-, dis-)
Write a five to six sentence paragraph about a given topic or idea
Vocabulary Development
A. Reading of Words with the Prefixes de- and disSay: Lets read the words.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Words with Prefixes de- and dis- (a)
B. Guided Practice
Say: Remember that the prefix de- means do the opposite of. The prefix
dis- means not to. Do the following activity.
Add dis- to the root words. Write each new word and its meaning. Use the
meaning of the root word to help you.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Words with Prefixes de- and dis- (b)
420
C. Independent Practice
Choose the word from the box that best completes each sentence.
Refer to Do and Learn, Vocabulary Development
Let us again read the words with the prefixes de- and dis-.
deform
debone
dethrone
declog
defrost
disbelief
disrespect
dissimilar
disappear
discontinue
Writing Composition
A. Proofreading (Pair)
Return the edited/revised paragraph. Tell the pupils to exchange papers
with their seatmates to check for misspelled words, proper use of capitalization
in the beginning of the sentence and a punctuation mark at the end.
B. Rewriting (Individual)
Let the pupils rewrite their paragraphs, if needed.
C. Publishing
Let the pupils choose another partner with whom they will read their paragraph.
Call some pupils to read their paragraphs to the class.
Objectives
A. Expressive
Appreciate the efforts of the three little wolves for repaying with goodness
the badness of the big bad pig
B. Instructional
Listening/Reading Comprehension
Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative text
Oral Language
Express fact and opinion from a narrative text
Vocabulary Development
Give the meaning of words with suffixes -ly and y
421
Study Strategy
Use strategies in taking tests
Grammar
Use simple sentences in identifying problem and solution in a given
text and in suggesting solutions to problems
(Simple Subject + Compound Predicate)
Writing Composition
Write a 5-to-6-sentence paragraph about a given topic
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
Fact and Opinion
Suffixes (-ly, -y)
Test Taking
Simple Sentences (Simple Subject + Compound Predicate)
Words with ue and oo
B. References
Readers Theater: The Three Little Wolves and the Big
Bad Pig by Eugene Trivizas
(Source:Bridges to Communication 2 (Reading Power),
Worktext in Reading 2009, Rex Bookstore
Test-Taking Tips for Elementary Pupils
(Source:Single School Culture for Academics)
Test Taking Activities
(Source: Our World of Reading,On the Horizon Work
book p. 108-109, Grade 3, Anvil Publishing, Inc.
UE/OO Activities
(Source: Our World of Reading, Going Places Work
book p.4, Grade 2, Anvil Publishing, Inc.
C. Materials
Charts
pictures
realia
worksheets
masks
Value: Kindness; repaying a kind deed
III. Procedure
422
Day 1
I. Objectives
1. Appreciate the efforts of the three little wolves for repaying with kindness the badness of the big bad pig
2. Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative text
3. Express fact and opinion in a narrative text
4. Give the meaning of unfamiliar words
II. Learning Activities
Oral Language Practice
Show and Tell: Read to the class a simple Math problem and explain the
solution.
Reading Comprehension
A. Pre-reading
1. Unlocking of Difficult Words
(cuddly, fluffy, prowling, grunted, scorched, battledore and shuttlecock,
battledore and shuttlecock, hopscotch, wheelbarrow)
Look for the word/s that give/s the meaning of the underlined word.
1. The toy is cuddly because it is soft and smooth. Nina always wants to
hold it and put her arms around it.
2. The fluffy coat is so nice to touch because its light and soft.
3. The wolf was prowling around the place. He was moving quietly to
look for food.
4. The wolf grunted and his deep harsh voice frightened the pig.
5. The animals without houses were scorched by the heat of the sun
which warmed them so much.
6. Which game is this?
423
Day 2
I.
Objectives
1. Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative text
2. Express fact and opinion in a narrative text
3. Use simple sentences in identifying the problem and solution in a given
text and in suggesting solutions to problems
424
Reading Comprehension
A. Post Reading
1. Revisiting the Motive Question
What did the wolves do when the pig was being bad to them?
2. Small Group Activities
Engagement Activity #1 (Character Profile) - Group 1 will draw and describe the characters in our story.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
425
Engagement Activity #4 (Home Sweet Home #3 Before and After) Group 4 will draw and describe the third house that the wolves built
before and after the pig visited them the third time.
3.
427
Grammar
A. Introduction / Presentation
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn
Say: This is a Problem-Solution Chart.
Problem
Solution
B. Teaching/Modelling
Ask: What is a problem? What is a solution?
Say: A problem is something that is difficult to deal with: something that
is a source of trouble, worry, etc. A solution is something that is
used or done to deal with and end a problem: something that solves
a problem.
Say: Let us identify the problems encountered by the three little wolves
and the solutions they made. Ask pupils to read the sentences. After
all the sentences have been read, ask them which the problems are.
Post on the board / chart. Then when all problems are identified, ask
them which the corresponding solution to the problem is. Post opposite
the problem.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn
Read the list of problems. Then read the list of solutions.
Problems:
The three little wolves must build a house.
The big bad pig destroyed their first house.
The three little wolves must build a house.
The big bad pig destroyed their second house.
Solutions:
The three little wolves asked the kangaroo to give them
red and yellow bricks and built their first house.
428
429
Assignment:
Complete the sentences by adding two simple predicates.
1. The wolves
and
.
2. The pig
and
.
Day 3
I.
Objectives
Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative text
Express fact and opinion in a narrative text
Use strategies in taking tests
Use simple sentences in identifying the problem and solution in a given text
and in suggesting solutions to problems
Word Recognition
A. Word List
Let the pupils read the words with ue/oo. (By class, by group, by pair/individually)
blue
clue
true
glue
Words with ue
due
avenue
sue
statue
pool
moon
food
proof
Words with oo
room
soon
mood
school
B. Guided Practice
Say: The letters ue make the vowel sound you hear at the end of the word
blue. And the letter oo make the vowel you hear in the word pool.
Now, let us answer the following activities..
Say: Read each sentence and the words under the line. Write the word
that makes sense and has the letters ue or oo.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Word Recognition: Words with ue and oo
C. Independent Practice
Say: Do the next activity on you own.
Write the missing letters to complete the words with ue or oo.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Assignment:
Say: Write five sentences using the words with ue or oo.
Sentences:
1. _____________________________________________________.
2. _____________________________________________________.
3. _____________________________________________________.
4. _____________________________________________________.
5. _____________________________________________________.
Reading Comprehension
A. Guided Practice
Present to the class the paragraph. Call some pupils to read it aloud.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Reading Comprehension: Fact and Opinion
431
B. Independent Practice
(Work with a partner or a group. Copy the sentences and classify them
as facts or opinions.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn (a)
Work on your own. Copy the sentences and classify them as facts or
opinions.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn (b)
Ask: What did the pig do to solve his problem #1? Was his solution effective?
Study Strategy
A. Introduction/Presentation
Hand out the Survey Questionnaire or post on the board the Survey
Questionnaire Chart.
Say: Before taking a test, there are many things that you should do.
Complete the survey.
Let each pupils answer the survey questionnaire. Each pupil may have
a copy each or present the survey questionnaire on a chart. But pupils
should answer on their own.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Study Strategy: Test Taking (a)
Discuss the survey then present the facts.
The FACTS
7-12 years old children need 9 1/2 - 11 hours of sleep per day because
the average child has a busy day.
Sleep allows your body to rest. Sleep is also important for your brain.
The FACTS
432
The FACTS
The FACTS
References:
How Much Sleep Do Children Need? (http://www.webmed.com)
School Nutrition: Nutrition Explorations (http://www.webmed.com)
Test-taking Tips (http:zeinah.com.ashland/test_taking_tips.htm)
Single School Culture (c) for Academics
B. Teaching/Modelling
Say: The Test-taking Tips Survey is about the preparations you should do
before a test. Here are other strategies you may use in taking tests.
Read and discuss each statement. Ask why they should do as suggested.
Assignment:
(Give each pupil a copy of the checklist or make them copy the format in
the board.)
Say: Bring home the checklist and ask your parent/s answer it.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
C. Guided Practice
Say: We learned that a test measures how much you know about some
thing. To do well on a test, prepare well, read directions carefully, and
look over the test before beginning.
Say: Pretend that you are answering a test. Follow the tips and strategies
we have discussed.
Read the questions about how to take a test. Shade the circle beside
the correct answer.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Study Strategy: Test-Taking
433
D. Independent Practice
Say: Read and answer the activities carefully.
Read each set of statements. Two are correct. Put an
the correct statements.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn (a)
next to
Objectives
1. Identify meaning of words with suffixes -ly, -y
2. Use strategies in taking tests
3. Write a five to six sentence paragraph about a given topic
Day 5
I. Objectives
1. Identify meaning of unfamiliar words according to structure (suffix -ly, -y)
2. Write a five to six sentence paragraph about a given topic
II. Learning Activities
Oral Language Practice
Show and Tell: Read to the class a simple Math problem and explain the
solution.
Vocabulary Development
A. Word List
Let the pupils read the words with -ly and -y.
(By class/group/pair/individual)
orderly
sweetly
quickly
quietly
kindly
properly
clearly
loudly
slowly
smoothly
sunny
foggy
windy
chilly
misty
rainy
stormy
cloud
smoggy
breezy
B. Guided Practice
Choose from the Word Box the correct word to complete the sentences.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Words with Suffixes -ly and -y
C. Independent Practice
Answer the questions using the words with -ly.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn (a)
Answer the questions using the words with -y.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn (b)
Objectives
A. Expressive Objective
Realize the importance of observing safety precautions and procedures
even when having fun
435
B. Instructional Objective
Listening/Reading Comprehension
Distinguish fact from opinion in an informational text
Oral Language
Express fact and opinion in an informational text
Vocabulary Development
Identify meaning of words with suffixes -able and ible
Reading Comprehension
Distinguish fact from opinion in an informational text
Study Strategy
Follow steps in a process
Grammar
Use compound sentences to compare / contrast persons / animals /
places / objects / events / ideas
Writing Composition
Write a 5 to 6-sentence paragraph about a given topic
Word Recognition
Decode words with silent letters
II. Subject Matter
A. Topics
Fact and Opinion
Words with Suffixes -able and -ible
Follow Steps in a Process
Words with Silent Letters
Compound Sentences
B. References
Bicycle, a Wonderful Machine by Lorna B. Castillo, et al.
Source: Vision 2 Integrated Reading and Language
for Communication Arts in English, Sunshine Interlinks ,
Publishing House, Inc. 2012
Silent Letter Activities
(Source: http://www.exodusbooks.com/samples/acsi/
16186sample.pdf)
Sock Puppets by Liza Webber
(Source: www.cjohnson.myexpose.com)
436
Day 1
I.
Objectives
1. Realize the importance of observing safety precautions and procedures
even when having fun
2. Distinguish fact from opinion in an informational text
3. Express fact and opinion in an informational text
4. Identify meaning of unfamiliar words
437
Listening Comprehension
A. Pre-reading
1. Unlocking of Difficult Words
(dangerous, inventors, cyclists, helmet, fastened)
dangerous (Structural Analysis)
Ask: What is the root word? (danger)
Say: Danger means someone or something that can cause pain, harm
or something bad. From the meaning of danger, what do you
think is the meaning of dangerous?
inventors (Using context clues)
One of the famous inventors was Alexander Graham Bell.
He created the first telephone.
438
fastened (Demonstration)
Using the belt of the helmet, demonstrate the word fastened
After fastening the helmet, say: The belt of the helmet is fastened.
2. Motivation
Say: Here is an incomplete picture of a bicycle. Let us complete the parts.
pedal
wheel
seat
handlebars
chain
brakes
B. During Reading
Now that our bicycle is complete, let us take a bicycle ride!
Let us read the selection about the bicycle.
Refer to LM, Read and Learn, Reading of the Selection
439
Assignment:
Using the encyclopedia, research two things about the bicycle.
Day 2
I. Objectives
1. Realize the importance of observing safety precautions and procedures
even when having fun
2. Distinguish fact from opinion in an informational text
3. Express fact and opinion in an informational text
4. Use compound sentences to compare / contrast persons / animals /
places/ objects / events / ideas
II. Learning Activities
Oral Language Practice
Nursery Song:
Nursery Song:
Tune: This is the Way We Brush Our Teeth
This is the way we ride our bike, we ride our bike, we
ride our bike.
This is the way we ride our bike very carefully.
Reading Comprehension
A. Post Reading
1.
440
Bicycles Before
Bicycles Today
Engagement Activity #2
Thank You Letter - Group 2 will write a Thank You Letter to those who
invented and developed the bicycle into what it is today.
Engagement Activity #3
Safety Tips Chart- Group 3 will answer the Safety Tips Chart. They will
list down the safety tips when riding a bicycle.
441
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
Engagement Activity #4
Dramatization - Group 4 will dramatize giving safety tips to someone
who is just starting to ride a bicycle. Include in your dialogue other
safety tips or reminders that you know.
Dramatization:
Pretend that your barkada is having a bike ride activity.
One of your friends is just starting to ride a bike. What tips and
reminders will you give him/her?
Engagement Activity #5
Better Safe than Sorry! - Group 5 will draw a boy or a girl ready to ride
a bike wearing the proper safety gadgets.
442
B. Teaching/Modelling
Ask: What are facts? What are opinions?
Reading Comprehension
A. Guided Practice
Read the paragraph. List down the facts and opinions
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Reading Comprehension: Fact and Opinion
B. Independent Practice
Complete eact promt to state a fact or opinion.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Grammar
A. Review
Ask: What is a simple sentence?
What is a simple subject? What is a compound subject?
What is a simple predicate? What is a compound predicate?
How is a simple sentence formed?
Let us see the examples on the chart.
Simple Sentence
Simple Subject
Bike riding
Compound Subject
+
Bike riding and exercising
Simple Subject
Bike riding
Simple Predicate
is fun.
Simple Predicate
can make you healthy.
Compound Predicate
can make you healthy and
can be enjoyable at the same time.
B. Introduction / Presentation
Here is a list of Bike Riding Safety Tips taken from the selection.
Let us read and study each sentence.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Grammar: Compound Sentence
444
C. Teaching / Modelling
Ask: What do you notice about the sentences? What is the word that all of
them have? (and)
Why do you think the word and is used?
Say: Let us study sentence #1.
How many subjects are there? How many predicates are there?
What is the first subject? What is the first predicate?
What is the second simple sentence in #1? What is its subject and
predicate?
Do the same for sentences #2-3. Put identifying marks to give visual
emphasis.
Safety Tips in Bike Riding
1. You should wear a bike helmet and It should fit you properly.
2. A bike helmet has straps and they should always be fastened.
3. The chain must be oiled and the brakes must be checked regularly.
Say: These sentences have two simple sentences. They are called
COMPOUND sentences. In our examples, the simple sentences are
connected by the word AND. And is a conjunction that connects
similar ideas. We can also use OR or BUT. Or is used to show
choices. But is used to show opposite ideas.
Examples:
Liza likes biking and Ted enjoys skateboarding.
Given a chance the girls will wear the red helmets or they will borrow the
blue helmets of the boys.
The brothers want to ride a bike but it has started raining.
D. Generalization
Ask: What is a compound sentence?
When do we use and, or and but in compound sentences?
Grammar
A. Guided Practice
Put the two sentences together to form a compound sentence.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Compound Sentence
B. Independent Practice
Here are two pictures of a bicycle made before and a bicycle made in the
present. Write three compound sentences comparing the two bicycles.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
445
Assignment:
Look for one compound sentence in your other subject area books.
Copy them in your notebook.
Day 3
I.
Objectives
1. Distinguish fact from opinion in an informational text
2. Follow steps in a process
3. Use compound sentences to compare/contrast persons/animals/
places/ objects/events/ideas
4. Decode words with ue/ui
446
gn
sign
gnat
kn
knife
kneel
knock
knotted
unknown
wr
wrist
wrong
writing
wrench
wrecker
Say: Some consonants are silent when they come before other consonants.
The second consonant is heard.
c is silent before k.
w is silent before h when wh comes before o.
ck
wh
rack
knock
slick
wrecker
checking
whole
whom
whose
Assignment:
List down two words that have the silent letters.
gn
kn
wr
ck
wh
Word Recognition
A. Guided Practice
Mark an X on the silent letter/s in each word. Write each word. The first
one is done for you.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Word with Silent Letters
Read each word and listen to the sound of the underlined letter. Use the
word box to find a word with the same sound. Write the word.
B. Independent Practice
The bold letters are not scrambled. Unscramble the rest of the letters in
each number and combine them with the bold letters to form a word with
silent letters. Write each word. The first one is done for you.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn (a)
Assignment:
Guess the word with silent letter/s. Choose from the box.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn (b)
447
Study Strategy
A. Introduction/Presentation
Sock is a word with a silent letter.
What is the silent letter? (c)
Let us read this selection about how to make sock puppets.
(Note: You may show a sample of a sock puppet.)
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Study Strategy: Steps in a Process
B. Teaching / Modelling
Ask: What are the materials needed in making sock puppets?
Say: These are the steps in making a sock puppet.
Steps in Making Sock Puppets:
1. Put a sock on your hand.
2. Glue cotton balls to the outside to make a lamb.
3. Use markers to draw a face.
4. Put a few cotton balls inside.
5. Wrap a string around it and tie a knot.
6. Draw your face and some clothes.
Ask: What did we just do?
Say: We identified the steps in doing something. This is giving Steps in a
Process.
Remember:
What does Step in a Process mean?
The word process means a way of doing something.
The steps is the order in which you complete the process.
FOR EXAMPLE, if you want to wash your clothes, first you should put the
detergent in the water then you put the laundry in, and finally you turn the
washing machine on.
Why are Steps in a Process an important reading strategy?
They help us understand how to follow directions when we are completing a task.
They also help us to understand a characters actions in a story.
How do we find Steps in a Process to help us understand what we are
reading?
Look for sequence words like first, next, then, after, before, last, or finally.
Think about the words that answer WHEN.
Decide the task that needs to be completed.
Look for the actions that need to be done to finish a task.
(Source: http://www.readinginnovations.com/Comprehension/Stepsina Process.html)
448
Study Strategy
A. Guided Practice
How do you make stick puppet? Write the steps.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn: Study Strategy: Steps in a Process
B. Independent Practice
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Writing Composition
A. Prewriting
Present a word wall or chart of the words to be used. Let the pupils read
the words.
Explain that they will use the words in their writing activity.
Refer to LM, Write About It, Prewriting
Demonstrate how to make a frog origami. As you demonstrate, explain
the process or steps. Allow pupils to take down the steps.
B. Writing
Pupils will write the steps in making an Overturns Frog.
Remind the pupils to use the words on the word chart.
Refer to LM, Writing
449
C. Editing
Let the pupils edit their own work. Remind them to check if they need to add
or change some words. Also, check if the sentences are clear.
Writing Composition
A. Proofreading
Pupils will proofread their own work. Check for wrong spelling, capitalization
and punctuation.
B. Rewriting
If needed, let pupils rewrite their work.
C. Publishing
The pupils will read their work to their group. Later, they may make their
own origami frog to be displayed in the bulletin board.
Day 4
I.
Objectives
1. Identify meaning of words with suffixes -able and -ible
2. Follow steps in a process
3. Write five to six sentence paragraph about a given topic
4. Decode words with silent letters
450
Vocabulary Development
A. Introduction / Presentation
Read the list of words.
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Words with Suffixes -able and -ible (a)
B. Teaching / Modelling
Which word from the list tells about:
Refer to LM, Find Out and Learn, Words with Suffixes -able and -ible (b)
Say: The suffixes -able and -ible can be added to the end of some words
to mean capable of, can be, or able to be. For example, lovable
is able to be loved. Something breakable can be broken.
Vocabulary Development
A. Guided Practice
Remember: The suffixes -able and -ible help words describe.
Choose the words from the box to complete the sentences in the paragraph.
Refer to LM, Try and Learn, Vocabulary Development: Words with Suffixes
-able and -ible
B. Independent Practice
Find the -able or -ible word in each sentence and write it on the blank.
Then choose a base word from the box and write it next to the -able or
-ible word formed from it. The first one is done for you.
Refer to LM, Do and Learn
Day 5
I.
Objectives
1. Give the meaning of words with suffixes -able and -ible
2. Write a five to six sentence paragraph about a given topic
QUARTER 4
TABLE OF SPECIFICATION
POST-ASSESSMENT
Competencies
Test
No. of
Placement Items
3. Evaluate the
likelihood that a story
or event could really
happen
4. Give conclusion to
realistic fiction
5. Give conclusion to
humorous or cumulative
poem heard
6. Distinguish between
fact or opinion in a narrative text
7. Distinguish
between fact or opinion in
an informational text
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
452
14
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
453
QUARTER 4
POST TEST
Listen well as your teacher reads a story then answer the questions that follow.
Once upon a time, there was a farm boy named Danile.
He was an industrious and helpful son. HE always helped his father in the farm in tending the animals after his classes. He doesnt
need to be told to do his works. His mother feels very lucky for
having him as a son.
Onde day, Daniel was resting under an old mango tree.
There was a big rock near him. Suddenly, saw a tiny man went up
to this rock. The tiny man knock upon the trunk of the tree, and
then he said the magic word. All at once, a door opened into the
trunk. The man went through the door and it closed behind him.
So Daniel rose up and knocked upon the trunk of the tree
and spoke the enchanted word. The door flew open, he too went
into the tree. He learned that inside the tree was a cave, which
was a meeting palce of fairies and elves. They were expecting his
arrival. The faries and elves gave him a bar of gold as reward for
being a helful and industrious son. He thanked them for their wonderful gift and left the cave. He gave the bar of gold to his parents
who were very happy and thankful to their son. Indeed thay are
very lucky for having Daniel as a son.
Answer each question with one of the given choices. Choose the letter of the correct
answer.
1. Which of the following sentences is a an opinion?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Daniel rested under the mango tree after helping his father in the farm.
An elf suddenly appeared before him.
The cave was a meeting place of fairies and elves.
The fairies gave him a bar of gold.
454
Below is a stanza taken from the poem, This is the House that Jack Built.
5. In your own point of view, what is the best conclusion that you can give?
a.
b.
c.
d.
The poem is all about the way Jack built his house.
The poem tells about the house Jack built.
The poem does not tell anything.
The poem shows relationship of one event to the next event.
455
456
c. solid
d. hard
c. popular
d. unknown
457
12. What is the meaning of ring from the given meanings below? Encircle the
letter of the correct answer..
c. wrongly spelled
d. write the spelling
14. Which of the underlined words has a prefix? Write the word in the box
then copy its meaning which is also found in the sentences.
___________________________________________
b. lovingly
458
c. loveless
d. lovelier
c. pertaining to
d. quality
18. You were asked to construct sentences using suffixes. The topic is to
describe the experience you had last summer. Which of the following
sentences will you include?
a. The children happily played in the beach all summer.
b. Mother cooked food for everybody.
c. Father checked the car first.
d. My brother put the goggles and his swimming trunk in his bag.
459
Study the medical prescription below and answer the questions that follow.
19. How many tablets should the patient take in one day?
a. one
b. three
c. four
d. thirty
c. 30 mg
d. 1mg
b. 3 mg
Study the entry words taken from a glossary. Then, answer the question that follows.
b. fog
c. erosion
460
d. friction
22. On what page can you find the topic about Suffix?
a. pages 22-23
b. pages 109-110, 169
c. pages 33-34
d. pages 108-109
23. Which area has the most cases of dengue during the 4th Quarter?
a. Area 1
b. Area 2
461
c. Area 3
d. Area 4
24. What is the least favorite book of the pupils as seen in the bar graph?
a. horror
b. funny
c. sci-fi
d. biography
25. If you like to learn more about origami or the art of paper folding, in what
encyclopedia volume will you look for it?
a. Volume 1
b. Volume 3
c. Volume 8
d. Volume 12
462
26. In taking tests, why is it important to read and follow the instructions or
directions?
In taking tests, it is important to read and follow the instruction or
directions because _________________________________________
_________________________________________________________.
Study the steps in making a kite then answer the question.
463
a.
b.
c.
464
d.
b. his
c. the
d. toy
b. beside
c. between
d. among
31. What will your sentence be if you will write about where the the man is in
the picture?
a.
b.
c.
d.
32. What prepositional phrase best illustrates where the birds are?
a.
b.
c.
d.
35. Write a simple sentence with a compound predicate about the picture.
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
36. Write a compound sentence about the picture.
___________________________________________________________
37. Read the set of words. Supply a word that has the same oo sound then
write a sentence about it.
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
38. The following words have silentc letter/s. Give your own word with a silent
letter/s then write a sentence about it.
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
467
39-40. Choose your favorite food. Write a 5-6 sentence-paragraph about it.
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
QUARTER 4: POST-ASSESSMENT KEY TO CORRECTION
1. c
2. b
3. a
4. b
5. d
6. Answers may
vary
7. a
8. Answers may
vary
9. b
10. a
11. d
12. a
13. c
21. d
22. b
23. c
31. c
32. a
33. It has a simple
subject and a simple
predicate.
14. disinterested,
24. d
34. It has a compound
sentences may vary
subject and a simple
predicate.
15. a
25. c
35. Answers may vary
16. d
26. Answers may 36. Answers may vary
vary
17. a
27. b
37. Answers may
vary
18. a
28. a
38. Answers may vary
19. b
20. a
29. d
30. a
468